What is Advanced Nutrients Flawless Finish?
Flawless Finish is a specialist 0-0-0 flushing and finishing agent designed to help remove accumulated fertiliser salts and unwanted elemental residues during the final flush before harvest.
-
-
Commercial Products
Commercial Products
Professional Growing Media
Plant Nutrition
Plant Health
Sprayers & Protective Clothing
Pots, Planters & Trays
Propagation
Baskets & Planters
Fabrics & Netting
Environment
Plant Lighting
Irrigation
Plant Support & Tree Care
Equipment
Tools
Plant Labels
Packaging
Lawn Care
Clearance
-
Retail Products
Retail Products
Growing Media
Plant Nutrition
Plant Health
Pots, Planters & Tanks
Propagation
Baskets & Planters
Fabrics & Netting
Environment
Plant Lighting
Plant Support
Equipment
Tools
Liquid Fertiliser
203 products
203 products
Sort by:
Advanced Nutrients Flawless Finish Flushing Agent – 1L
995
£9.95
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Advanced Nutrients Flawless Finish Flushing Agent – 1L
995
£9.95
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A concentrated final-stage flushing agent designed to help remove accumulated fertiliser salts and unwanted elemental residues from the root zone before harvest.
Advanced Nutrients Flawless Finish is a specialist 0-0-0 finishing and flushing solution for use once the normal nutrient programme has ended. Its chelation-based formula is designed to bind unwanted elemental ions and help clear accumulated fertiliser salts during the final flush.
Rather than functioning as another flowering feed, Flawless Finish is used in place of the normal nutrient programme during finishing. Advanced Nutrients combines chelation technology with stabilised chelates and magnesium sulphate to support the plant through final maturation while stored and residual nutrients are being cleared.
At the recommended 2ml/L application rate, the 1L bottle prepares approximately 500 litres of flushing solution, making it a practical size for regular use in hydroponics, coco and container-grown crops.
Why choose Advanced Nutrients Flawless Finish?
- Purpose-made flushing agent – formulated specifically for the final flush phase rather than being another flowering fertiliser.
- Helps clear fertiliser salts – designed to remove accumulated nutrient residues as the crop moves towards harvest.
- Chelation technology – chelates bind unwanted elemental ions as part of the flushing process.
- Stabilised chelates & magnesium sulphate – key components highlighted by Advanced Nutrients within the Flawless Finish formulation.
- 0-0-0 analysis – no conventional NPK contribution during the final flushing stage.
- Simple 2ml/L rate – straightforward to calculate for tanks, reservoirs and hand watering.
- Use throughout the flush – designed for consistent application during the complete finishing period rather than a single final rinse.
- Suitable across growing systems – compatible with coco, hydroponics and a wide range of continuous liquid-feed systems.
What is Flawless Finish suitable for?
Flawless Finish is intended for the final flush after the normal base nutrient and supplement programme has been withdrawn. It is designed for growers who want a dedicated flushing solution to help clear accumulated fertiliser salts and unwanted nutrient residues before harvest.
The point at which the flush begins should follow crop maturity and the expected harvest window rather than assuming every crop follows the same fixed flowering calendar. Once the crop reaches its finishing phase, Flawless Finish is used consistently throughout the flush.
Advanced Nutrients identifies Flawless Finish as suitable for coco coir and hydroponic growing. Compatible continuous liquid-feed systems include aeroponics, drip irrigation and emitters, nutrient film technique (NFT), flood and drain and deep water culture (DWC).
How to use Advanced Nutrients Flawless Finish
At the end of the feeding programme, discontinue the normal base nutrients and supplements and prepare Flawless Finish with fresh water.
Add Flawless Finish at 2ml per litre and use the prepared solution consistently throughout the final flush phase.
For 10L of flushing solution, use 20ml. For 50L, use 100ml. For a 100L reservoir, use 200ml. For a 500L reservoir, use 1 litre.
When flushing container-grown soil crops, apply Flawless Finish during each watering of the flush period. Advanced Nutrients recommends watering sufficiently to produce approximately 20% runoff from the containers.
Advanced Nutrients Flawless Finish 1L product details
| Product | Advanced Nutrients Flawless Finish |
|---|---|
| Product type | Final-stage flushing & finishing agent |
| Product size | 1L |
| Format | Liquid concentrate |
| NPK | 0-0-0 |
| Application stage | Final flush / finishing phase |
| Application rate | 2ml/L |
| 10L solution | 20ml |
| 50L solution | 100ml |
| 100L solution | 200ml |
| 500L solution | 1L |
| Approximate solution from 1L | 500L at 2ml/L |
| Application frequency | Use consistently throughout the flush phase |
| Key formulation features | Chelation technology, stabilised chelates & magnesium sulphate |
| Coco coir | Suitable |
| Suitable hydroponic systems | Aeroponics, drip irrigation, NFT, flood & drain & DWC |
| Nutrient programme compatibility | Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect, non-pH Perfect & compatible third-party nutrient programmes |
| Outer case quantity | 12 |
Advanced Nutrients Flawless Finish FAQs
When should I use Flawless Finish?
Use Flawless Finish during the final flush after the normal nutrient programme has been withdrawn. Begin according to crop maturity and the expected harvest window rather than relying on a fixed flowering week for every crop.
How much Flawless Finish should I use per litre?
Advanced Nutrients recommends Flawless Finish at 2ml per litre during the flush phase.
How much Flawless Finish do I need for 10 litres?
Use 20ml of Flawless Finish to prepare 10 litres of flushing solution at the recommended 2ml/L rate.
How much Flawless Finish do I need for 50 litres?
Use 100ml of Flawless Finish for 50 litres of flushing solution.
How much Flawless Finish do I need for a 100L reservoir?
Use 200ml of Flawless Finish for a 100L reservoir at the recommended application rate.
How much flushing solution will 1L of Flawless Finish make?
At 2ml/L, a 1L bottle provides enough concentrate to prepare approximately 500 litres of flushing solution.
Do I use Flawless Finish only once?
No. Advanced Nutrients recommends using Flawless Finish consistently throughout the entire flush phase rather than applying it as a single final rinse.
Is Flawless Finish a fertiliser?
No. Flawless Finish has an NPK analysis of 0-0-0 and is used as a specialist flushing and finishing product rather than a complete plant nutrient.
How does Flawless Finish work?
Its formulation uses chelation technology to bind unwanted elemental ions. Advanced Nutrients also uses stabilised chelates and magnesium sulphate within the formula as part of the final flushing and maturation process.
Can Flawless Finish be used in hydroponics?
Yes. It is suitable for hydroponic systems including aeroponics, drip irrigation, NFT, flood and drain and deep water culture.
Can Flawless Finish be used in coco?
Yes. Advanced Nutrients specifically identifies Flawless Finish as coco coir safe.
Can Flawless Finish be used in soil?
Yes. For container-grown soil crops, apply it during the flush-period waterings and aim for approximately 20% runoff from the containers.
Can Flawless Finish be used for excess fertiliser salt build-up?
Yes. Advanced Nutrients also describes Flawless Finish as suitable for a corrective mini-flush where excessive fertiliser salts have accumulated in the root zone.
Can I use Flawless Finish after pH Perfect nutrients?
Yes. Flawless Finish is compatible with Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect and non-pH Perfect programmes, as well as compatible nutrient programmes from other manufacturers.
Advanced Nutrients CarboLoad Carbohydrate Supplement – 5L
3995
£39.95
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Advanced Nutrients CarboLoad Carbohydrate Supplement – 5L
3995
£39.95
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A concentrated carbohydrate supplement that provides an energy-rich food source for beneficial root-zone microbes throughout vegetative growth and flowering.
Advanced Nutrients CarboLoad combines simple and complex carbohydrates to support the biological activity around the root zone. Its carbohydrate blend provides a readily available food source for beneficial microbes, helping maintain the conditions these microorganisms need to thrive alongside a complete plant nutrition programme.
The formula combines complex carbohydrates derived from a proprietary gum extract with carefully selected simple carbohydrates, including glucose and xylose. Advanced Nutrients specifically links these carbohydrates with beneficial microbial activity, nutrient absorption and support for terpene and essential oil development.
CarboLoad is not a base nutrient or PK booster. Instead, it is a 0-0-0 carbohydrate supplement designed to complement the existing feeding programme. At the recommended 2ml/L rate, this 5L commercial-size container provides enough concentrate for approximately 2,500 litres of nutrient solution.
Why choose Advanced Nutrients CarboLoad?
- Simple & complex carbohydrate blend – provides a varied carbohydrate food source within the root-zone environment.
- Feeds beneficial microbes – particularly useful in nutrient programmes incorporating beneficial bacteria and fungi.
- Supports nutrient absorption – healthy root-zone microbial populations play an important role in nutrient availability and uptake.
- Contains glucose & xylose – two carbohydrates specifically highlighted within the Advanced Nutrients CarboLoad formulation.
- Supports flowering performance – designed to maintain an energy-rich root-zone environment as crop demand increases.
- Use through grow & bloom – the current Advanced Nutrients programme specifies CarboLoad during both vegetative growth and flowering.
- 0-0-0 supplement – complements the main nutrient programme without functioning as another NPK base feed.
- Hydroponic & coco compatible – suitable for a wide range of growing media and continuous liquid-feed systems.
- Commercial 5L format – provides approximately 2,500 litres of prepared solution at the recommended rate.
What is Advanced Nutrients CarboLoad suitable for?
CarboLoad is particularly useful for growers running biologically active root zones or using microbial supplements. Its carbohydrate blend provides a food source for beneficial microorganisms, making it a natural companion to root-zone products such as beneficial bacteria and fungi.
The current Advanced Nutrients programme uses CarboLoad throughout vegetative development and active flowering, then withdraws it for the final flush. This makes it suitable for maintaining carbohydrate availability across the main crop cycle rather than treating it solely as a late-flowering additive.
Advanced Nutrients identifies CarboLoad as suitable for indoor and outdoor growing, regular watering, irrigation systems, hydroponics and coco coir. It can also be used in continuous liquid-feed systems including aeroponics, drip irrigation and emitters, nutrient film technique (NFT), flood and drain and deep water culture (DWC).
How to use Advanced Nutrients CarboLoad
Add CarboLoad at 2ml per litre of water or prepared nutrient solution throughout vegetative growth and flowering. Continue through the active flowering phase, then discontinue CarboLoad when the crop enters its final flush.
For 10L of nutrient solution, use 20ml. For 50L, use 100ml. For a 100L reservoir, use 200ml. Commercial growers preparing 500L of solution will require 1 litre of CarboLoad.
CarboLoad is compatible with Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect and non-pH Perfect base nutrients and supplements, as well as compatible nutrient programmes from other manufacturers.
Advanced Nutrients CarboLoad 5L product details
| Product | Advanced Nutrients CarboLoad |
|---|---|
| Product type | Carbohydrate & root-zone microbial supplement |
| Product size | 5L |
| Format | Liquid concentrate |
| NPK | 0-0-0 |
| Key formulation | Simple & complex carbohydrates |
| Named carbohydrates | Glucose & xylose |
| Complex carbohydrate source | Proprietary gum extract |
| Application rate | 2ml/L |
| Application stages | Vegetative growth & flowering |
| Final flush | Discontinue |
| 10L solution | 20ml |
| 50L solution | 100ml |
| 100L solution | 200ml |
| 500L solution | 1L |
| Approximate solution from 5L | 2,500L at 2ml/L |
| Hydroponics | Suitable |
| Coco coir | Suitable |
| Suitable liquid-feed systems | Aeroponics, drip irrigation, NFT, flood & drain & DWC |
| Nutrient compatibility | Compatible with Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect, non-pH Perfect & compatible third-party nutrient programmes |
| Outer case quantity | 4 |
Advanced Nutrients CarboLoad FAQs
What is Advanced Nutrients CarboLoad?
CarboLoad is a 0-0-0 carbohydrate supplement containing simple and complex carbohydrates. It is designed to provide a food source for beneficial root-zone microbes and complement the main nutrient programme throughout vegetative growth and flowering.
What does CarboLoad do?
CarboLoad supplies carbohydrates to the root-zone environment, helping nourish beneficial microbial populations. Advanced Nutrients links this microbial activity with efficient nutrient absorption and uses glucose and xylose within the formula to support flowering performance.
Does CarboLoad contain sugars?
Yes. CarboLoad combines selected simple carbohydrates with complex carbohydrates derived from a proprietary gum extract. Advanced Nutrients specifically identifies glucose and xylose within the formulation.
Is CarboLoad a fertiliser?
CarboLoad is a plant nutrient supplement rather than a complete base fertiliser. It has an NPK analysis of 0-0-0 and is designed to complement an existing feeding programme.
How much Advanced Nutrients CarboLoad should I use?
The current Advanced Nutrients feed chart specifies CarboLoad at 2ml per litre throughout vegetative growth and flowering.
How much CarboLoad do I need for 10 litres?
Use 20ml of CarboLoad for 10 litres of nutrient solution at the recommended 2ml/L rate.
How much CarboLoad do I need for 100 litres?
Use 200ml of CarboLoad for a 100L reservoir.
How much CarboLoad do I need for a 500L reservoir?
A 500L reservoir requires 1 litre of CarboLoad at the recommended 2ml/L application rate.
How much nutrient solution will 5L of CarboLoad make?
At 2ml/L, a 5L container provides enough CarboLoad for approximately 2,500 litres of prepared nutrient solution.
Can I use CarboLoad during vegetative growth?
Yes. The current Advanced Nutrients feed chart specifies 2ml/L throughout vegetative growth as well as flowering.
When should I stop using CarboLoad?
Continue CarboLoad through the active flowering phase and discontinue it when the crop enters its final flush.
Can CarboLoad be used with beneficial bacteria and fungi?
Yes. Feeding beneficial root-zone microbes is one of CarboLoad's primary roles, making it particularly useful alongside microbial inoculants and root-zone biological programmes.
Can CarboLoad be used in hydroponics?
Yes. CarboLoad is suitable for hydroponics and continuous liquid-feed systems including aeroponics, drip irrigation, NFT, flood and drain and deep water culture.
Can CarboLoad be used in coco?
Yes. Advanced Nutrients specifically identifies CarboLoad as coco coir safe.
Can CarboLoad be used with pH Perfect nutrients?
Yes. CarboLoad is compatible with Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect base nutrients as well as non-pH Perfect programmes and compatible nutrients and supplements from other manufacturers.
Advanced Nutrients CarboLoad Carbohydrate Supplement – 10L
8495
£84.95
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Advanced Nutrients CarboLoad Carbohydrate Supplement – 10L
8495
£84.95
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A concentrated carbohydrate supplement for feeding beneficial root-zone microbes throughout vegetative growth and flowering, with a 10L format suited to high-volume nutrient programmes.
Advanced Nutrients CarboLoad combines simple and complex carbohydrates to provide an energy-rich food source for beneficial microorganisms around the root zone. By supporting these microbial populations, CarboLoad complements biological growing programmes and helps create favourable conditions for efficient nutrient absorption.
The formula combines complex carbohydrates derived from a proprietary gum extract with selected simple carbohydrates, including glucose and xylose. Advanced Nutrients links these carbohydrates with beneficial microbial activity, nutrient absorption and support for terpene and essential oil development.
CarboLoad is a 0-0-0 supplement rather than a base nutrient or PK booster, so it is used alongside the main feeding programme. The 10L container is particularly practical for commercial growers, larger reservoirs and facilities using substantial quantities of nutrient solution. At the recommended 2ml/L rate, one 10L container treats approximately 5,000 litres.
Why choose Advanced Nutrients CarboLoad?
- Feeds beneficial root-zone microbes – supplies carbohydrates that help sustain beneficial microbial populations.
- Simple & complex carbohydrate blend – combines different carbohydrate sources within one concentrated supplement.
- Contains glucose & xylose – simple carbohydrates specifically identified within the CarboLoad formulation.
- Supports nutrient absorption – helps maintain the microbial environment associated with efficient root-zone nutrient availability.
- Supports flowering performance – Advanced Nutrients links its carbohydrate blend with terpene and essential oil development.
- Use through grow & bloom – the current programme specifies CarboLoad during vegetative growth and flowering.
- 0-0-0 supplement – complements the main nutrient programme without adding another conventional NPK feed.
- Hydroponic & coco compatible – suitable for diverse growing media and continuous liquid-feed systems.
- Commercial 10L format – provides enough concentrate for approximately 5,000L of nutrient solution at 2ml/L.
What is Advanced Nutrients CarboLoad suitable for?
CarboLoad is particularly useful in growing programmes that include beneficial bacteria, fungi and other root-zone biologicals. The carbohydrates provide an additional food source for beneficial microorganisms rather than replacing the crop's normal base nutrient.
The current Advanced Nutrients programme uses CarboLoad throughout vegetative development and flowering, before withdrawing it for the final flush. This makes it suitable for supporting a biologically active root zone across the main crop cycle rather than restricting it to a short flowering window.
Advanced Nutrients identifies CarboLoad for indoor and outdoor cultivation, regular watering, watering systems, hydroponics and coco coir. It is also designed for continuous liquid-feed systems including aeroponics, drip irrigation and emitters, nutrient film technique (NFT), flood and drain and deep water culture (DWC).
How to use Advanced Nutrients CarboLoad
Use CarboLoad at 2ml per litre throughout vegetative growth and flowering. Continue through active flowering, then discontinue CarboLoad when the crop enters its final flush.
For 10L of nutrient solution, use 20ml. For 50L, use 100ml. For 100L, use 200ml. A 500L reservoir requires 1L, while 1,000L requires 2L.
CarboLoad is compatible with Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect and non-pH Perfect base nutrients and supplements, as well as compatible base nutrients and supplements from other manufacturers.
Advanced Nutrients CarboLoad 10L product details
| Product | Advanced Nutrients CarboLoad |
|---|---|
| Product type | Carbohydrate & root-zone microbial supplement |
| Product size | 10L |
| Format | Liquid concentrate |
| NPK | 0-0-0 |
| Key formulation | Simple & complex carbohydrates |
| Named carbohydrates | Glucose & xylose |
| Complex carbohydrate source | Proprietary gum extract |
| Application rate | 2ml/L |
| Application stages | Vegetative growth & flowering |
| Final flush | Discontinue |
| 10L solution | 20ml |
| 50L solution | 100ml |
| 100L solution | 200ml |
| 500L solution | 1L |
| 1,000L solution | 2L |
| Approximate solution from 10L | 5,000L at 2ml/L |
| Hydroponics | Suitable |
| Coco coir | Suitable |
| Suitable liquid-feed systems | Aeroponics, drip irrigation, NFT, flood & drain & DWC |
| Nutrient compatibility | Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect, non-pH Perfect & compatible third-party nutrient programmes |
| Outer case quantity | 2 |
Advanced Nutrients CarboLoad FAQs
What is Advanced Nutrients CarboLoad?
CarboLoad is a 0-0-0 carbohydrate supplement containing simple and complex carbohydrates. It is designed to nourish beneficial microorganisms around the root zone while complementing the main plant nutrition programme.
What does CarboLoad do?
CarboLoad provides carbohydrates that beneficial root-zone microbes can use as a food source. Advanced Nutrients links this microbial activity with nutrient absorption and uses selected carbohydrates to support flowering performance.
Does Advanced Nutrients CarboLoad contain sugars?
Yes. The formulation contains selected simple carbohydrates alongside complex carbohydrates derived from a proprietary gum extract. Advanced Nutrients specifically identifies glucose and xylose.
Is CarboLoad a fertiliser or bloom booster?
CarboLoad is a carbohydrate supplement rather than a complete base fertiliser or conventional PK bloom booster. Its NPK analysis is 0-0-0 and it is intended to complement the main feeding programme.
How much CarboLoad should I use?
Advanced Nutrients currently specifies CarboLoad at 2ml per litre throughout vegetative growth and flowering.
Can I use CarboLoad during vegetative growth?
Yes. The current Advanced Nutrients feed chart specifies 2ml/L during vegetative development as well as throughout flowering.
When should I stop using CarboLoad?
Continue CarboLoad through active flowering and stop using it when the crop reaches its final flush.
How much CarboLoad do I need for 100 litres?
Use 200ml of CarboLoad for 100 litres of nutrient solution at the recommended 2ml/L rate.
How much CarboLoad do I need for a 500L reservoir?
A 500L reservoir requires 1 litre of CarboLoad at 2ml/L.
How much CarboLoad do I need for 1,000 litres?
Use 2 litres of CarboLoad for 1,000 litres of nutrient solution.
How much nutrient solution will 10L of CarboLoad treat?
At the recommended 2ml/L rate, a 10L container is sufficient for approximately 5,000 litres of nutrient solution.
Can CarboLoad be used with beneficial bacteria and fungi?
Yes. Supporting beneficial root-zone microorganisms is one of CarboLoad's primary roles, making it particularly relevant to feeding programmes that include beneficial bacteria and fungi.
Can CarboLoad be used in hydroponics?
Yes. CarboLoad is designed for hydroponic growing and continuous liquid-feed systems including aeroponics, drip irrigation, NFT, flood and drain and deep water culture.
Can CarboLoad be used in coco?
Yes. Advanced Nutrients specifically identifies CarboLoad as coco coir safe.
Can CarboLoad be used with pH Perfect nutrients?
Yes. Advanced Nutrients confirms compatibility with its pH Perfect base nutrients, non-pH Perfect base nutrients and supplements, as well as compatible third-party nutrient programmes.
Is the 10L CarboLoad suitable for commercial growers?
Yes. With enough concentrate to treat approximately 5,000 litres at the recommended rate, the 10L format is particularly practical for larger reservoirs, commercial cultivation and facilities preparing nutrient solution frequently.
Advanced Nutrients Bud Ignitor Early Bloom Booster – 5L
15995
£159.95
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Advanced Nutrients Bud Ignitor Early Bloom Booster – 5L
15995
£159.95
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
An early flowering 0-1-2 bloom booster with phosphorus, potassium and kelp, designed to support rapid flower initiation as crops move into bloom.
Advanced Nutrients Bud Ignitor is a concentrated early bloom supplement developed specifically for the transition into flowering. Rather than being used throughout the entire bloom phase, it targets the crucial opening stage when plants are beginning to establish new flowering sites.
Its 0-1-2 formulation combines phosphorus and potassium with premium kelp sourced from the Norwegian Sea. Together, these ingredients provide targeted early-flowering nutrition and help establish the conditions required for productive flower development as the crop progresses into active bloom.
Bud Ignitor is used alongside the normal base nutrient programme rather than replacing it. At the recommended 2ml/L application rate, the 5L container provides enough concentrate for approximately 2,500 litres of nutrient solution, making this size particularly useful for larger reservoirs and commercial growing facilities.
Why choose Advanced Nutrients Bud Ignitor?
- Designed for early flowering – targets the transition and flower-initiation stage rather than the entire bloom cycle.
- 0-1-2 NPK formulation – provides a targeted phosphorus and potassium profile without added nitrogen.
- Supports flower initiation – formulated to encourage rapid development of flowering sites at the beginning of bloom.
- Contains premium kelp – provides naturally occurring compounds, vitamins and minerals as part of the early-flowering formula.
- Norwegian Sea kelp – Advanced Nutrients sources the kelp used in Bud Ignitor from the cold waters of the Norwegian Sea.
- Simple 2ml/L dosage – straightforward dosing for reservoirs of different sizes.
- Works alongside base nutrients – compatible with Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect and non-pH Perfect programmes as well as compatible third-party nutrients.
- Hydroponic & coco compatible – suitable for hydroponics, coco, soil and continuous liquid-feed systems.
- Commercial 5L format – enough concentrate for approximately 2,500L of prepared nutrient solution at the recommended rate.
What is Advanced Nutrients Bud Ignitor suitable for?
Bud Ignitor is intended for flowering and fruiting crops at the point where vegetative development gives way to flower initiation. This narrow application window is important. It is an early bloom supplement, not a product intended to be run continuously through active and late flowering.
Advanced Nutrients' feed chart specifies Bud Ignitor during the first two weeks of its bloom programme. For practical crop management, use this as a crop-stage reference: introduce Bud Ignitor during transition into flowering and continue through the early flower-initiation period, then withdraw it as the crop becomes established in active flowering.
Bud Ignitor is suitable for indoor and outdoor cultivation and can be used with hydroponics, coco coir and soil. Compatible continuous liquid-feed systems include aeroponics, drip irrigation and emitters, nutrient film technique (NFT), flood and drain and deep water culture (DWC).
How to use Advanced Nutrients Bud Ignitor
Add Bud Ignitor at 2ml per litre of nutrient solution during transition and early flowering, when the crop is establishing new flowering sites.
Advanced Nutrients' manufacturer feed chart applies Bud Ignitor at 2ml/L during the first two weeks of its bloom programme and then withdraws it. Because flowering duration varies between crops, use the crop's development as the practical guide rather than assuming every plant follows the same fixed flowering calendar.
For 10L of nutrient solution, use 20ml. For 50L, use 100ml. For 100L, use 200ml. A 500L reservoir requires 1L of Bud Ignitor.
Apply Bud Ignitor through the root-zone feeding programme. The current Advanced Nutrients directions specify that it should not be used as a foliar spray.
Advanced Nutrients Bud Ignitor 5L product details
| Product | Advanced Nutrients Bud Ignitor |
|---|---|
| Product type | Early flowering bloom booster & biostimulant |
| Product size | 5L |
| Format | Liquid concentrate |
| NPK | 0-1-2 |
| Nitrogen | 0% |
| Phosphorus | 1% |
| Potassium | 2% |
| Key ingredients | Phosphorus, potassium & kelp |
| Kelp source | Norwegian Sea |
| Application rate | 2ml/L |
| Application stage | Transition & early flowering / flower initiation |
| 10L solution | 20ml |
| 50L solution | 100ml |
| 100L solution | 200ml |
| 500L solution | 1L |
| Approximate solution from 5L | 2,500L at 2ml/L |
| Application method | Root-zone feeding |
| Foliar application | Not recommended by current manufacturer directions |
| Hydroponics | Suitable |
| Coco coir | Suitable |
| Soil | Suitable |
| Growing environment | Indoor & outdoor |
| Suitable liquid-feed systems | Aeroponics, drip irrigation, NFT, flood & drain & DWC |
| Nutrient compatibility | Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect, non-pH Perfect & compatible third-party nutrient programmes |
| Outer case quantity | 4 |
Advanced Nutrients Bud Ignitor FAQs
What is Advanced Nutrients Bud Ignitor?
Bud Ignitor is an early flowering bloom booster and biostimulant designed to support rapid flower initiation. Its 0-1-2 formulation combines phosphorus and potassium with kelp and is used alongside the normal base nutrient programme.
When should I use Bud Ignitor?
Use Bud Ignitor as the crop transitions into flowering and begins establishing new flowering sites. It is specifically intended for the early flowering stage rather than active or late bloom.
How long should I use Bud Ignitor?
Advanced Nutrients applies Bud Ignitor at 2ml/L during the first two weeks of its bloom feed chart. In crop-stage terms, this corresponds to transition and early flower initiation. Stop using it once the crop moves into established active flowering.
What is the NPK of Advanced Nutrients Bud Ignitor?
Bud Ignitor has an NPK analysis of 0-1-2, providing phosphorus and potassium without added nitrogen.
How much Bud Ignitor should I use?
Use Bud Ignitor at 2ml per litre of nutrient solution during transition and early flowering.
How much Bud Ignitor do I need for 10 litres?
Use 20ml of Bud Ignitor for 10 litres of nutrient solution.
How much Bud Ignitor do I need for 100 litres?
Use 200ml of Bud Ignitor for a 100L reservoir at the recommended 2ml/L rate.
How much Bud Ignitor do I need for a 500L reservoir?
Use 1 litre of Bud Ignitor for 500 litres of nutrient solution at 2ml/L.
How much nutrient solution will 5L of Bud Ignitor treat?
At the recommended 2ml/L application rate, a 5L container provides enough Bud Ignitor for approximately 2,500 litres of nutrient solution.
Does Bud Ignitor contain kelp?
Yes. Kelp is a key part of the Bud Ignitor formulation. Advanced Nutrients states that its premium kelp is sourced from the cold waters of the Norwegian Sea.
Is Bud Ignitor a base nutrient?
No. Bud Ignitor is an early flowering supplement and should be used alongside the crop's normal base nutrient programme.
What is the difference between Bud Ignitor and later bloom boosters?
Bud Ignitor has a specific early-flowering role. It is used as flowering begins to support flower-site initiation. Later bloom supplements use different formulations to support the crop once flowers are already established and developing.
Can Bud Ignitor be used in hydroponics?
Yes. Bud Ignitor is suitable for hydroponics and continuous liquid-feed systems including aeroponics, drip irrigation, NFT, flood and drain and deep water culture.
Can Bud Ignitor be used in coco?
Yes. Advanced Nutrients identifies Bud Ignitor as suitable for coco coir.
Can Bud Ignitor be used in soil?
Yes. Advanced Nutrients confirms Bud Ignitor is compatible with soil as well as hydroponic and coco growing media.
Can I foliar spray Bud Ignitor?
No. The current Advanced Nutrients directions specify applying Bud Ignitor directly through the root zone rather than using it as a foliar spray.
Can Bud Ignitor be used with pH Perfect nutrients?
Yes. Bud Ignitor is compatible with Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect base nutrients, non-pH Perfect base nutrients and supplements, as well as compatible nutrient programmes from other manufacturers.
Advanced Nutrients Bud Factor X Flowering Biostimulant – 5L
14995
£149.95
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Advanced Nutrients Bud Factor X Flowering Biostimulant – 5L
14995
£149.95
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A concentrated 0-0-0 flowering biostimulant designed to support flower quality, aroma and strong crop development throughout bloom.
Advanced Nutrients Bud Factor X is a flowering supplement developed to support high-value crops as they move through bloom. Rather than acting as another NPK fertiliser, its role is to complement the existing base nutrient and flowering programme as a specialist biostimulant.
Advanced Nutrients positions Bud Factor X around the development of high-quality, resinous flowers with strong aroma, flavour and valuable plant compounds. It is also associated with supporting robust plant and stem development as crops carry increasing flower mass.
The 5L format is particularly useful for commercial growers, larger reservoirs and repeated flowering cycles. At the recommended 2ml/L application concentration, 5L provides 2,500 litres' worth of individual treatment solution.
Why choose Advanced Nutrients Bud Factor X?
- Specialist flowering biostimulant – developed specifically to complement feeding programmes during bloom.
- Supports flower quality – formulated around the development of high-value flowers with desirable crop characteristics.
- Supports aroma & flavour development – Advanced Nutrients positions Bud Factor X for crops where flower quality and valuable aromatic compounds matter.
- Supports robust crop development – designed to complement plant and stem performance as flowering progresses.
- 0-0-0 formulation – works as a biostimulant rather than another conventional NPK base nutrient.
- 2ml/L application concentration – straightforward measuring for small tanks and commercial reservoirs alike.
- Weekly flowering application – current UK guidance specifies use once per week during flowering.
- Hydroponic & coco compatible – suitable for diverse hydroponic media, coco coir and continuous liquid-feed systems.
- Commercial 5L format – well suited to larger growing facilities and repeated flowering programmes.
What is Advanced Nutrients Bud Factor X suitable for?
Bud Factor X is designed for flowering crops where growers want to add a specialist biostimulant alongside their normal base nutrient and bloom supplements. Its role is focused on crop quality rather than simply increasing the NPK concentration of the nutrient solution.
For Creation's crop-stage guidance, Bud Factor X is best treated as a flowering-stage supplement. Apply it once per week through the flowering feeding period, then discontinue it for the final flush.
Advanced Nutrients identifies Bud Factor X as suitable for indoor and outdoor cultivation, regular watering, irrigation systems, hydroponics and coco coir. It is also designed for continuous liquid-feed systems including aeroponics, drip irrigation and emitters, nutrient film technique (NFT), flood and drain and deep water culture (DWC).
How to use Advanced Nutrients Bud Factor X
Use Bud Factor X at 2ml per litre once per week during flowering. Add it as part of the normal flowering nutrient programme and discontinue use when the crop enters its final flush.
At 2ml/L, a 10L treatment requires 20ml, 50L requires 100ml and 100L requires 200ml. For larger commercial reservoirs, 500L requires 1L of Bud Factor X for an individual weekly treatment.
Shake the container thoroughly before measuring to ensure the formulation is evenly mixed before it is added to the nutrient solution.
Advanced Nutrients Bud Factor X 5L product details
| Product | Advanced Nutrients Bud Factor X |
|---|---|
| Product type | Flowering biostimulant & supplement |
| Product size | 5L |
| Format | Liquid concentrate |
| NPK | 0-0-0 |
| Application concentration | 2ml/L |
| Application frequency | Once per week during flowering |
| Application stage | Flowering |
| Final flush | Discontinue |
| 10L treatment | 20ml |
| 50L treatment | 100ml |
| 100L treatment | 200ml |
| 500L treatment | 1L |
| 5L treatment capacity | Equivalent to 2,500L of treatment solution at 2ml/L |
| Hydroponics | Suitable |
| Coco coir | Suitable |
| Growing environment | Indoor & outdoor |
| Suitable liquid-feed systems | Aeroponics, drip irrigation, NFT, flood & drain & DWC |
| Nutrient compatibility | Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect, non-pH Perfect & compatible third-party nutrient programmes |
| Outer case quantity | 4 |
Advanced Nutrients Bud Factor X FAQs
What is Advanced Nutrients Bud Factor X?
Bud Factor X is a specialist 0-0-0 flowering biostimulant designed to complement a complete nutrient programme and support flower quality, aroma and robust crop development during bloom.
What does Bud Factor X do?
Bud Factor X is designed to create favourable conditions for the development of high-quality flowers. Advanced Nutrients positions it around flower quality, aroma, flavour and valuable plant compounds rather than simply supplying additional NPK.
Is Bud Factor X a bloom booster?
It is a flowering supplement, but it works differently from a conventional phosphorus and potassium bloom booster. Bud Factor X has an NPK of 0-0-0 and is better described as a flowering biostimulant used alongside the main nutrient and bloom programme.
What is the NPK of Bud Factor X?
Advanced Nutrients Bud Factor X has an NPK analysis of 0-0-0.
How much Bud Factor X should I use?
Use Bud Factor X at 2ml per litre of nutrient solution. Current UK application guidance specifies using this treatment once per week during flowering.
Do I use Bud Factor X at every feed?
No. Current application guidance specifies a 2ml/L treatment once per week during the flowering stage rather than adding Bud Factor X to every feed.
When should I use Bud Factor X?
Use Bud Factor X during the flowering feeding period. Continue the weekly application as flowering develops and discontinue it for the final flush.
How much Bud Factor X do I need for 10 litres?
A 10L treatment requires 20ml of Bud Factor X at the recommended 2ml/L concentration.
How much Bud Factor X do I need for 100 litres?
Use 200ml of Bud Factor X for a 100L treatment at 2ml/L.
How much Bud Factor X do I need for a 500L reservoir?
A 500L treatment requires 1 litre of Bud Factor X at the recommended concentration.
How much treatment solution can I make with 5L of Bud Factor X?
At 2ml/L, a 5L container provides enough concentrate for 2,500 litres of individual treatment solution. Because the current application protocol is once weekly, this should not be interpreted as continuous dosing at every irrigation.
Can Bud Factor X be used in hydroponics?
Yes. Bud Factor X is suitable for hydroponic growing and continuous liquid-feed systems including aeroponics, drip irrigation, NFT, flood and drain and deep water culture.
Can Bud Factor X be used in coco?
Yes. Advanced Nutrients specifically identifies Bud Factor X as suitable for coco coir.
Can Bud Factor X be used with pH Perfect nutrients?
Yes. Bud Factor X is compatible with Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect base nutrients as well as non-pH Perfect base nutrients and compatible third-party feeding programmes.
What is the difference between Bud Factor X and BFX?
They are different Advanced Nutrients products. Bud Factor X is the original flowering biostimulant sold here, while BFX is a newer formula developed as the next evolution of the Bud Factor X concept. The two products should not be treated as having the same formulation or technical specification.
Is the 5L Bud Factor X suitable for commercial growers?
Yes. The 5L container is well suited to larger reservoirs and commercial flowering programmes where the product is applied repeatedly across multiple crops or growing zones.
Advanced Nutrients Bud Factor X Flowering Biostimulant – 250ml
1195
£11.95
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Advanced Nutrients Bud Factor X Flowering Biostimulant – 250ml
1195
£11.95
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A concentrated 0-0-0 flowering biostimulant designed to support flower quality, aroma and valuable crop compounds throughout bloom.
Advanced Nutrients Bud Factor X is a specialist flowering supplement developed to complement a complete base nutrient and bloom programme. Rather than increasing conventional NPK levels, it is designed to create favourable conditions for high-quality flower development.
Advanced Nutrients positions Bud Factor X around crops where flower quality matters, with particular emphasis on crystal-rich development, aroma, flavour and other valuable plant compounds. Its role is therefore different from a conventional phosphorus and potassium bloom booster.
The 250ml bottle is a practical choice for smaller reservoirs and growing areas. Applied at 2ml/L, one bottle provides enough concentrate for approximately 125 litres of individual treatment solution.
Why choose Advanced Nutrients Bud Factor X?
- Specialist flowering biostimulant – developed to complement crop nutrition throughout flowering.
- Supports flower quality – formulated for crops where the quality and value of the finished flowers matter.
- Supports aroma & flavour – Advanced Nutrients positions Bud Factor X around desirable aromatic and flavour characteristics.
- Supports valuable plant compounds – designed to create favourable conditions for high-quality flower development.
- 0-0-0 formulation – works as a biostimulant rather than adding another conventional NPK fertiliser.
- 2ml/L concentration – straightforward measuring for small tanks and reservoirs.
- Weekly flowering application – current UK guidance specifies application once per week during flowering.
- Hydroponic & coco compatible – designed for diverse hydroponic media and continuous liquid-feed systems.
- Convenient 250ml size – provides approximately 125L of treatment solution at the recommended concentration.
What is Advanced Nutrients Bud Factor X suitable for?
Bud Factor X is intended for flowering crops where growers want to add a specialist biostimulant alongside their normal base nutrient and flowering supplements. It is particularly relevant where flower quality, aroma and other valuable crop characteristics are a priority.
For a UK feeding programme, apply Bud Factor X once per week during the flowering stage at 2ml/L. Continue the weekly treatment through active flowering and discontinue it when the crop enters its final flush.
Advanced Nutrients identifies Bud Factor X as suitable for indoor and outdoor cultivation, regular watering, irrigation systems, hydroponics and coco coir. Compatible continuous liquid-feed systems include aeroponics, drip irrigation and emitters, nutrient film technique (NFT), flood and drain and deep water culture (DWC).
How to use Advanced Nutrients Bud Factor X
Use Bud Factor X at 2ml per litre once per week during flowering. Add the required amount to the nutrient solution as part of the flowering feeding programme.
For a 10L treatment, use 20ml. For 25L, use 50ml. For 50L, use 100ml. A full 250ml bottle provides enough concentrate for approximately 125L of treatment solution.
Discontinue Bud Factor X when the crop moves into its final flush. Shake the bottle thoroughly before measuring to ensure the concentrate is evenly mixed.
Advanced Nutrients Bud Factor X 250ml product details
| Product | Advanced Nutrients Bud Factor X |
|---|---|
| Product type | Flowering biostimulant & supplement |
| Product size | 250ml |
| Format | Liquid concentrate |
| NPK | 0-0-0 |
| Application concentration | 2ml/L |
| Application frequency | Once per week during flowering |
| Application stage | Flowering |
| Final flush | Discontinue |
| 10L treatment | 20ml |
| 25L treatment | 50ml |
| 50L treatment | 100ml |
| Approximate treatment capacity | 125L at 2ml/L |
| Hydroponics | Suitable |
| Coco coir | Suitable |
| Growing environment | Indoor & outdoor |
| Suitable liquid-feed systems | Aeroponics, drip irrigation, NFT, flood & drain & DWC |
| Nutrient compatibility | Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect, non-pH Perfect & compatible third-party nutrient programmes |
| Outer case quantity | 12 |
Advanced Nutrients Bud Factor X FAQs
What is Advanced Nutrients Bud Factor X?
Bud Factor X is a specialist 0-0-0 flowering biostimulant designed to complement a complete feeding programme and support the conditions required for high-quality flower development.
What does Bud Factor X do?
Advanced Nutrients positions Bud Factor X around the development of high-quality, crystal-rich flowers with desirable flavour, aroma and valuable plant compounds. It works as a flowering biostimulant rather than a conventional NPK booster.
Is Bud Factor X a bloom booster?
Bud Factor X is a flowering supplement, but it is better described as a biostimulant than a conventional PK bloom booster. Its NPK analysis is 0-0-0.
What is the NPK of Bud Factor X?
Advanced Nutrients Bud Factor X has an NPK analysis of 0-0-0.
How much Bud Factor X should I use?
Use Bud Factor X at 2ml per litre. Current UK application guidance specifies applying it once per week during flowering.
Do I use Bud Factor X at every feed?
No. For the current UK application protocol, use Bud Factor X at 2ml/L once per week during flowering rather than adding it to every irrigation.
When should I use Bud Factor X?
Use Bud Factor X during flowering. Continue the weekly treatment through the flowering phase and discontinue it when the crop enters its final flush.
How much Bud Factor X do I need for 10 litres?
Use 20ml of Bud Factor X for a 10L treatment at the recommended 2ml/L concentration.
How much Bud Factor X do I need for 50 litres?
Use 100ml of Bud Factor X for 50 litres of treatment solution.
How much treatment solution does 250ml of Bud Factor X make?
At 2ml/L, a 250ml bottle provides enough concentrate for approximately 125 litres of individual treatment solution.
Can Bud Factor X be used in hydroponics?
Yes. Bud Factor X is specifically designed for hydroponic growing media and continuous liquid-feed systems including aeroponics, drip irrigation, NFT, flood and drain and deep water culture.
Can Bud Factor X be used in coco?
Yes. Advanced Nutrients identifies Bud Factor X as safe for use with coco coir.
Can Bud Factor X be used with pH Perfect nutrients?
Yes. Advanced Nutrients confirms compatibility with its pH Perfect base nutrients, non-pH Perfect base nutrients and supplements, as well as compatible third-party feeding programmes.
What is the difference between Bud Factor X and BFX?
Bud Factor X and BFX are separate Advanced Nutrients products. Bud Factor X is the original flowering biostimulant sold here, while BFX is a newer product with its own formulation. Their ingredient specifications should not be treated as interchangeable.
Advanced Nutrients Bud Factor X Flowering Biostimulant – 1L
3495
£34.95
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Advanced Nutrients Bud Factor X Flowering Biostimulant – 1L
3495
£34.95
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A concentrated 0-0-0 flowering biostimulant designed to support high-quality flower development, aroma, flavour and valuable crop compounds throughout bloom.
Advanced Nutrients Bud Factor X is a specialist flowering supplement developed to complement a complete base nutrient and bloom programme. Rather than supplying another dose of conventional NPK fertiliser, it works as a biostimulant focused on the quality and development of the flowering crop.
Advanced Nutrients positions Bud Factor X for growers looking to encourage crystal-rich flowers with strong flavour, aroma and valuable plant compounds. It can be incorporated into a wide range of hydroponic and coco feeding programmes and is compatible with both pH Perfect and non-pH Perfect base nutrients.
The 1L bottle offers a useful middle ground between smaller trial sizes and larger commercial containers. At the recommended 2ml/L concentration, one litre provides enough concentrate for approximately 500 litres of nutrient solution.
Why choose Advanced Nutrients Bud Factor X?
- Specialist flowering biostimulant – designed specifically to complement crop nutrition during bloom.
- Supports flower quality – formulated around the development of high-value, crystal-rich flowers.
- Supports aroma & flavour – developed for flowering crops where finished quality matters as much as growth.
- Supports valuable plant compounds – Advanced Nutrients positions Bud Factor X around desirable characteristics within the flowering crop.
- 0-0-0 formulation – works as a biostimulant rather than adding another conventional NPK fertiliser.
- Simple 2ml/L dosage – easy to scale from smaller tanks through to larger reservoirs.
- Designed for the bloom phase – used throughout flowering before being discontinued for the final flush.
- Hydroponic & coco compatible – suitable for diverse hydroponic media and continuous liquid-feed systems.
- Practical 1L size – provides approximately 500L of nutrient solution at the recommended concentration.
What is Advanced Nutrients Bud Factor X suitable for?
Bud Factor X is intended for flowering crops where growers want to add a specialist biostimulant alongside their normal base nutrient and bloom supplements. Its role is centred on flower quality rather than simply increasing the phosphorus or potassium concentration of the feed.
Use Bud Factor X through the flowering phase at the manufacturer's recommended concentration of 2ml/L. Continue through active and later flowering, then discontinue the product when the crop reaches its final flush.
Bud Factor X is suitable for indoor and outdoor growing, hydroponics, coco coir, regular watering and irrigation systems. It can also be incorporated into continuous liquid-feed systems including aeroponics, drip irrigation and emitters, nutrient film technique (NFT), flood and drain and deep water culture (DWC).
How to use Advanced Nutrients Bud Factor X
Add Bud Factor X at 2ml per litre of nutrient solution during the flowering phase. Use it alongside the normal base nutrient and flowering programme, then discontinue Bud Factor X for the final flush.
For 10L of nutrient solution, use 20ml. For 25L, use 50ml. For 50L, use 100ml. For a 100L reservoir, use 200ml.
At 2ml/L, a full 1L bottle provides enough concentrate for approximately 500 litres of nutrient solution.
Advanced Nutrients Bud Factor X 1L product details
| Product | Advanced Nutrients Bud Factor X |
|---|---|
| Product type | Flowering biostimulant & supplement |
| Product size | 1L |
| Format | Liquid concentrate |
| NPK | 0-0-0 |
| Application rate | 2ml/L |
| Application stage | Flowering |
| Final flush | Discontinue |
| 10L solution | 20ml |
| 25L solution | 50ml |
| 50L solution | 100ml |
| 100L solution | 200ml |
| Approximate solution from 1L | 500L at 2ml/L |
| Hydroponics | Suitable |
| Coco coir | Suitable |
| Growing environment | Indoor & outdoor |
| Suitable liquid-feed systems | Aeroponics, drip irrigation, NFT, flood & drain & DWC |
| Nutrient compatibility | Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect, non-pH Perfect & compatible third-party nutrient programmes |
| Outer case quantity | 12 |
Advanced Nutrients Bud Factor X FAQs
What is Advanced Nutrients Bud Factor X?
Bud Factor X is a 0-0-0 flowering biostimulant designed to complement a complete nutrient programme and support the conditions associated with high-quality flower development.
What does Bud Factor X do?
Bud Factor X is designed for flowering crops where quality is a priority. Advanced Nutrients positions it around crystal-rich flower development with desirable flavour, aroma and valuable plant compounds.
Is Bud Factor X a bloom booster?
Bud Factor X is a flowering supplement, but it is better described as a biostimulant than a conventional PK bloom booster. Its NPK analysis is 0-0-0, so its role is different from products designed primarily to supply extra phosphorus and potassium.
What is the NPK of Bud Factor X?
Advanced Nutrients specifies Bud Factor X at 0-0-0.
How much Bud Factor X should I use?
Advanced Nutrients specifies a standard application rate of 2ml per litre during the flowering phase.
When should I use Bud Factor X?
Use Bud Factor X during the flowering phase. Continue through active flowering and discontinue it when the crop enters its final flush.
Should I use Bud Factor X during the final flush?
No. Advanced Nutrients specifies stopping Bud Factor X during the final flush.
How much Bud Factor X do I need for 10 litres?
Use 20ml of Bud Factor X for 10 litres of nutrient solution at the recommended 2ml/L rate.
How much Bud Factor X do I need for 50 litres?
Use 100ml of Bud Factor X for 50 litres of nutrient solution.
How much Bud Factor X do I need for 100 litres?
Use 200ml of Bud Factor X for a 100L reservoir.
How much nutrient solution will 1L of Bud Factor X make?
At the recommended 2ml/L rate, one litre of Bud Factor X is enough for approximately 500 litres of nutrient solution.
Can Bud Factor X be used in hydroponics?
Yes. Bud Factor X is suitable for hydroponics and continuous liquid-feed systems including aeroponics, drip irrigation, NFT, flood and drain and deep water culture.
Can Bud Factor X be used in coco?
Yes. Advanced Nutrients specifically identifies Bud Factor X as coco coir safe.
Can Bud Factor X be used with pH Perfect nutrients?
Yes. Bud Factor X is compatible with Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect base nutrients, non-pH Perfect nutrients and compatible third-party nutrient programmes.
Does Bud Factor X contain banned PGRs?
Advanced Nutrients states that Bud Factor X does not contain paclobutrazol, daminozide or other banned plant growth regulators.
Advanced Nutrients Bud Candy Carbohydrate & Flowering Supplement – 250ml
399
£3.99
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Advanced Nutrients Bud Candy Carbohydrate & Flowering Supplement – 250ml
399
£3.99
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A premium carbohydrate and magnesium supplement that feeds beneficial root-zone microbes while supporting vigorous growth, flower development and desirable aromas.
Advanced Nutrients Bud Candy supplies a carefully formulated blend of carbohydrates alongside magnesium to support crops through vegetative growth and flowering. It is designed to work alongside the normal base nutrient programme rather than replace it.
The carbohydrate component provides an energy source for beneficial microorganisms living around the roots. Supporting these microbial populations helps create a productive biological environment around the root zone, while magnesium plays an important role in the conditions required for chlorophyll production and efficient photosynthesis.
Although Bud Candy is particularly well known as a flowering supplement, the current Advanced Nutrients programme uses it during both vegetative growth and flowering. The 250ml bottle is ideal for smaller reservoirs and growers wanting a compact size, providing enough concentrate for approximately 125 litres of nutrient solution at the recommended 2ml/L rate.
Why choose Advanced Nutrients Bud Candy?
- Premium carbohydrate blend – supplies carbohydrates designed to support crop performance and the biological activity around the root zone.
- Feeds beneficial microbes – provides an energy source for beneficial microorganisms living around plant roots.
- Contains magnesium – supports the conditions required for chlorophyll production and photosynthetic activity.
- Supports flower development – designed to complement the crop's nutritional requirements as flowering progresses.
- Supports desirable aromas – Advanced Nutrients positions Bud Candy as a terpene and flavour-enhancing supplement.
- Use during grow & bloom – the current feeding programme specifies Bud Candy throughout vegetative growth and flowering.
- Simple 2ml/L dosage – straightforward measuring for smaller tanks and reservoirs.
- Hydroponic & coco compatible – suitable for diverse hydroponic media and continuous liquid-feed systems.
- Convenient 250ml size – provides enough concentrate for approximately 125L of nutrient solution at 2ml/L.
What is Advanced Nutrients Bud Candy suitable for?
Bud Candy is suitable for growers looking to add a carbohydrate-based supplement to an established feeding programme. It is especially relevant where beneficial root-zone microorganisms form part of the growing strategy, as its carbohydrate blend provides an additional food source for microbial populations.
Unlike supplements reserved for one narrow part of flowering, Bud Candy has a broader application window. Advanced Nutrients currently specifies it throughout vegetative development and across the flowering phase, before withdrawing it for the final flush.
Bud Candy is suitable for indoor and outdoor cultivation, regular watering, irrigation systems, hydroponics and coco coir. It can also be incorporated into continuous liquid-feed systems including aeroponics, drip irrigation and emitters, nutrient film technique (NFT), flood and drain and deep water culture (DWC).
How to use Advanced Nutrients Bud Candy
Add Bud Candy at 2ml per litre of nutrient solution throughout vegetative growth and flowering. Continue through active and later flowering, then discontinue Bud Candy when the crop reaches its final flush.
For 10L of nutrient solution, use 20ml. For 25L, use 50ml. For 50L, use 100ml. A full 250ml bottle provides enough concentrate for approximately 125L of nutrient solution.
Bud Candy is a supplement rather than a complete base feed, so use it alongside the crop's normal nutrient programme.
Advanced Nutrients Bud Candy 250ml product details
| Product | Advanced Nutrients Bud Candy |
|---|---|
| Product type | Carbohydrate & flowering supplement |
| Product size | 250ml |
| Format | Liquid concentrate |
| Key components | Carbohydrate blend & magnesium |
| Application rate | 2ml/L |
| Application stages | Vegetative growth & flowering |
| Final flush | Discontinue |
| 10L solution | 20ml |
| 25L solution | 50ml |
| 50L solution | 100ml |
| Approximate solution from 250ml | 125L at 2ml/L |
| Hydroponics | Suitable |
| Coco coir | Suitable |
| Growing environment | Indoor & outdoor |
| Suitable liquid-feed systems | Aeroponics, drip irrigation, NFT, flood & drain & DWC |
| Nutrient compatibility | Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect, non-pH Perfect & compatible third-party nutrient programmes |
| Outer case quantity | 12 |
Advanced Nutrients Bud Candy FAQs
What is Advanced Nutrients Bud Candy?
Bud Candy is a carbohydrate and magnesium supplement designed for use alongside a complete nutrient programme. Its carbohydrate blend supports beneficial root-zone microorganisms, while the formula is designed to support crop performance during vegetative growth and flowering.
What does Bud Candy do?
Bud Candy supplies carbohydrates that provide an energy source for beneficial microorganisms around the root zone. Advanced Nutrients also combines these carbohydrates with magnesium to support the conditions required for chlorophyll production, photosynthesis and productive flower development.
Is Bud Candy just for flowering?
No. Although Bud Candy is widely associated with flowering, the current Advanced Nutrients feeding programme specifies 2ml/L throughout both vegetative growth and flowering. It is discontinued for the final flush.
Does Bud Candy feed beneficial microbes?
Yes. One of the main roles of its carbohydrate blend is to provide a food source for beneficial microorganisms living around the root zone.
Does Bud Candy contain magnesium?
Yes. Advanced Nutrients combines the carbohydrate blend with magnesium, which supports the conditions required for chlorophyll production and photosynthetic activity.
Does Bud Candy improve flavour and aroma?
Bud Candy is formulated to support the conditions associated with desirable aromatic characteristics during flowering. Advanced Nutrients positions the product as a terpene and flavour enhancer as well as a carbohydrate supplement.
How much Advanced Nutrients Bud Candy should I use?
Use Bud Candy at 2ml per litre of nutrient solution throughout vegetative growth and flowering, then discontinue it for the final flush.
How much Bud Candy do I need for 10 litres?
Use 20ml of Bud Candy for 10 litres of nutrient solution at the recommended 2ml/L rate.
How much Bud Candy do I need for 25 litres?
Use 50ml of Bud Candy for 25 litres of nutrient solution.
How much Bud Candy do I need for 50 litres?
Use 100ml of Bud Candy for 50 litres of nutrient solution.
How much nutrient solution will 250ml of Bud Candy treat?
At the recommended 2ml/L rate, a 250ml bottle provides enough concentrate for approximately 125 litres of nutrient solution.
Should I use Bud Candy during the final flush?
No. The current Advanced Nutrients feeding chart specifies Bud Candy throughout vegetative growth and flowering but withdraws it during the final flush.
Can Bud Candy be used in hydroponics?
Yes. Bud Candy is suitable for hydroponic growing and continuous liquid-feed systems including aeroponics, drip irrigation, NFT, flood and drain and deep water culture.
Can Bud Candy be used in coco?
Yes. Advanced Nutrients specifically identifies Bud Candy as suitable for coco coir.
Can Bud Candy be used with pH Perfect nutrients?
Yes. Bud Candy is compatible with Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect base nutrients, non-pH Perfect nutrients and compatible third-party nutrient programmes.
What is the difference between Bud Candy and CarboLoad?
Both are carbohydrate-based Advanced Nutrients supplements, but they are separate formulations. Bud Candy combines its carbohydrate blend with magnesium and is positioned around root-zone microbial support, crop energy and desirable flowering characteristics. CarboLoad is a separate carbohydrate supplement with its own formulation and should not be treated as an identical product.
Advanced Nutrients Bud Blood PK Bloom Booster Powder – 500g
995
£9.95
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Advanced Nutrients Bud Blood PK Bloom Booster Powder – 500g
995
£9.95
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A highly concentrated 0-39-25 water-soluble PK bloom booster formulated to deliver a targeted phosphorus and potassium boost during flowering.
Advanced Nutrients Bud Blood Powder is a concentrated flowering supplement for growers looking to increase phosphorus and potassium availability during bloom. Its powerful 0-39-25 analysis delivers a substantial PK input without adding nitrogen, allowing it to complement rather than replace a complete flowering base nutrient.
Phosphorus and potassium are central to the nutritional demands of flowering crops. Bud Blood provides both in a concentrated, water-soluble powder that can be incorporated directly into a reservoir or liquid feeding programme.
The 500g tub provides a larger format for growers running bigger reservoirs or repeated flowering cycles. At the established 0.5g/L UK application rate, one 500g tub provides enough powder for approximately 1,000 litres of nutrient solution.
Why choose Advanced Nutrients Bud Blood Powder?
- Concentrated 0-39-25 formula – delivers a powerful phosphorus and potassium input for flowering crops.
- 39% available phosphate – provides a substantial phosphorus contribution during bloom.
- 25% soluble potash – supplies readily available potassium alongside the high-phosphorus formulation.
- Zero added nitrogen – provides targeted PK supplementation without adding nitrogen to the feeding programme.
- Designed for flowering crops – formulated specifically to supplement the nutritional requirements of the bloom phase.
- Water-soluble powder – easy to measure, dissolve and incorporate into nutrient reservoirs.
- Highly concentrated – only a small quantity is required per litre of nutrient solution.
- Hydroponic & coco compatible – suitable for diverse hydroponic growing media and continuous liquid-feed systems.
- Larger 500g format – provides approximately 1,000L of nutrient solution when applied at 0.5g/L.
What is Advanced Nutrients Bud Blood suitable for?
Bud Blood is designed for flowering and fruiting crops that require additional phosphorus and potassium alongside their normal base nutrition. It is a concentrated bloom supplement rather than a complete fertiliser, so it should form part of a balanced flowering programme.
Bud Blood is particularly useful when growers want a water-soluble PK supplement that can be accurately measured into a reservoir. Its concentrated powder format also makes it easy to store and economical for larger nutrient programmes where transporting and storing additional liquid volume is undesirable.
Advanced Nutrients identifies Bud Blood as suitable for hydroponics, coco coir, regular watering and irrigation systems. It can also be used with continuous liquid-feed systems including aeroponics, drip irrigation and emitters, nutrient film technique (NFT), flood and drain and deep water culture (DWC).
How to use Advanced Nutrients Bud Blood Powder
Use Bud Blood at 0.5g per litre of nutrient solution during its flowering application period. Measure the required quantity accurately and dissolve the powder thoroughly into the reservoir water.
For 10L of nutrient solution, use 5g. For 50L, use 25g. For 100L, use 50g. For a 500L reservoir, use 250g. A full 500g tub provides approximately 1,000L of nutrient solution at this concentration.
Bud Blood is a concentrated PK supplement rather than a complete base feed. Use it alongside an appropriate flowering nutrient programme and always dissolve the powder into water rather than mixing concentrated nutrients or additives together before dilution.
Advanced Nutrients Bud Blood Powder 500g product details
| Product | Advanced Nutrients Bud Blood Powder |
|---|---|
| Product type | PK bloom booster & flowering supplement |
| Pack size | 500g |
| Format | Water-soluble powder |
| NPK | 0-39-25 |
| Available phosphate | 39% |
| Soluble potash | 25% |
| Application rate | 0.5g/L |
| Application stage | Flowering |
| 10L solution | 5g |
| 50L solution | 25g |
| 100L solution | 50g |
| 500L solution | 250g |
| Approximate solution from 500g | 1,000L at 0.5g/L |
| Hydroponics | Suitable |
| Coco coir | Suitable |
| Suitable liquid-feed systems | Aeroponics, drip irrigation, NFT, flood & drain & DWC |
Advanced Nutrients Bud Blood FAQs
What is Advanced Nutrients Bud Blood?
Bud Blood is a concentrated 0-39-25 water-soluble PK bloom booster. It supplies additional phosphorus and potassium during flowering and is designed to complement a complete base nutrient programme.
What does Bud Blood do?
Bud Blood provides a concentrated source of phosphorus and potassium for flowering crops. Its role is to supplement the PK available from the normal base nutrient during the bloom phase.
What is the NPK of Advanced Nutrients Bud Blood?
Advanced Nutrients specifies Bud Blood Powder at 0-39-25, providing 39% available phosphate and 25% soluble potash with no added nitrogen.
When should I use Bud Blood?
Bud Blood is a flowering-stage supplement. Its concentrated phosphorus and potassium profile is intended to complement the crop's base nutrition during bloom rather than being used as a vegetative fertiliser.
How much Bud Blood should I use per litre?
Use Bud Blood at 0.5g per litre of nutrient solution during its flowering application period.
How much Bud Blood do I need for 10 litres?
Use 5g of Bud Blood for 10 litres of nutrient solution at the 0.5g/L application rate.
How much Bud Blood do I need for 50 litres?
Use 25g of Bud Blood for 50 litres of nutrient solution.
How much Bud Blood do I need for 100 litres?
Use 50g of Bud Blood for a 100L nutrient reservoir at 0.5g/L.
How much Bud Blood do I need for a 500L reservoir?
Use 250g of Bud Blood for a 500L reservoir at the 0.5g/L application rate.
How much nutrient solution will 500g of Bud Blood make?
At the 0.5g/L application rate, a 500g tub provides enough Bud Blood for approximately 1,000 litres of nutrient solution.
Is Bud Blood a complete fertiliser?
No. Bud Blood is a concentrated PK flowering supplement and should be used alongside an appropriate base nutrient rather than as the crop's sole source of nutrition.
Is Bud Blood a liquid or powder?
Bud Blood is a concentrated water-soluble powder. Measure the required amount by weight and dissolve it thoroughly into the nutrient solution before feeding.
Is Bud Blood the same as Bud Ignitor?
No. They are separate Advanced Nutrients flowering supplements. Bud Blood is a concentrated 0-39-25 water-soluble PK powder, while Bud Ignitor is a 0-1-2 liquid supplement with a different formulation and application programme.
Can Bud Blood be used in hydroponics?
Yes. Bud Blood is suitable for hydroponics and continuous liquid-feed systems including aeroponics, drip irrigation, NFT, flood and drain and deep water culture.
Can Bud Blood be used in coco?
Yes. Advanced Nutrients identifies Bud Blood Powder as coco coir safe.
Can Bud Blood be used with pH Perfect nutrients?
Yes. Bud Blood is compatible with Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect base nutrients as well as non-pH Perfect base nutrients and compatible third-party feeding programmes.
Advanced Nutrients Bud Blood PK Bloom Booster Powder – 300g
895
£8.95
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Advanced Nutrients Bud Blood PK Bloom Booster Powder – 300g
895
£8.95
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A highly concentrated 0-39-25 water-soluble PK bloom booster formulated to deliver a targeted phosphorus and potassium boost during flowering.
Advanced Nutrients Bud Blood Powder is a concentrated flowering supplement for growers looking to increase phosphorus and potassium availability during bloom. Its powerful 0-39-25 analysis delivers a substantial PK input without adding nitrogen, allowing it to complement rather than replace a complete flowering base nutrient.
Phosphorus and potassium are central to the nutritional demands of flowering crops. Bud Blood provides both in a concentrated, water-soluble powder that can be incorporated directly into a reservoir or liquid feeding programme.
The 300g tub is a practical size for smaller and medium-scale growing systems. At the established 0.5g/L UK application rate, one 300g tub provides enough powder for approximately 600 litres of nutrient solution.
Why choose Advanced Nutrients Bud Blood Powder?
- Concentrated 0-39-25 formula – delivers a powerful phosphorus and potassium input for flowering crops.
- 39% available phosphate – provides a substantial phosphorus contribution during bloom.
- 25% soluble potash – supplies readily available potassium alongside the high-phosphorus formulation.
- Zero added nitrogen – provides targeted PK supplementation without adding nitrogen to the feeding programme.
- Designed for flowering crops – formulated specifically to supplement the nutritional requirements of the bloom phase.
- Water-soluble powder – easy to measure, dissolve and incorporate into nutrient reservoirs.
- Highly concentrated – only a small quantity is required per litre of nutrient solution.
- Hydroponic & coco compatible – suitable for diverse hydroponic growing media and continuous liquid-feed systems.
- Practical 300g format – provides approximately 600L of nutrient solution when applied at 0.5g/L.
What is Advanced Nutrients Bud Blood suitable for?
Bud Blood is designed for flowering and fruiting crops that require additional phosphorus and potassium alongside their normal base nutrition. It is a concentrated bloom supplement rather than a complete fertiliser, so it should form part of a balanced flowering programme.
Bud Blood is particularly useful when growers want a water-soluble PK supplement that can be accurately measured into a reservoir. Its concentrated powder format also makes it easy to store and economical where transporting and storing additional liquid volume is undesirable.
Advanced Nutrients identifies Bud Blood as suitable for hydroponics, coco coir, regular watering and irrigation systems. It can also be used with continuous liquid-feed systems including aeroponics, drip irrigation and emitters, nutrient film technique (NFT), flood and drain and deep water culture (DWC).
How to use Advanced Nutrients Bud Blood Powder
Use Bud Blood at 0.5g per litre of nutrient solution during its flowering application period. Measure the required quantity accurately and dissolve the powder thoroughly into the reservoir water.
For 10L of nutrient solution, use 5g. For 20L, use 10g. For 50L, use 25g. For 100L, use 50g. A full 300g tub provides approximately 600L of nutrient solution at this concentration.
Bud Blood is a concentrated PK supplement rather than a complete base feed. Use it alongside an appropriate flowering nutrient programme and always dissolve the powder into water rather than mixing concentrated nutrients or additives together before dilution.
Advanced Nutrients Bud Blood Powder 300g product details
| Product | Advanced Nutrients Bud Blood Powder |
|---|---|
| Product type | PK bloom booster & flowering supplement |
| Pack size | 300g |
| Format | Water-soluble powder |
| NPK | 0-39-25 |
| Available phosphate | 39% |
| Soluble potash | 25% |
| Application rate | 0.5g/L |
| Application stage | Flowering |
| 10L solution | 5g |
| 20L solution | 10g |
| 50L solution | 25g |
| 100L solution | 50g |
| Approximate solution from 300g | 600L at 0.5g/L |
| Hydroponics | Suitable |
| Coco coir | Suitable |
| Suitable liquid-feed systems | Aeroponics, drip irrigation, NFT, flood & drain & DWC |
Advanced Nutrients Bud Blood FAQs
What is Advanced Nutrients Bud Blood?
Bud Blood is a concentrated 0-39-25 water-soluble PK bloom booster. It supplies additional phosphorus and potassium during flowering and is designed to complement a complete base nutrient programme.
What does Bud Blood do?
Bud Blood provides a concentrated source of phosphorus and potassium for flowering crops. Its role is to supplement the PK available from the normal base nutrient during the bloom phase.
What is the NPK of Advanced Nutrients Bud Blood?
Advanced Nutrients specifies Bud Blood Powder at 0-39-25, providing 39% available phosphate and 25% soluble potash with no added nitrogen.
When should I use Bud Blood?
Bud Blood is a flowering-stage supplement. Its concentrated phosphorus and potassium profile is intended to complement the crop's base nutrition during bloom rather than being used as a vegetative fertiliser.
How much Bud Blood should I use per litre?
Use Bud Blood at 0.5g per litre of nutrient solution during its flowering application period.
How much Bud Blood do I need for 10 litres?
Use 5g of Bud Blood for 10 litres of nutrient solution at the 0.5g/L application rate.
How much Bud Blood do I need for 20 litres?
Use 10g of Bud Blood for 20 litres of nutrient solution.
How much Bud Blood do I need for 50 litres?
Use 25g of Bud Blood for 50 litres of nutrient solution.
How much Bud Blood do I need for 100 litres?
Use 50g of Bud Blood for a 100L nutrient reservoir at 0.5g/L.
How much nutrient solution will 300g of Bud Blood make?
At the 0.5g/L application rate, a 300g tub provides enough Bud Blood for approximately 600 litres of nutrient solution.
Is Bud Blood a complete fertiliser?
No. Bud Blood is a concentrated PK flowering supplement and should be used alongside an appropriate base nutrient rather than as the crop's sole source of nutrition.
Is Bud Blood a liquid or powder?
Bud Blood is a concentrated water-soluble powder. Measure the required amount by weight and dissolve it thoroughly into the nutrient solution before feeding.
Is Bud Blood the same as Bud Ignitor?
No. They are separate Advanced Nutrients flowering supplements. Bud Blood is a concentrated 0-39-25 water-soluble PK powder, while Bud Ignitor is a 0-1-2 liquid supplement with a different formulation and application programme.
Can Bud Blood be used in hydroponics?
Yes. Bud Blood is suitable for hydroponics and continuous liquid-feed systems including aeroponics, drip irrigation, NFT, flood and drain and deep water culture.
Can Bud Blood be used in coco?
Yes. Advanced Nutrients identifies Bud Blood Powder as coco coir safe.
Can Bud Blood be used with pH Perfect nutrients?
Yes. Bud Blood is compatible with Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect base nutrients as well as non-pH Perfect base nutrients and compatible third-party feeding programmes.
Advanced Nutrients Big Bud Coco Bloom Booster – 500ml
1245
£12.45
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Advanced Nutrients Big Bud Coco Bloom Booster – 500ml
1245
£12.45
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A coco-specific 0-4-4 bloom booster formulated with phosphorus, potassium, calcium, magnesium and chelated iron to support strong flower development without upsetting nutrient balance in coco coir.
Advanced Nutrients Big Bud Coco is the coco-specific version of the company's established Big Bud bloom booster. Rather than simply transferring the standard Big Bud formula into a coco feeding programme, Advanced Nutrients has adjusted the nutrient profile specifically around the characteristics of coco coir.
Its 0-4-4 PK profile is supported by magnesium, two forms of calcium and diversely chelated iron. This combination is designed to help maintain balanced micronutrient availability in coco while supplying the phosphorus and potassium required during active flower development.
Big Bud Coco is used during the main flower-building stage rather than throughout the entire crop cycle. The 500ml bottle provides enough concentrate for approximately 250 litres of nutrient solution at the recommended 2ml/L application rate.
Why choose Advanced Nutrients Big Bud Coco?
- Developed specifically for coco coir – formulated around the particular nutrient behaviour of coco rather than simply adapting a general bloom booster.
- Balanced 0-4-4 PK profile – supplies phosphorus and potassium during active flower development without adding nitrogen.
- Contains calcium & magnesium – provides additional secondary nutrition specifically relevant to coco growing programmes.
- Diversely chelated iron – formulated with readily available forms of iron to support micronutrient availability.
- Supports floral structure – its targeted PK input is designed to support stronger, fuller flower development during mid bloom.
- Helps maintain nutrient balance in coco – specifically engineered to reduce the risk of nutrient imbalances associated with using an unsuitable PK booster in coco coir.
- Simple 2ml/L dosage – easy to scale across smaller tanks and larger nutrient reservoirs.
- Suitable for liquid-feed systems – compatible with drip irrigation, aeroponics, NFT, flood & drain and DWC systems.
- 500ml concentrated format – provides approximately 250L of nutrient solution at 2ml/L.
What is Advanced Nutrients Big Bud Coco suitable for?
Big Bud Coco is designed for flowering crops grown in coco coir where additional phosphorus and potassium are required without compromising the balance of calcium, magnesium and micronutrients available to the crop.
It is best positioned during active mid flowering, once initial flower formation is established and the crop moves into its main flower-building period. It is not a base nutrient and should be used alongside an appropriate coco feeding programme.
Although the formulation has been engineered specifically around coco coir, Advanced Nutrients also identifies Big Bud Coco as compatible with continuous liquid-feed systems including aeroponics, drip irrigation and emitters, nutrient film technique (NFT), flood and drain and deep water culture (DWC).
How to use Advanced Nutrients Big Bud Coco
Add Big Bud Coco at 2ml per litre of nutrient solution during active mid flowering. Use it alongside the crop's normal base nutrient rather than as a standalone feed.
For 10L of nutrient solution, use 20ml. For 25L, use 50ml. For 50L, use 100ml. For 100L, use 200ml.
A full 500ml bottle provides enough concentrate for approximately 250 litres of nutrient solution at 2ml/L.
As the crop moves beyond its main flower-building phase and into late flowering, discontinue Big Bud Coco and move on to the appropriate finishing stage of the feeding programme.
Advanced Nutrients Big Bud Coco 500ml product details
| Product | Advanced Nutrients Big Bud Coco |
|---|---|
| Product type | Coco-specific bloom booster & flowering supplement |
| Product size | 500ml |
| Format | Liquid concentrate |
| NPK | 0-4-4 |
| Additional nutrition | Magnesium, calcium & chelated iron |
| Application rate | 2ml/L |
| Application stage | Active mid flowering |
| Primary growing medium | Coco coir |
| 10L solution | 20ml |
| 25L solution | 50ml |
| 50L solution | 100ml |
| 100L solution | 200ml |
| Approximate solution from 500ml | 250L at 2ml/L |
| Suitable liquid-feed systems | Aeroponics, drip irrigation, NFT, flood & drain & DWC |
| Nutrient compatibility | Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect, non-pH Perfect & compatible third-party nutrient programmes |
Advanced Nutrients Big Bud Coco FAQs
What is Advanced Nutrients Big Bud Coco?
Big Bud Coco is a 0-4-4 liquid bloom booster formulated specifically around the nutritional characteristics of coco coir. It combines phosphorus and potassium with magnesium, calcium and chelated iron for use during active flower development.
What is the NPK of Big Bud Coco?
Advanced Nutrients Big Bud Coco has an NPK analysis of 0-4-4.
What is the difference between Big Bud and Big Bud Coco?
They are separate formulations. Standard Big Bud is a general liquid mid-bloom booster, while Big Bud Coco has been formulated specifically around coco coir. Big Bud Coco uses a 0-4-4 PK profile together with magnesium, two forms of calcium and diversely chelated iron to help maintain nutrient balance in coco.
Why is there a separate Big Bud for coco?
Coco coir behaves differently from many other growing media and can present particular challenges around calcium, magnesium, potassium and micronutrient availability. Big Bud Coco adjusts the bloom-booster formulation accordingly rather than relying on the standard Big Bud nutrient profile.
Does Big Bud Coco contain calcium and magnesium?
Yes. Advanced Nutrients specifically formulates Big Bud Coco with magnesium and two forms of calcium, alongside chelated iron.
When should I use Big Bud Coco?
Use Big Bud Coco during active mid flowering, once initial flower formation is established and the crop has entered its main flower-building phase. Discontinue it as the crop progresses into late flowering.
How much Big Bud Coco should I use per litre?
Use Advanced Nutrients Big Bud Coco at 2ml per litre of nutrient solution during its mid-flowering application period.
How much Big Bud Coco do I need for 10 litres?
Use 20ml of Big Bud Coco for 10 litres of nutrient solution at the recommended 2ml/L rate.
How much Big Bud Coco do I need for 50 litres?
Use 100ml of Big Bud Coco for 50 litres of nutrient solution.
How much Big Bud Coco do I need for 100 litres?
Use 200ml of Big Bud Coco for a 100L nutrient reservoir.
How much nutrient solution will 500ml of Big Bud Coco make?
At the recommended 2ml/L rate, a 500ml bottle provides enough concentrate for approximately 250 litres of nutrient solution.
Is Big Bud Coco a complete nutrient?
No. Big Bud Coco is a flowering supplement and bloom booster. Use it alongside an appropriate base nutrient programme rather than as the crop's sole source of nutrition.
Can I use Big Bud Coco with pH Perfect Sensi Coco?
Yes. Big Bud Coco is designed to complement coco feeding programmes and is compatible with Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect base nutrients, including coco-specific base nutrition.
Can Big Bud Coco be used with other nutrient brands?
Yes. Advanced Nutrients states that Big Bud Coco is compatible with its pH Perfect and non-pH Perfect base nutrients and supplements, as well as compatible third-party base nutrients and supplements.
When should I switch from Big Bud Coco to Overdrive?
Big Bud Coco is intended for the main mid-flowering development period. As the crop progresses into late flowering, discontinue Big Bud Coco and move to the late-flowering stage of the feeding programme, where Overdrive is the corresponding Advanced Nutrients supplement.
Does Big Bud Coco contain banned PGRs?
Advanced Nutrients states that Big Bud Coco does not contain paclobutrazol, daminozide or other banned plant growth regulators.
Advanced Nutrients Big Bud Liquid Bloom Booster – 5L
8795
£87.95
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Advanced Nutrients Big Bud Liquid Bloom Booster – 5L
8795
£87.95
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A concentrated 0-1-3 liquid bloom booster designed to support strong, full flower development through the main mid-flowering phase.
Advanced Nutrients Big Bud is a specialist liquid flowering supplement developed for the main flower-building stage of the crop cycle. Its 0-1-3 nutrient profile provides phosphorus and potassium in a carefully balanced ratio, helping growers supplement their base nutrition as flowering demand increases.
Rather than relying on an excessively high phosphorus concentration, Big Bud uses a 3:1 potassium-to-phosphorus ratio. Advanced Nutrients developed this balance to provide the PK nutrition required for productive flower development while reducing the risk associated with unnecessarily heavy phosphorus inputs.
Big Bud sits between early-flowering and late-flowering supplements in the Advanced Nutrients programme. Once initial flower formation is established, it supports the crop through its main flower-building period before giving way to the late-flowering stage. The 5L format is particularly well suited to larger reservoirs, repeated flowering cycles and commercial growing environments.
Why choose Advanced Nutrients Big Bud?
- Proven mid-bloom booster – developed specifically for the main flower-building phase of flowering.
- Balanced 0-1-3 formula – supplies phosphorus and potassium without adding nitrogen.
- 3:1 potassium-to-phosphorus ratio – formulated around the increased potassium requirement of flowering crops.
- Bioavailable P & K – provides forms of phosphorus and potassium designed for effective crop uptake.
- Supports flower development – formulated to create favourable nutritional conditions for strong, full floral structures.
- Fits a staged flowering programme – follows early flower initiation products and precedes late-flowering supplements such as Overdrive.
- Simple 2ml/L application rate – straightforward to calculate across small and commercial reservoirs.
- Suitable for hydroponics & coco – compatible with diverse hydroponic media and coco coir.
- Commercial 5L format – provides enough concentrate for approximately 2,500L of nutrient solution at 2ml/L.
What is Advanced Nutrients Big Bud suitable for?
Big Bud is designed for flowering and fruiting crops during the main period of active flower development. It is a bloom supplement rather than a complete base nutrient, so it should be used alongside an appropriate flowering feed.
In crop-stage terms, introduce Big Bud once the initial transition into flowering and early flower-setting stage is established. Continue through active mid flowering, then discontinue it as the crop progresses into its late-flowering and finishing phase.
Advanced Nutrients identifies Big Bud as suitable for indoor and outdoor cultivation, regular watering, irrigation systems, hydroponics and coco coir. It is also designed for continuous liquid-feed systems including aeroponics, drip irrigation and emitters, nutrient film technique (NFT), flood and drain and deep water culture (DWC).
How to use Advanced Nutrients Big Bud
Add Big Bud at 2ml per litre of nutrient solution during the active mid-flowering phase. Use it alongside the crop's normal flowering base nutrient rather than as a standalone feed.
For 10L of nutrient solution, use 20ml. For 50L, use 100ml. For 100L, use 200ml. For a 500L reservoir, use 1L. For a 1,000L reservoir, use 2L.
A full 5L container provides enough Big Bud for approximately 2,500 litres of nutrient solution at the 2ml/L application rate.
As the crop moves beyond its main flower-building stage and into late flowering, discontinue Big Bud and move to the appropriate late-flowering part of the feeding programme.
Advanced Nutrients Big Bud 5L product details
| Product | Advanced Nutrients Big Bud |
|---|---|
| Product type | Liquid bloom booster & flowering supplement |
| Product size | 5L |
| Format | Liquid concentrate |
| NPK | 0-1-3 |
| PK balance | 3:1 potassium-to-phosphorus ratio |
| Application rate | 2ml/L |
| Application stage | Active mid flowering |
| 10L solution | 20ml |
| 50L solution | 100ml |
| 100L solution | 200ml |
| 500L solution | 1L |
| 1,000L solution | 2L |
| Approximate solution from 5L | 2,500L at 2ml/L |
| Hydroponics | Suitable |
| Coco coir | Suitable |
| Growing environment | Indoor & outdoor |
| Suitable liquid-feed systems | Aeroponics, drip irrigation, NFT, flood & drain & DWC |
| Nutrient compatibility | Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect, non-pH Perfect & compatible third-party nutrient programmes |
Advanced Nutrients Big Bud FAQs
What is Advanced Nutrients Big Bud?
Big Bud is a 0-1-3 liquid bloom booster designed for the main flower-building stage of flowering. It supplies phosphorus and potassium alongside a complete base nutrient programme.
What does Advanced Nutrients Big Bud do?
Big Bud provides targeted phosphorus and potassium during active flower development. Its purpose is to create favourable nutritional conditions for strong, full floral structures during the main mid-flowering phase.
What is the NPK of Advanced Nutrients Big Bud?
The standard liquid version of Advanced Nutrients Big Bud has an NPK analysis of 0-1-3.
What is the PK ratio of Big Bud?
Big Bud uses a 3:1 potassium-to-phosphorus ratio. Advanced Nutrients formulated this balance around the nutritional requirements of actively flowering crops.
When should I use Advanced Nutrients Big Bud?
Use Big Bud during active mid flowering, after initial flower formation is established and before the crop moves into late flowering and finishing.
How much Big Bud should I use per litre?
Use Advanced Nutrients Big Bud at 2ml per litre of nutrient solution during its mid-flowering application period.
How much Big Bud do I need for 10 litres?
Use 20ml of Big Bud for 10 litres of nutrient solution at the recommended 2ml/L rate.
How much Big Bud do I need for 50 litres?
Use 100ml of Big Bud for 50 litres of nutrient solution.
How much Big Bud do I need for 100 litres?
Use 200ml of Big Bud for a 100L nutrient reservoir.
How much Big Bud do I need for a 500L reservoir?
Use 1 litre of Big Bud for a 500L reservoir at the recommended 2ml/L rate.
How much nutrient solution will 5L of Big Bud make?
At 2ml/L, a 5L container provides enough Big Bud for approximately 2,500 litres of nutrient solution.
Is Big Bud a complete nutrient?
No. Big Bud is a flowering supplement and bloom booster. It should be used alongside an appropriate base nutrient rather than as the crop's sole source of nutrition.
What is the difference between Big Bud and Big Bud Coco?
Standard Big Bud and Big Bud Coco are separate formulations. Standard liquid Big Bud is a 0-1-3 mid-bloom booster for general growing systems, while Big Bud Coco is formulated specifically around the nutritional characteristics of coco coir and has a different nutrient profile.
What is the difference between Big Bud Liquid and Big Bud Powder?
They are different formulations and should not be treated as interchangeable concentrates. Big Bud Liquid is measured in millilitres, while Big Bud Powder is a water-soluble product measured by weight. Follow the application rate for the specific version being used.
Can Big Bud be used in hydroponics?
Yes. Big Bud is suitable for hydroponic cultivation and continuous liquid-feed systems including aeroponics, drip irrigation, NFT, flood and drain and deep water culture.
Can standard Big Bud be used in coco?
Yes. Advanced Nutrients identifies standard Big Bud as coco coir safe. However, Big Bud Coco is also available as a separate formulation specifically developed around the nutritional characteristics of coco coir.
Can Big Bud be used with pH Perfect nutrients?
Yes. Big Bud is compatible with Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect base nutrients as well as non-pH Perfect base nutrients and compatible third-party nutrient programmes.
When should I switch from Big Bud to Overdrive?
Big Bud is designed for the main mid-flowering development period. As the crop progresses into late flowering, discontinue Big Bud and move to the late-flowering stage of the programme, where Overdrive is the corresponding Advanced Nutrients supplement.
Does Advanced Nutrients Big Bud contain banned PGRs?
Advanced Nutrients states that Big Bud does not contain paclobutrazol, daminozide or other banned plant growth regulators.
Advanced Nutrients Big Bud Liquid Bloom Booster – 10L
11995
£119.95
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Advanced Nutrients Big Bud Liquid Bloom Booster – 10L
11995
£119.95
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A concentrated 0-1-3 liquid bloom booster designed to support strong, full flower development through the main mid-flowering phase.
Advanced Nutrients Big Bud is a specialist liquid flowering supplement developed for the main flower-building stage of the crop cycle. Its 0-1-3 nutrient profile provides phosphorus and potassium in a carefully balanced ratio, helping growers supplement their base nutrition as flowering demand increases.
Rather than relying on an excessively high phosphorus concentration, Big Bud uses a 3:1 potassium-to-phosphorus ratio. This balance provides targeted PK nutrition for actively flowering crops while fitting neatly alongside a complete flowering base nutrient.
Big Bud sits between early-flowering and late-flowering supplements in the Advanced Nutrients programme. Once initial flower formation is established, it supports the crop through its main flower-building period before giving way to the late-flowering stage. The 10L format is particularly well suited to commercial growers, larger reservoirs and repeated flowering cycles.
Why choose Advanced Nutrients Big Bud?
- Specialist mid-bloom booster – developed for the main flower-building phase of flowering.
- Balanced 0-1-3 formula – supplies phosphorus and potassium without adding nitrogen.
- 3:1 potassium-to-phosphorus ratio – provides a potassium-led PK profile for active flowering.
- Targeted flowering nutrition – complements the crop's normal base nutrient as flowering demand increases.
- Supports flower development – formulated to create favourable nutritional conditions during the main period of floral growth.
- Fits a staged flowering programme – follows early flower initiation products and precedes late-flowering supplements such as Overdrive.
- Simple 2ml/L application rate – straightforward to calculate across small and commercial reservoirs.
- Suitable for hydroponics & coco – compatible with diverse hydroponic growing media and coco coir.
- Commercial 10L format – provides enough concentrate for approximately 5,000L of nutrient solution at 2ml/L.
What is Advanced Nutrients Big Bud suitable for?
Big Bud is designed for flowering and fruiting crops during the main period of active flower development. It is a bloom supplement rather than a complete base nutrient, so it should be used alongside an appropriate flowering feed.
In crop-stage terms, introduce Big Bud once the initial transition into flowering and early flower-setting stage is established. Continue through active mid flowering, then discontinue it as the crop progresses into its late-flowering and finishing phase.
Big Bud can be incorporated into indoor and outdoor growing programmes and used with hydroponics, coco coir, regular watering and irrigation systems. It is also suited to continuous liquid-feed systems including aeroponics, drip irrigation and emitters, nutrient film technique (NFT), flood and drain and deep water culture (DWC).
How to use Advanced Nutrients Big Bud
Add Big Bud at 2ml per litre of nutrient solution during the active mid-flowering phase. Use it alongside the crop's normal flowering base nutrient rather than as a standalone feed.
For 10L of nutrient solution, use 20ml. For 50L, use 100ml. For 100L, use 200ml. For a 500L reservoir, use 1L. For a 1,000L reservoir, use 2L.
A full 10L container provides enough Big Bud for approximately 5,000 litres of nutrient solution at the 2ml/L application rate.
As the crop moves beyond its main flower-building stage and into late flowering, discontinue Big Bud and move to the appropriate late-flowering part of the feeding programme.
Advanced Nutrients Big Bud 10L product details
| Product | Advanced Nutrients Big Bud |
|---|---|
| Product type | Liquid bloom booster & flowering supplement |
| Product size | 10L |
| Format | Liquid concentrate |
| NPK | 0-1-3 |
| PK balance | 3:1 potassium-to-phosphorus ratio |
| Application rate | 2ml/L |
| Application stage | Active mid flowering |
| 10L solution | 20ml |
| 50L solution | 100ml |
| 100L solution | 200ml |
| 500L solution | 1L |
| 1,000L solution | 2L |
| Approximate solution from 10L | 5,000L at 2ml/L |
| Hydroponics | Suitable |
| Coco coir | Suitable |
| Growing environment | Indoor & outdoor |
| Suitable liquid-feed systems | Aeroponics, drip irrigation, NFT, flood & drain & DWC |
| Nutrient compatibility | Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect, non-pH Perfect & compatible third-party nutrient programmes |
| Outer case quantity | 2 x 10L containers |
Advanced Nutrients Big Bud FAQs
What is Advanced Nutrients Big Bud?
Big Bud is a 0-1-3 liquid bloom booster designed for the main flower-building stage of flowering. It supplies additional phosphorus and potassium alongside a complete base nutrient programme.
What does Advanced Nutrients Big Bud do?
Big Bud provides targeted phosphorus and potassium during active flower development. Its purpose is to supplement the crop's base nutrition through the main mid-flowering phase.
What is the NPK of Advanced Nutrients Big Bud?
The standard liquid version of Advanced Nutrients Big Bud has an NPK analysis of 0-1-3.
What is the PK ratio of Big Bud?
Big Bud uses a 3:1 potassium-to-phosphorus ratio, giving the formula a potassium-led nutrient profile for active flowering.
When should I use Advanced Nutrients Big Bud?
Use Big Bud during active mid flowering, after initial flower formation is established and before the crop moves into late flowering and finishing.
How much Big Bud should I use per litre?
Use Advanced Nutrients Big Bud at 2ml per litre of nutrient solution during its mid-flowering application period.
How much Big Bud do I need for 10 litres?
Use 20ml of Big Bud for 10 litres of nutrient solution at the 2ml/L application rate.
How much Big Bud do I need for 50 litres?
Use 100ml of Big Bud for 50 litres of nutrient solution.
How much Big Bud do I need for 100 litres?
Use 200ml of Big Bud for a 100L nutrient reservoir.
How much Big Bud do I need for a 500L reservoir?
Use 1 litre of Big Bud for a 500L reservoir at the 2ml/L application rate.
How much Big Bud do I need for a 1,000L reservoir?
Use 2 litres of Big Bud for a 1,000L nutrient reservoir.
How much nutrient solution will 10L of Big Bud make?
At 2ml/L, a 10L container provides enough Big Bud for approximately 5,000 litres of nutrient solution.
Is Big Bud a complete nutrient?
No. Big Bud is a flowering supplement and bloom booster. It should be used alongside an appropriate base nutrient rather than as the crop's sole source of nutrition.
What is the difference between Big Bud and Big Bud Coco?
Standard Big Bud and Big Bud Coco are separate formulations. Standard liquid Big Bud is a general bloom booster, while Big Bud Coco is specifically formulated around the nutritional characteristics of coco coir.
What is the difference between Big Bud Liquid and Big Bud Powder?
They are different formulations and should not be treated as interchangeable concentrates. Big Bud Liquid is measured in millilitres, while Big Bud Powder is a water-soluble product measured by weight. Follow the application rate for the specific version being used.
Can Big Bud be used in hydroponics?
Yes. Big Bud is suitable for hydroponic cultivation and liquid-feed systems including aeroponics, drip irrigation, NFT, flood and drain and deep water culture.
Can standard Big Bud be used in coco?
Yes. Standard Big Bud can be incorporated into coco feeding programmes, although Advanced Nutrients also offers Big Bud Coco as a separate formulation developed specifically around coco coir.
Can Big Bud be used with pH Perfect nutrients?
Yes. Big Bud can be incorporated alongside Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect base nutrition as part of a balanced flowering programme.
When should I switch from Big Bud to Overdrive?
Big Bud is intended for the main mid-flowering development period. As the crop progresses into late flowering, discontinue Big Bud and move to the late-flowering stage of the programme, where Overdrive is the corresponding Advanced Nutrients supplement.
Advanced Nutrients B-52 B-Vitamin Biostimulant – 5L
8295
£82.95
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Advanced Nutrients B-52 B-Vitamin Biostimulant – 5L
8295
£82.95
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A 2-1-4 B-vitamin, kelp and humic acid biostimulant designed to support strong stems, vigorous growth and greater resilience to environmental stress.
Advanced Nutrients B-52 is a concentrated plant biostimulant designed to support crops through demanding periods of vegetative growth and flowering. Its formula combines a readily available B-vitamin complex with kelp, humic acid and essential plant nutrients, giving growers more than a straightforward vitamin supplement.
B-52 is particularly useful where strong vegetative development and sturdy plant structure matter. Advanced Nutrients highlights vitamin B1 for its role in supporting the conditions required for photosynthesis and respiration, while kelp helps strengthen the root zone and support plant resilience when crops encounter abiotic environmental stress.
The 5L format is well suited to larger reservoirs, repeated crop cycles and commercial growing environments. At the recommended 2ml/L application rate, one 5L container provides enough concentrate for approximately 2,500 litres of nutrient solution.
Why choose Advanced Nutrients B-52?
- B-vitamin complex – supplies readily available B vitamins as part of a broader plant-support formula.
- Contains vitamin B1 – formulated to support the conditions required for healthy photosynthesis and respiration.
- Kelp enriched – helps support vigorous growth, the root zone and resilience to abiotic environmental stress.
- Contains humic acid – supports nutrient uptake from the root zone and beneficial microbial activity.
- 2-1-4 nutrient analysis – combines its biostimulant ingredients with an essential nutrient blend.
- Supports stronger plant structure – designed to strengthen stalks, stems and developing flowers.
- Useful from early crop establishment – suitable for supporting transplants, seedlings and clones as well as established crops.
- Vegetative & flowering applications – designed for use at key stages across both phases of the crop cycle.
- Hydroponics & coco compatible – suitable for diverse hydroponic growing media, coco coir and continuous liquid-feed systems.
- Commercial 5L format – provides approximately 2,500L of nutrient solution at 2ml/L.
What is Advanced Nutrients B-52 suitable for?
B-52 is designed for growers who want to support plant structure, vigorous development and resilience throughout key stages of the crop cycle. It can be introduced during propagation and establishment where appropriate, then used throughout vegetative development.
During flowering, the Advanced Nutrients programme pauses B-52 around the initial transition and early flower-setting stage before bringing it back once flowering is established. From there, it can be used through active and later flowering before being withdrawn for the final flush.
B-52 is suitable for indoor and outdoor growing, hydroponics, coco coir, regular watering and irrigation systems. It can also be incorporated into aeroponic, drip irrigation, nutrient film technique (NFT), flood and drain and deep water culture (DWC) systems.
How to use Advanced Nutrients B-52
Add B-52 at 2ml per litre of nutrient solution throughout vegetative growth. During flowering, pause application through the initial transition and early flower-setting stage, then resume at 2ml/L once flowering is established. Continue through the main flowering period and discontinue for the final flush.
For 10L of nutrient solution, use 20ml. For 50L, use 100ml. For 100L, use 200ml. For a 500L reservoir, use 1L. For a 1,000L reservoir, use 2L.
A full 5L container provides enough B-52 for approximately 2,500 litres of nutrient solution at 2ml/L.
B-52 is a biostimulant and supplement rather than a complete base nutrient. Use it alongside an appropriate base feeding programme according to the crop's nutritional requirements.
Advanced Nutrients B-52 5L product details
| Product | Advanced Nutrients B-52 |
|---|---|
| Product type | B-vitamin biostimulant & plant supplement |
| Product size | 5L |
| Format | Liquid concentrate |
| NPK | 2-1-4 |
| Key components | B-vitamin complex, kelp, humic acid & essential nutrient blend |
| Application rate | 2ml/L |
| Vegetative application | Throughout vegetative growth |
| Flowering application | Once flowering is established through the main flowering period |
| Final flush | Do not apply |
| 10L solution | 20ml |
| 50L solution | 100ml |
| 100L solution | 200ml |
| 500L solution | 1L |
| 1,000L solution | 2L |
| Approximate solution from 5L | 2,500L at 2ml/L |
| Hydroponics | Suitable |
| Coco coir | Suitable |
| Growing environment | Indoor & outdoor |
| Suitable liquid-feed systems | Aeroponics, drip irrigation, NFT, flood & drain & DWC |
| Nutrient compatibility | Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect, non-pH Perfect & compatible third-party nutrient programmes |
| Outer case quantity | 4 x 5L containers |
Advanced Nutrients B-52 FAQs
What is Advanced Nutrients B-52?
B-52 is a 2-1-4 liquid biostimulant containing a B-vitamin complex, kelp, humic acid and an essential nutrient blend. It is designed to support strong plant structure, vigorous growth and resilience during key stages of vegetative growth and flowering.
What does Advanced Nutrients B-52 do?
B-52 supports the root zone, stalks, stems and developing flowers while helping crops cope with abiotic environmental stress. Its B-vitamin complex, kelp and humic acid provide additional support alongside a complete base feeding programme.
What is the NPK of Advanced Nutrients B-52?
Advanced Nutrients B-52 has an NPK analysis of 2-1-4.
Does B-52 contain vitamin B1?
Yes. Vitamin B1 forms part of the B-vitamin complex in B-52 and is included to support the conditions required for healthy photosynthesis, respiration and plant resilience.
Does B-52 contain kelp?
Yes. B-52 contains kelp as part of its biostimulant formula. Advanced Nutrients uses it to support vigorous growth, root-zone performance and resilience to abiotic environmental stress.
Does B-52 contain humic acid?
Yes. Humic acid is included to support nutrient uptake from the root zone and microbial activity around the roots.
When should I use Advanced Nutrients B-52?
Use B-52 throughout vegetative growth. During flowering, pause it through the initial transition and early flower-setting stage, then resume once flowering is established and continue through the main flowering period. Do not use it during the final flush.
Can B-52 be used on seedlings, clones and transplants?
Yes. Advanced Nutrients identifies B-52 as suitable for supporting young plants, including seedlings, clones and transplants, particularly where additional support against environmental stress is beneficial.
How much B-52 should I use per litre?
Use Advanced Nutrients B-52 at 2ml per litre of nutrient solution during the recommended crop stages.
How much B-52 do I need for 10 litres?
Use 20ml of B-52 for 10 litres of nutrient solution at the recommended 2ml/L rate.
How much B-52 do I need for 50 litres?
Use 100ml of B-52 for 50 litres of nutrient solution.
How much B-52 do I need for 100 litres?
Use 200ml of B-52 for a 100L nutrient reservoir.
How much nutrient solution will 5L of B-52 make?
At 2ml/L, a 5L container provides enough B-52 for approximately 2,500 litres of nutrient solution.
Is Advanced Nutrients B-52 a complete fertiliser?
No. B-52 is a biostimulant and plant supplement. It should be used alongside an appropriate complete base nutrient programme.
Can B-52 be used in hydroponics?
Yes. B-52 is suitable for hydroponic growing and continuous liquid-feed systems including aeroponics, drip irrigation, NFT, flood and drain and deep water culture.
Can B-52 be used in coco?
Yes. Advanced Nutrients identifies B-52 as coco coir safe.
Can B-52 be used with pH Perfect nutrients?
Yes. B-52 is compatible with Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect base nutrients as well as non-pH Perfect base nutrients and compatible third-party nutrient programmes.
Can Advanced Nutrients B-52 be used as a foliar spray?
Yes. Advanced Nutrients identifies B-52 as suitable for foliar application as well as root-zone feeding.
Does B-52 contain banned PGRs?
Advanced Nutrients states that B-52 does not contain paclobutrazol, daminozide or other banned plant growth regulators.
Advanced Nutrients B-52 B-Vitamin Biostimulant – 250ml
495
£4.95
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Advanced Nutrients B-52 B-Vitamin Biostimulant – 250ml
495
£4.95
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A 2-1-4 B-vitamin, kelp and humic acid biostimulant designed to support strong stems, vigorous growth and greater resilience to environmental stress.
Advanced Nutrients B-52 is a concentrated plant biostimulant designed to support crops through demanding periods of vegetative growth and flowering. Its formula combines a readily available B-vitamin complex with kelp, humic acid and essential plant nutrients, giving growers more than a straightforward vitamin supplement.
B-52 is particularly useful where strong vegetative development and sturdy plant structure matter. Its combination of B vitamins and kelp supports healthy plant development, while humic acid helps support nutrient uptake and microbial activity around the root zone.
The compact 250ml bottle is ideal for smaller reservoirs, propagation areas and growers wanting to introduce B-52 into their feeding programme without buying a larger container. At the recommended 2ml/L application rate, one 250ml bottle provides enough concentrate for approximately 125 litres of nutrient solution.
Why choose Advanced Nutrients B-52?
- B-vitamin complex – supplies readily available B vitamins as part of a broader plant-support formula.
- Contains vitamin B1 – included within the B-vitamin complex to support healthy plant development and metabolic processes.
- Kelp enriched – helps support vigorous growth, root-zone performance and resilience to abiotic environmental stress.
- Contains humic acid – supports nutrient uptake from the root zone and beneficial microbial activity.
- 2-1-4 nutrient analysis – combines its biostimulant ingredients with an essential nutrient blend.
- Supports strong plant structure – designed to support sturdy stalks, stems and developing flowers.
- Useful from early crop establishment – suitable for supporting transplants, seedlings and clones as well as established crops.
- Vegetative & flowering applications – designed for use at key stages across both phases of the crop cycle.
- Hydroponics & coco compatible – suitable for diverse hydroponic growing media, coco coir and continuous liquid-feed systems.
- Compact 250ml format – provides approximately 125L of nutrient solution at 2ml/L.
What is Advanced Nutrients B-52 suitable for?
B-52 is designed for growers who want to support plant structure, vigorous development and resilience throughout key stages of the crop cycle. It can be introduced during propagation and establishment where appropriate, then used throughout vegetative development.
During flowering, the Advanced Nutrients programme pauses B-52 around the initial transition and early flower-setting stage before bringing it back once flowering is established. From there, it can be used through active and later flowering before being withdrawn for the final flush.
B-52 is suitable for indoor and outdoor growing, hydroponics, coco coir, regular watering and irrigation systems. It can also be incorporated into aeroponic, drip irrigation, nutrient film technique (NFT), flood and drain and deep water culture (DWC) systems.
How to use Advanced Nutrients B-52
Add B-52 at 2ml per litre of nutrient solution throughout vegetative growth. During flowering, pause application through the initial transition and early flower-setting stage, then resume at 2ml/L once flowering is established. Continue through the main flowering period and discontinue for the final flush.
For 5L of nutrient solution, use 10ml. For 10L, use 20ml. For 25L, use 50ml. For 50L, use 100ml. For 100L, use 200ml.
A full 250ml bottle provides enough B-52 for approximately 125 litres of nutrient solution at 2ml/L.
B-52 is a biostimulant and supplement rather than a complete base nutrient. Use it alongside an appropriate base feeding programme according to the crop's nutritional requirements.
Advanced Nutrients B-52 250ml product details
| Product | Advanced Nutrients B-52 |
|---|---|
| Product type | B-vitamin biostimulant & plant supplement |
| Product size | 250ml |
| Format | Liquid concentrate |
| NPK | 2-1-4 |
| Key components | B-vitamin complex, kelp, humic acid & essential nutrient blend |
| Application rate | 2ml/L |
| Vegetative application | Throughout vegetative growth |
| Flowering application | Once flowering is established through the main flowering period |
| Final flush | Do not apply |
| 5L solution | 10ml |
| 10L solution | 20ml |
| 25L solution | 50ml |
| 50L solution | 100ml |
| 100L solution | 200ml |
| Approximate solution from 250ml | 125L at 2ml/L |
| Hydroponics | Suitable |
| Coco coir | Suitable |
| Foliar application | Suitable |
| Growing environment | Indoor & outdoor |
| Suitable liquid-feed systems | Aeroponics, drip irrigation, NFT, flood & drain & DWC |
| Nutrient compatibility | Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect, non-pH Perfect & compatible third-party nutrient programmes |
| Outer case quantity | 12 x 250ml bottles |
Advanced Nutrients B-52 FAQs
What is Advanced Nutrients B-52?
B-52 is a 2-1-4 liquid biostimulant containing a B-vitamin complex, kelp, humic acid and an essential nutrient blend. It is designed to support strong plant structure, vigorous growth and resilience during key stages of vegetative growth and flowering.
What does Advanced Nutrients B-52 do?
B-52 supports the root zone, stalks, stems and developing flowers while helping crops cope with abiotic environmental stress. Its B-vitamin complex, kelp and humic acid provide additional support alongside a complete base feeding programme.
What is the NPK of Advanced Nutrients B-52?
Advanced Nutrients B-52 has an NPK analysis of 2-1-4.
Does B-52 contain B vitamins?
Yes. B-52 contains a readily available B-vitamin complex, including vitamin B1, as part of its plant-support formula.
Does B-52 contain kelp?
Yes. Kelp forms part of the B-52 formula and helps support vigorous growth, root-zone performance and resilience to abiotic environmental stress.
Does B-52 contain humic acid?
Yes. Humic acid is included to support nutrient uptake and microbial activity around the root zone.
When should I use Advanced Nutrients B-52?
Use B-52 throughout vegetative growth. During flowering, pause it through the initial transition and early flower-setting stage, then resume once flowering is established and continue through the main flowering period. Do not use it during the final flush.
Can B-52 be used on seedlings, clones and transplants?
Yes. Advanced Nutrients identifies B-52 as suitable for supporting young plants including seedlings, clones and transplants, particularly where additional support against environmental stress is beneficial.
How much B-52 should I use per litre?
Use Advanced Nutrients B-52 at 2ml per litre of nutrient solution during the recommended crop stages.
How much B-52 do I need for 10 litres?
Use 20ml of B-52 for 10 litres of nutrient solution at the recommended 2ml/L application rate.
How much B-52 do I need for 50 litres?
Use 100ml of B-52 for 50 litres of nutrient solution.
How much nutrient solution will 250ml of B-52 make?
At 2ml/L, a 250ml bottle provides enough B-52 for approximately 125 litres of nutrient solution.
Is Advanced Nutrients B-52 a complete fertiliser?
No. B-52 is a biostimulant and plant supplement. It should be used alongside an appropriate complete base nutrient programme.
Can B-52 be used in hydroponics?
Yes. B-52 is suitable for hydroponic growing and continuous liquid-feed systems including aeroponics, drip irrigation, NFT, flood and drain and deep water culture.
Can B-52 be used in coco?
Yes. Advanced Nutrients identifies B-52 as coco coir safe.
Can B-52 be used with pH Perfect nutrients?
Yes. B-52 is compatible with Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect base nutrients, non-pH Perfect base nutrients and compatible third-party nutrient programmes.
Can Advanced Nutrients B-52 be used as a foliar spray?
Yes. Advanced Nutrients identifies B-52 as suitable for foliar application as well as root-zone feeding.
Advanced Nutrients B-52 B-Vitamin Biostimulant – 10L
16995
£169.95
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Advanced Nutrients B-52 B-Vitamin Biostimulant – 10L
16995
£169.95
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A 2-1-4 B-vitamin, kelp and humic acid biostimulant designed to support strong stems, vigorous growth and greater resilience to environmental stress.
Advanced Nutrients B-52 is a concentrated plant biostimulant designed to support crops through demanding periods of vegetative growth and flowering. Its formula combines a readily available B-vitamin complex with kelp, humic acid and essential plant nutrients, giving growers more than a straightforward vitamin supplement.
B-52 is particularly useful where vigorous vegetative development and strong plant structure matter. Vitamin B1 helps create favourable conditions for photosynthesis and respiration, while kelp supports the root zone and helps plants remain resilient when faced with abiotic environmental stress.
The 10L format is particularly well suited to commercial growers, larger reservoirs and facilities running repeated crop cycles. At the recommended 2ml/L application rate, one 10L container provides enough concentrate for approximately 5,000 litres of nutrient solution.
Why choose Advanced Nutrients B-52?
- B-vitamin complex – supplies readily available B vitamins as part of a broader plant-support formula.
- Contains vitamin B1 – helps create favourable conditions for healthy photosynthesis and respiration.
- Kelp enriched – supports vigorous growth, root-zone performance and resilience to abiotic environmental stress.
- Contains humic acid – helps support nutrient uptake from the root zone and microbial activity around the roots.
- 2-1-4 nutrient analysis – combines its biostimulant ingredients with an essential nutrient blend.
- Supports strong plant structure – formulated to support sturdy stalks, stems and developing flowers.
- Useful from early crop establishment – suitable for supporting transplants, seedlings and clones as well as established crops.
- Vegetative & flowering applications – designed for use at key stages across both phases of the crop cycle.
- Hydroponics & coco compatible – suitable for diverse hydroponic growing media, coco coir and continuous liquid-feed systems.
- Commercial 10L format – provides approximately 5,000L of nutrient solution at 2ml/L.
What is Advanced Nutrients B-52 suitable for?
B-52 is designed for growers who want to support plant structure, vigorous development and resilience throughout key stages of the crop cycle. It can be introduced during propagation and establishment where appropriate, then used throughout vegetative development.
During flowering, the Advanced Nutrients programme pauses B-52 around the initial transition and early flower-setting stage before bringing it back once flowering is established. From there, it can be used through active and later flowering before being withdrawn for the final flush.
B-52 is suitable for indoor and outdoor growing, hydroponics, coco coir, regular watering and irrigation systems. It can also be incorporated into aeroponic, drip irrigation, nutrient film technique (NFT), flood and drain and deep water culture (DWC) systems.
How to use Advanced Nutrients B-52
Add B-52 at 2ml per litre of nutrient solution throughout vegetative growth. During flowering, pause application through the initial transition and early flower-setting stage, then resume at 2ml/L once flowering is established. Continue through the main flowering period and discontinue for the final flush.
For 10L of nutrient solution, use 20ml. For 50L, use 100ml. For 100L, use 200ml. For a 500L reservoir, use 1L. For a 1,000L reservoir, use 2L.
A full 10L container provides enough B-52 for approximately 5,000 litres of nutrient solution at 2ml/L.
B-52 is a biostimulant and supplement rather than a complete base nutrient. Use it alongside an appropriate base feeding programme according to the crop's nutritional requirements.
Advanced Nutrients B-52 10L product details
| Product | Advanced Nutrients B-52 |
|---|---|
| Product type | B-vitamin biostimulant & plant supplement |
| Product size | 10L |
| Format | Liquid concentrate |
| NPK | 2-1-4 |
| Key components | B-vitamin complex, kelp, humic acid & essential nutrient blend |
| Application rate | 2ml/L |
| Vegetative application | Throughout vegetative growth |
| Flowering application | Once flowering is established through the main flowering period |
| Final flush | Do not apply |
| 10L solution | 20ml |
| 50L solution | 100ml |
| 100L solution | 200ml |
| 500L solution | 1L |
| 1,000L solution | 2L |
| Approximate solution from 10L | 5,000L at 2ml/L |
| Hydroponics | Suitable |
| Coco coir | Suitable |
| Foliar application | Suitable |
| Growing environment | Indoor & outdoor |
| Suitable liquid-feed systems | Aeroponics, drip irrigation, NFT, flood & drain & DWC |
| Nutrient compatibility | Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect, non-pH Perfect & compatible third-party nutrient programmes |
| Outer case quantity | 2 x 10L containers |
Advanced Nutrients B-52 FAQs
What is Advanced Nutrients B-52?
B-52 is a 2-1-4 liquid biostimulant containing a B-vitamin complex, kelp, humic acid and an essential nutrient blend. It is designed to support strong plant structure, vigorous growth and resilience during key stages of vegetative growth and flowering.
What does Advanced Nutrients B-52 do?
B-52 supports the root zone, stalks, stems and developing flowers while helping crops remain resilient when faced with abiotic environmental stress. Its B-vitamin complex, kelp and humic acid provide additional support alongside a complete base feeding programme.
What is the NPK of Advanced Nutrients B-52?
Advanced Nutrients B-52 has an NPK analysis of 2-1-4.
Does B-52 contain B vitamins?
Yes. B-52 contains a readily available B-vitamin complex, including vitamin B1, as part of its plant-support formula.
Does B-52 contain kelp?
Yes. Kelp forms part of the B-52 formula and helps support vigorous growth, root-zone performance and resilience to abiotic environmental stress.
Does B-52 contain humic acid?
Yes. Humic acid is included to help support nutrient uptake and microbial activity around the root zone.
When should I use Advanced Nutrients B-52?
Use B-52 throughout vegetative growth. During flowering, pause it through the initial transition and early flower-setting stage, then resume once flowering is established and continue through the main flowering period. Do not use it during the final flush.
Can B-52 be used on seedlings, clones and transplants?
Yes. Advanced Nutrients identifies B-52 as suitable for supporting young plants including seedlings, clones and transplants, particularly where additional support against environmental stress is beneficial.
How much B-52 should I use per litre?
Use Advanced Nutrients B-52 at 2ml per litre of nutrient solution during the recommended crop stages.
How much B-52 do I need for 10 litres?
Use 20ml of B-52 for 10 litres of nutrient solution at the recommended 2ml/L application rate.
How much B-52 do I need for 50 litres?
Use 100ml of B-52 for 50 litres of nutrient solution.
How much B-52 do I need for 100 litres?
Use 200ml of B-52 for a 100L nutrient reservoir.
How much B-52 do I need for a 500L reservoir?
Use 1 litre of B-52 for a 500L reservoir at the recommended 2ml/L application rate.
How much B-52 do I need for a 1,000L reservoir?
Use 2 litres of B-52 for a 1,000L nutrient reservoir.
How much nutrient solution will 10L of B-52 make?
At 2ml/L, a 10L container provides enough B-52 for approximately 5,000 litres of nutrient solution.
Is Advanced Nutrients B-52 a complete fertiliser?
No. B-52 is a biostimulant and plant supplement. It should be used alongside an appropriate complete base nutrient programme.
Can B-52 be used in hydroponics?
Yes. B-52 is suitable for hydroponic growing and continuous liquid-feed systems including aeroponics, drip irrigation, NFT, flood and drain and deep water culture.
Can B-52 be used in coco?
Yes. Advanced Nutrients identifies B-52 as coco coir safe.
Can B-52 be used with pH Perfect nutrients?
Yes. B-52 is compatible with Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect base nutrients, non-pH Perfect base nutrients and compatible third-party nutrient programmes.
Can Advanced Nutrients B-52 be used as a foliar spray?
Yes. Advanced Nutrients identifies B-52 as suitable for foliar application as well as root-zone feeding.
Does B-52 contain banned PGRs?
Advanced Nutrients states that B-52 does not contain paclobutrazol, daminozide or other banned plant growth regulators.
Advanced Nutrients Voodoo Juice Microbial Root Enhancer – 1L
3895
£38.95
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Advanced Nutrients Voodoo Juice Microbial Root Enhancer – 1L
3895
£38.95
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A four-strain beneficial bacteria root enhancer designed to colonise the root zone, increase effective root surface area and improve conditions for nutrient and water availability.
Advanced Nutrients Voodoo Juice is a microbial root-zone biostimulant built around four carefully selected strains of beneficial bacteria. Working together around developing roots, these microbes help create a more productive biological environment below the surface and support the development of a larger, more active root network.
The formula combines Bacillus subtilis, Bacillus pumilus, Bacillus licheniformis and Paenibacillus polymyxa. Advanced Nutrients selected these strains for complementary roles within the root zone, including improving conditions for nutrient and water availability, nitrogen transformation and phosphate solubilisation.
Voodoo Juice is used at targeted points when fresh root development matters most – during early vegetative growth and root establishment, then again around the transition into early flowering. At the recommended 2ml/L application rate, the 1L bottle provides enough concentrate for approximately 500 litres of nutrient solution.
Why choose Advanced Nutrients Voodoo Juice?
- Four beneficial bacterial strains – combines selected root-zone microbes in one concentrated liquid formula.
- Supports root-zone expansion – helps create conditions for increased effective root surface area and a more productive root network.
- Improves nutrient availability conditions – beneficial bacteria help make nutrients more accessible within the root zone.
- Supports water availability – a larger, biologically active root zone helps crops make more effective use of available water.
- Supports nitrogen availability – selected bacteria can convert atmospheric nitrogen into plant-available ammonia.
- Helps solubilise inorganic phosphates – supports greater phosphate availability around the roots.
- Supports resilience – helps crops tolerate abiotic environmental stresses.
- Targeted crop-stage application – used during early root establishment and again around the transition into flowering.
- Hydroponics & coco compatible – suitable for diverse hydroponic media, coco coir and continuous liquid-feed systems.
- Concentrated 1L format – provides approximately 500L of nutrient solution at 2ml/L.
What is Advanced Nutrients Voodoo Juice suitable for?
Voodoo Juice is designed for stages where establishing or renewing a productive root zone is particularly important. Its first application period is during early vegetative growth and establishment, when young plants are actively building their root system.
The second application period comes around the transition into early flowering, providing another targeted microbial inoculation as the crop enters a new phase of development. It is not intended to be applied continuously throughout the entire crop cycle.
Advanced Nutrients identifies Voodoo Juice as suitable for indoor and outdoor cultivation, regular watering, irrigation systems, hydroponics and coco coir. It is also designed for continuous liquid-feed systems including aeroponics, drip irrigation and emitters, nutrient film technique (NFT), flood and drain and deep water culture (DWC).
How to use Advanced Nutrients Voodoo Juice
Add Voodoo Juice at 2ml per litre during early vegetative growth and root establishment. Apply it again at 2ml/L around the transition into early flowering, when renewed root-zone support is required.
For 10L of nutrient solution, use 20ml. For 25L, use 50ml. For 50L, use 100ml. For 100L, use 200ml.
A full 1L bottle provides enough Voodoo Juice for approximately 500 litres of nutrient solution at the recommended 2ml/L concentration.
When preparing a reservoir, add the base nutrients to the water first and mix thoroughly. Add Voodoo Juice and other additives individually, mixing between additions. Do not combine concentrated nutrient products together before dilution.
Advanced Nutrients Voodoo Juice 1L product details
| Product | Advanced Nutrients Voodoo Juice |
|---|---|
| Product type | Beneficial bacteria microbial root enhancer |
| Product size | 1L |
| Format | Liquid concentrate |
| NPK | 0-0-0 |
| Microbial type | Four-strain beneficial bacteria blend |
| Bacterial strains | Bacillus subtilis, Bacillus pumilus, Bacillus licheniformis & Paenibacillus polymyxa |
| Application rate | 2ml/L |
| Vegetative application | Early vegetative growth & root establishment |
| Flowering application | Transition into early flowering |
| 10L solution | 20ml |
| 25L solution | 50ml |
| 50L solution | 100ml |
| 100L solution | 200ml |
| Approximate solution from 1L | 500L at 2ml/L |
| Hydroponics | Suitable |
| Coco coir | Suitable |
| Growing environment | Indoor & outdoor |
| Suitable liquid-feed systems | Aeroponics, drip irrigation, NFT, flood & drain & DWC |
| Nutrient compatibility | Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect, non-pH Perfect & compatible third-party nutrient programmes |
| Outer case quantity | 12 x 1L bottles |
Advanced Nutrients Voodoo Juice FAQs
What is Advanced Nutrients Voodoo Juice?
Voodoo Juice is a liquid microbial root enhancer containing four selected strains of beneficial bacteria. It is designed to colonise the root zone and support the conditions required for strong root development, nutrient availability and water uptake.
What bacteria are in Voodoo Juice?
Voodoo Juice contains Bacillus subtilis, Bacillus pumilus, Bacillus licheniformis and Paenibacillus polymyxa.
What does Voodoo Juice do for plant roots?
Voodoo Juice helps establish a biologically active root zone and supports conditions for increased effective root surface area. This can improve the conditions surrounding nutrient and water availability while supporting a strong root network.
When should I use Voodoo Juice?
Use Voodoo Juice during early vegetative growth and root establishment, then apply it again around the transition into early flowering. These are the key crop stages corresponding to the manufacturer's two early-stage application periods.
How much Voodoo Juice should I use per litre?
Use Advanced Nutrients Voodoo Juice at 2ml per litre of nutrient solution during the recommended application stages.
How much Voodoo Juice do I need for 10 litres?
Use 20ml of Voodoo Juice for 10 litres of nutrient solution at the recommended 2ml/L application rate.
How much Voodoo Juice do I need for 50 litres?
Use 100ml of Voodoo Juice for 50 litres of nutrient solution.
How much Voodoo Juice do I need for 100 litres?
Use 200ml of Voodoo Juice for a 100L nutrient reservoir.
How much nutrient solution will 1L of Voodoo Juice make?
At 2ml/L, a 1L bottle provides enough Voodoo Juice for approximately 500 litres of nutrient solution.
Can Voodoo Juice be used on seedlings?
Yes. Voodoo Juice can be introduced once seedlings have sprouted and begun developing roots. For very young plants, use an appropriately gentle overall feeding programme while following the recommended Voodoo Juice application guidance.
Can Voodoo Juice be used with cuttings?
Voodoo Juice is intended to support root-zone biology and is most useful once cuttings are in plugs, cubes or growing media and roots are beginning to form.
Is Voodoo Juice a fertiliser?
Voodoo Juice is a microbial root-zone biostimulant rather than a complete fertiliser. Its NPK analysis is 0-0-0, so it should be used alongside an appropriate base nutrient programme.
Can Voodoo Juice be used in hydroponics?
Yes. Voodoo Juice is specifically designed for diverse hydroponic growing media and continuous liquid-feed systems including aeroponics, drip irrigation, NFT, flood and drain and deep water culture.
Can Voodoo Juice be used in coco?
Yes. Advanced Nutrients identifies Voodoo Juice as suitable for coco coir.
Can Voodoo Juice be used with pH Perfect nutrients?
Yes. Voodoo Juice is compatible with Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect and non-pH Perfect base nutrients and supplements, as well as compatible third-party feeding programmes.
What is the difference between Voodoo Juice, Piranha and Tarantula?
They are complementary microbial products rather than interchangeable versions of the same formula. Voodoo Juice is based around four selected beneficial bacterial strains, while Piranha and Tarantula provide different groups of beneficial microorganisms for the root zone.
Is Voodoo Juice the same as Voodoo Juice Plus tablets?
No. Liquid Voodoo Juice is a four-strain beneficial bacteria formula applied at 2ml/L. Voodoo Juice Plus is a separate tablet-format microbial product combining 16 microbial strains. Follow the specific application instructions for whichever format you are using.
Advanced Nutrients Tasty Terpenes Bloom Biostimulant – 5L
12395
£123.95
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Advanced Nutrients Tasty Terpenes Bloom Biostimulant – 5L
12395
£123.95
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A potassium-rich 0-0-1 biostimulant with kelp and alfalfa, formulated to support stronger stalks, productive flowering and high-quality crop development.
Advanced Nutrients Tasty Terpenes is a premium plant biostimulant designed to support strong crop structure and productive flower development. Previously sold as Advanced Nutrients Nirvana, Tasty Terpenes uses the same established formulation under its new name, making it a direct continuation of the product familiar to long-term Nirvana users.
The 0-0-1 formula combines potassium with kelp extract, alfalfa meal, amino acids and other plant-supporting components. Together, these ingredients help create favourable conditions for photosynthesis, strong stalk development and the production of substantial, high-quality flowers.
Tasty Terpenes can be incorporated into both vegetative and flowering programmes, with particular value once crops move into active flower development. The 5L format is well suited to larger reservoirs and commercial growing environments, providing approximately 2,500 litres of nutrient solution when applied at 2ml/L.
Why choose Advanced Nutrients Tasty Terpenes?
- Established Nirvana formulation – Tasty Terpenes is the new name for Advanced Nutrients Nirvana, with the formulation retained.
- 0-0-1 analysis – supplies potassium without adding nitrogen or phosphorus.
- Kelp enriched – provides a broad range of naturally occurring plant-supporting compounds.
- Contains alfalfa meal – forms part of the established biostimulant formulation.
- Amino acid support – helps create favourable conditions for sturdy stalks and productive flower development.
- Supports strong plant structure – particularly useful as crops develop heavier flowering growth.
- Supports photosynthetic performance – designed to create favourable conditions for plants to produce energy efficiently.
- Vegetative & flowering use – suitable during vegetative development and again once flowering is established.
- Hydroponics & coco compatible – suitable for a wide range of growing media and continuous liquid-feed systems.
- Commercial 5L format – provides approximately 2,500L of nutrient solution at 2ml/L.
What is Advanced Nutrients Tasty Terpenes suitable for?
Tasty Terpenes is designed for growers looking to support strong crop structure and high-quality flower development while adding a potassium-rich biostimulant to their existing feeding programme.
During vegetative growth it can be used to support strong structural development. During flowering, the manufacturer's programme pauses application through transition and initial flower setting, then reintroduces Tasty Terpenes once flowering is established. It can then be used throughout active and later flowering before being withdrawn for the final flush.
Tasty Terpenes is suitable for indoor and outdoor growing, regular watering, irrigation systems, hydroponics and coco coir. It can also be used in continuous liquid-feed systems including aeroponics, drip irrigation and emitters, nutrient film technique (NFT), flood and drain and deep water culture (DWC).
How to use Advanced Nutrients Tasty Terpenes
Add Tasty Terpenes at 2ml per litre throughout vegetative growth. Pause application during the transition into flowering and initial flower-setting stage, then resume at 2ml/L once flowering is established. Continue through active and later flowering, then discontinue for the final flush.
For 10L of nutrient solution, use 20ml. For 50L, use 100ml. For 100L, use 200ml. For a 500L reservoir, use 1L. For a 1,000L reservoir, use 2L.
A full 5L container provides enough Tasty Terpenes for approximately 2,500 litres of nutrient solution at the recommended 2ml/L application rate.
Tasty Terpenes is a biostimulant and flowering supplement rather than a complete base nutrient. Use it alongside an appropriate base feeding programme for the crop and growing system.
Advanced Nutrients Tasty Terpenes 5L product details
| Product | Advanced Nutrients Tasty Terpenes |
|---|---|
| Formerly known as | Advanced Nutrients Nirvana |
| Product type | Plant & flowering biostimulant |
| Product size | 5L |
| Format | Liquid concentrate |
| NPK | 0-0-1 |
| Key components | Potassium, kelp extract, alfalfa meal & amino acids |
| Application rate | 2ml/L |
| Vegetative application | Throughout vegetative growth |
| Flowering application | Once flowering is established through active & later flowering |
| Final flush | Do not apply |
| 10L solution | 20ml |
| 50L solution | 100ml |
| 100L solution | 200ml |
| 500L solution | 1L |
| 1,000L solution | 2L |
| Approximate solution from 5L | 2,500L at 2ml/L |
| Hydroponics | Suitable |
| Coco coir | Suitable |
| Growing environment | Indoor & outdoor |
| Suitable liquid-feed systems | Aeroponics, drip irrigation, NFT, flood & drain & DWC |
| Nutrient compatibility | Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect, non-pH Perfect & compatible third-party nutrient programmes |
| Outer case quantity | 4 x 5L containers |
Advanced Nutrients Tasty Terpenes FAQs
What is Advanced Nutrients Tasty Terpenes?
Tasty Terpenes is a 0-0-1 plant and flowering biostimulant formulated with potassium, kelp extract, alfalfa meal and amino acids. It is designed to support strong stalk development, photosynthetic performance and productive flower development.
Is Tasty Terpenes the same as Advanced Nutrients Nirvana?
Yes. Tasty Terpenes is the new name for Advanced Nutrients Nirvana. Advanced Nutrients states that the formulation has not changed, so growers familiar with Nirvana can use Tasty Terpenes as the continuation of the same product.
Has the Nirvana formula changed with Tasty Terpenes?
No. Advanced Nutrients states that Tasty Terpenes retains the same formulation and ingredients previously sold as Nirvana. The change is a product rebrand rather than a reformulation.
What is the NPK of Advanced Nutrients Tasty Terpenes?
Advanced Nutrients Tasty Terpenes has an NPK analysis of 0-0-1, providing potassium without additional nitrogen or phosphorus.
What does Tasty Terpenes do?
Tasty Terpenes is designed to support sturdy stalks, productive flower development and favourable conditions for photosynthesis. Its potassium, kelp, alfalfa and amino acid content makes it a complementary biostimulant for established feeding programmes.
Does Tasty Terpenes contain kelp?
Yes. Kelp extract is one of the key components highlighted by Advanced Nutrients in the Tasty Terpenes formulation.
Does Tasty Terpenes contain alfalfa?
Yes. Advanced Nutrients includes alfalfa meal as one of the key ingredients in the Tasty Terpenes formula.
When should I use Advanced Nutrients Tasty Terpenes?
Tasty Terpenes can be used throughout vegetative growth. During flowering, pause application through transition and initial flower setting, then resume once flowering is established and continue through active and later flowering. Discontinue it for the final flush.
How much Tasty Terpenes should I use per litre?
Use Advanced Nutrients Tasty Terpenes at 2ml per litre of nutrient solution during the recommended crop stages.
How much Tasty Terpenes do I need for 10 litres?
Use 20ml of Tasty Terpenes for 10 litres of nutrient solution at the recommended 2ml/L application rate.
How much Tasty Terpenes do I need for 50 litres?
Use 100ml of Tasty Terpenes for 50 litres of nutrient solution.
How much Tasty Terpenes do I need for 100 litres?
Use 200ml of Tasty Terpenes for a 100L nutrient reservoir.
How much Tasty Terpenes do I need for a 500L reservoir?
Use 1 litre of Tasty Terpenes for a 500L reservoir at the recommended 2ml/L application rate.
How much nutrient solution will 5L of Tasty Terpenes make?
At 2ml/L, a 5L container provides enough Tasty Terpenes for approximately 2,500 litres of nutrient solution.
Is Tasty Terpenes a complete base nutrient?
No. Tasty Terpenes is a biostimulant and plant supplement rather than a complete base nutrient. Use it alongside an appropriate base feeding programme.
Can Tasty Terpenes be used in hydroponics?
Yes. Tasty Terpenes is suitable for hydroponic growing and continuous liquid-feed systems including aeroponics, drip irrigation, NFT, flood and drain and deep water culture.
Can Tasty Terpenes be used in coco?
Yes. Advanced Nutrients identifies Tasty Terpenes as suitable for coco coir.
Can Tasty Terpenes be used with pH Perfect nutrients?
Yes. Tasty Terpenes is compatible with Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect and non-pH Perfect base nutrients and supplements, as well as compatible third-party nutrient programmes.
Does Tasty Terpenes contain banned PGRs?
Advanced Nutrients states that Tasty Terpenes does not contain paclobutrazol, daminozide or other banned plant growth regulators.
Advanced Nutrients Tasty Terpenes Bloom Biostimulant – 250ml
845
£8.45
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Advanced Nutrients Tasty Terpenes Bloom Biostimulant – 250ml
845
£8.45
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A potassium-rich 0-0-1 biostimulant with kelp and alfalfa, formulated to support stronger stalks, productive flowering and high-quality crop development.
Advanced Nutrients Tasty Terpenes is a premium plant biostimulant designed to support strong crop structure and productive flower development. Previously sold as Advanced Nutrients Nirvana, Tasty Terpenes retains the established Nirvana formulation under its new name, making it a direct continuation for growers already familiar with the original product.
Its 0-0-1 formula combines potassium with kelp extract, alfalfa meal and amino acids. Together, these components help create favourable conditions for photosynthesis, sturdy stalk development and the formation of substantial, high-quality flowers.
Tasty Terpenes can be incorporated into both vegetative and flowering programmes, with particular value once crops move into active flower development. The compact 250ml bottle is ideal for smaller reservoirs and growers trying the product for the first time, providing approximately 125 litres of nutrient solution at the recommended 2ml/L rate.
Why choose Advanced Nutrients Tasty Terpenes?
- Established Nirvana formulation – Tasty Terpenes is the new name for Advanced Nutrients Nirvana, with the proven formulation retained.
- 0-0-1 analysis – supplies potassium without adding nitrogen or phosphorus.
- Kelp enriched – provides a broad range of naturally occurring plant-supporting compounds.
- Contains alfalfa meal – forms part of the established plant biostimulant formulation.
- Amino acid support – helps create favourable conditions for sturdy stalks and productive flower development.
- Supports plant structure – useful as crops develop increasingly substantial flowering growth.
- Supports photosynthetic performance – formulated to help create favourable conditions for efficient plant energy production.
- Vegetative & flowering use – suitable during vegetative development and again once flowering is established.
- Hydroponics & coco compatible – suitable for diverse hydroponic media, coco coir and continuous liquid-feed systems.
- Compact 250ml format – provides approximately 125L of nutrient solution at 2ml/L.
What is Advanced Nutrients Tasty Terpenes suitable for?
Tasty Terpenes is designed for growers looking to support strong crop structure and high-quality flower development while adding a potassium-rich biostimulant to their existing feeding programme.
During vegetative growth it can be used to support structural development. During flowering, the Advanced Nutrients programme pauses application through transition and initial flower setting, then reintroduces Tasty Terpenes once flowering is established. It can then be used through active and later flowering before being withdrawn for the final flush.
Tasty Terpenes is suitable for indoor and outdoor growing, regular watering, irrigation systems, hydroponics and coco coir. It can also be used in continuous liquid-feed systems including aeroponics, drip irrigation and emitters, nutrient film technique (NFT), flood and drain and deep water culture (DWC).
How to use Advanced Nutrients Tasty Terpenes
Add Tasty Terpenes at 2ml per litre throughout vegetative growth. Pause application during the transition into flowering and initial flower-setting stage, then resume at 2ml/L once flowering is established. Continue through active and later flowering, then discontinue for the final flush.
For 5L of nutrient solution, use 10ml. For 10L, use 20ml. For 25L, use 50ml. For 50L, use 100ml. For 100L, use 200ml.
A full 250ml bottle provides enough Tasty Terpenes for approximately 125 litres of nutrient solution at the recommended 2ml/L application rate.
Tasty Terpenes is a biostimulant and plant supplement rather than a complete base nutrient. Use it alongside an appropriate base feeding programme for the crop and growing system.
Advanced Nutrients Tasty Terpenes 250ml product details
| Product | Advanced Nutrients Tasty Terpenes |
|---|---|
| Formerly known as | Advanced Nutrients Nirvana |
| Product type | Plant & flowering biostimulant |
| Product size | 250ml |
| Format | Liquid concentrate |
| NPK | 0-0-1 |
| Key components | Potassium, kelp extract, alfalfa meal & amino acids |
| Application rate | 2ml/L |
| Vegetative application | Throughout vegetative growth |
| Flowering application | Once flowering is established through active & later flowering |
| Final flush | Do not apply |
| 5L solution | 10ml |
| 10L solution | 20ml |
| 25L solution | 50ml |
| 50L solution | 100ml |
| 100L solution | 200ml |
| Approximate solution from 250ml | 125L at 2ml/L |
| Hydroponics | Suitable |
| Coco coir | Suitable |
| Growing environment | Indoor & outdoor |
| Suitable liquid-feed systems | Aeroponics, drip irrigation, NFT, flood & drain & DWC |
| Nutrient compatibility | Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect, non-pH Perfect & compatible third-party nutrient programmes |
| Outer case quantity | 12 x 250ml bottles |
Advanced Nutrients Tasty Terpenes FAQs
What is Advanced Nutrients Tasty Terpenes?
Tasty Terpenes is a 0-0-1 plant and flowering biostimulant formulated with potassium, kelp extract, alfalfa meal and amino acids. It is designed to support strong stalk development, photosynthetic performance and productive flower development.
Is Tasty Terpenes the same as Advanced Nutrients Nirvana?
Yes. Tasty Terpenes is the new name for Advanced Nutrients Nirvana. Advanced Nutrients states that the formulation has not changed, so growers familiar with Nirvana can move directly to Tasty Terpenes.
Has the Nirvana formula changed with Tasty Terpenes?
No. Advanced Nutrients states that Tasty Terpenes contains the same ingredients as the established Nirvana formulation. The change is a rebrand rather than a reformulation.
What is the NPK of Advanced Nutrients Tasty Terpenes?
Advanced Nutrients Tasty Terpenes has an NPK analysis of 0-0-1, providing potassium without additional nitrogen or phosphorus.
What does Tasty Terpenes do?
Tasty Terpenes is designed to support sturdy stalks, productive flower development and favourable conditions for photosynthesis. Its potassium, kelp, alfalfa and amino acid content makes it a complementary biostimulant for established feeding programmes.
Does Tasty Terpenes contain kelp?
Yes. Kelp extract is one of the key components highlighted by Advanced Nutrients in the Tasty Terpenes formulation.
Does Tasty Terpenes contain alfalfa?
Yes. Advanced Nutrients includes alfalfa meal as one of the key ingredients in the Tasty Terpenes formula.
When should I use Advanced Nutrients Tasty Terpenes?
Use Tasty Terpenes throughout vegetative growth. During flowering, pause application through transition and initial flower setting, then resume once flowering is established and continue through active and later flowering. Discontinue it for the final flush.
How much Tasty Terpenes should I use per litre?
Use Advanced Nutrients Tasty Terpenes at 2ml per litre of nutrient solution during the recommended crop stages.
How much Tasty Terpenes do I need for 10 litres?
Use 20ml of Tasty Terpenes for 10 litres of nutrient solution at the recommended 2ml/L rate.
How much Tasty Terpenes do I need for 25 litres?
Use 50ml of Tasty Terpenes for 25 litres of nutrient solution.
How much Tasty Terpenes do I need for 50 litres?
Use 100ml of Tasty Terpenes for 50 litres of nutrient solution.
How much nutrient solution will 250ml of Tasty Terpenes make?
At 2ml/L, a 250ml bottle provides enough Tasty Terpenes for approximately 125 litres of nutrient solution.
Is Tasty Terpenes a complete base nutrient?
No. Tasty Terpenes is a biostimulant and plant supplement rather than a complete base nutrient. Use it alongside an appropriate complete base feeding programme.
Can Tasty Terpenes be used in hydroponics?
Yes. Tasty Terpenes is suitable for hydroponic growing and continuous liquid-feed systems including aeroponics, drip irrigation, NFT, flood and drain and deep water culture.
Can Tasty Terpenes be used in coco?
Yes. Advanced Nutrients identifies Tasty Terpenes as suitable for coco coir.
Can Tasty Terpenes be used with pH Perfect nutrients?
Yes. Tasty Terpenes is compatible with Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect and non-pH Perfect base nutrients and supplements, as well as compatible third-party nutrient programmes.
Does Tasty Terpenes contain banned PGRs?
Advanced Nutrients states that Tasty Terpenes does not contain paclobutrazol, daminozide or other banned plant growth regulators.
Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect Micro 3-Part Base Nutrient – 500ml
475
£4.75
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect Micro 3-Part Base Nutrient – 500ml
475
£4.75
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
The micronutrient-rich 2-0-0 component of Advanced Nutrients' pH Perfect Grow, Micro, Bloom three-part base nutrient system, designed to provide balanced nutrition throughout vegetative growth and flowering.
Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect Micro forms the micronutrient-focused part of the pH Perfect Grow, Micro, Bloom three-part base nutrient system. Used together in equal proportions, the three components provide a broad spectrum of macro, secondary and micronutrients throughout the crop cycle.
Micro has an NPK analysis of 2-0-0 and provides important secondary and trace elements alongside nitrogen. Its role complements Grow 1-0-4 and Bloom 1-3-4, allowing the three bottles to work as one complete base feeding programme rather than as separate standalone fertilisers.
Advanced Nutrients' pH Perfect technology is designed to manage nutrient-solution pH within a range favourable for nutrient availability when the complete system is mixed and used as directed. This can reduce the amount of routine pH adjustment required while providing crops with a consistent base nutrient programme.
Why choose Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect Micro?
- Part of a complete three-part base nutrient – designed to work with pH Perfect Grow and Bloom throughout the crop cycle.
- 2-0-0 Micro formula – provides nitrogen alongside important secondary and micronutrients.
- 1:1:1 feeding ratio – Grow, Micro and Bloom are used in equal amounts for straightforward reservoir preparation.
- pH Perfect technology – designed to manage nutrient-solution pH when the complete system is mixed and used as directed.
- Crop-stage dosing – build from 1ml/L of each part during early growth to 4ml/L as plants become established.
- Full flowering nutrition – all three components continue together at 4ml/L each through active flowering until flush.
- Defined mixing order – Micro goes into the water first, followed by Grow and then Bloom.
- Hydroponics & coco compatible – suitable for diverse hydroponic growing media and coco coir.
- Continuous liquid-feed compatible – suitable for aeroponics, drip irrigation, NFT, flood and drain and DWC.
- 500ml format – a practical size for smaller reservoirs and growers using the complete three-part system.
What is pH Perfect Micro suitable for?
pH Perfect Micro is designed for use throughout both vegetative growth and flowering as part of the complete Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect Grow, Micro, Bloom programme.
During early establishment, Grow, Micro and Bloom are introduced at a lower concentration. The amount of all three components increases together as vegetative growth develops, reaching 4ml/L of each part for established plants. During flowering, all three components continue at 4ml/L each until the crop reaches its final flush.
The system is suitable for indoor and outdoor crops, hydroponics, coco coir, regular watering and irrigation systems. Advanced Nutrients also specifies compatibility with aeroponics, drip irrigation and emitters, nutrient film technique (NFT), flood and drain and deep water culture (DWC).
How to use Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect Micro
Always use pH Perfect Micro as part of the complete Grow + Micro + Bloom three-part system. Use all three components at the same concentration, maintaining a 1:1:1 ratio.
During propagation and early establishment, begin at approximately 1ml/L of Micro, 1ml/L of Grow and 1ml/L of Bloom. As vegetative growth develops, increase each component through 2ml/L and 3ml/L, reaching 4ml/L of each part for established vegetative growth.
Once plants enter flowering, use 4ml/L of Micro, 4ml/L of Grow and 4ml/L of Bloom throughout active flowering. Discontinue the base nutrients when the crop reaches its final flush.
Always shake each bottle before use. Fill the reservoir with water and add Micro first, then mix thoroughly. Add Grow second and mix again. Finally add Bloom and mix thoroughly.
Never mix Micro, Grow and Bloom together in concentrated form. Each component must be added separately to the reservoir water.
Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect Micro 500ml product details
| Product | Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect Micro |
|---|---|
| Product type | Three-part liquid base nutrient component |
| Product size | 500ml |
| Format | Liquid concentrate |
| NPK | 2-0-0 |
| Nutrient system | pH Perfect Grow + Micro + Bloom |
| Required ratio | 1:1:1 – equal amounts of Grow, Micro & Bloom |
| Early establishment | 1ml/L of each component |
| Developing vegetative growth | 2–3ml/L of each component |
| Established vegetative growth | 4ml/L of each component |
| Flowering | 4ml/L of each component through active flowering until flush |
| Final flush | Do not apply |
| Mixing order | Micro first, Grow second, Bloom last |
| Concentrate mixing | Never mix the three concentrated components together |
| Hydroponics | Suitable |
| Coco coir | Suitable |
| Growing environment | Indoor & outdoor |
| Suitable liquid-feed systems | Aeroponics, drip irrigation, NFT, flood & drain & DWC |
| Outer case quantity | 12 x 500ml bottles |
Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect Micro FAQs
What is Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect Micro?
pH Perfect Micro is the micronutrient-focused 2-0-0 component of Advanced Nutrients' three-part Grow, Micro, Bloom base nutrient system. It is designed to be used together with pH Perfect Grow and pH Perfect Bloom throughout vegetative growth and flowering.
Can I use pH Perfect Micro on its own?
No. Micro is one component of the pH Perfect Grow, Micro, Bloom system and is not intended to provide complete crop nutrition on its own. Use Grow, Micro and Bloom together in equal amounts.
What is the NPK of pH Perfect Micro?
Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect Micro has an NPK analysis of 2-0-0.
Do I need Grow and Bloom with pH Perfect Micro?
Yes. Grow, Micro and Bloom are the three complementary parts of the base nutrient programme. Advanced Nutrients recommends using all three at a 1:1:1 ratio.
What order do I mix pH Perfect Grow, Micro and Bloom?
Add Micro to the reservoir water first and mix thoroughly. Add Grow second and mix again, then add Bloom last. This is the specific mixing sequence given by Advanced Nutrients.
Can I mix Grow, Micro and Bloom concentrates together?
No. Never combine the concentrated products directly. Add each component separately to the reservoir water and mix thoroughly between additions.
Do I need to shake pH Perfect Micro before use?
Yes. Shake the bottle before measuring because nutrient components can settle during storage.
How much pH Perfect Micro should I use per litre?
Use Micro at the same concentration as Grow and Bloom. Begin at approximately 1ml/L of each component during early establishment, increase through 2ml/L and 3ml/L as vegetative growth develops, then use 4ml/L of each component for established growth and throughout flowering until flush.
How much Grow, Micro and Bloom do I need for a 10L reservoir?
At the full 4ml/L rate, add 40ml of Micro, 40ml of Grow and 40ml of Bloom separately to a 10L reservoir.
How much Grow, Micro and Bloom do I need for a 50L reservoir?
At the full 4ml/L rate, use 200ml of Micro, 200ml of Grow and 200ml of Bloom in a 50L reservoir.
How much Grow, Micro and Bloom do I need for a 100L reservoir?
At the full 4ml/L rate, use 400ml of Micro, 400ml of Grow and 400ml of Bloom in a 100L reservoir.
How long will a 500ml bottle of pH Perfect Micro last?
At the full 4ml/L application rate, 500ml of Micro provides enough concentrate for approximately 125 litres of nutrient solution. An equal quantity of pH Perfect Grow and Bloom is required to maintain the 1:1:1 ratio.
Does pH Perfect Micro automatically control pH?
pH Perfect technology is designed to manage nutrient-solution pH within a range favourable for nutrient availability when the complete Grow, Micro and Bloom system is mixed and used as directed. Water quality and growing conditions can still influence the nutrient solution, so the technology is best understood as reducing routine pH adjustment rather than removing the need for good reservoir management.
Can pH Perfect Micro be used in hydroponics?
Yes. The complete pH Perfect Grow, Micro, Bloom system is designed for hydroponic growing and continuous liquid-feed systems including aeroponics, drip irrigation, NFT, flood and drain and deep water culture.
Can pH Perfect Micro be used in coco?
Yes. Advanced Nutrients identifies the pH Perfect Grow, Micro, Bloom system as suitable for coco coir.
Do Grow, Micro and Bloom continue during flowering?
Yes. Despite their individual names, all three components continue to be used together during flowering. Advanced Nutrients specifies 4ml/L of Grow, 4ml/L of Micro and 4ml/L of Bloom throughout the flowering phase until the final flush.
Does pH Perfect Grow, Micro and Bloom contain banned PGRs?
Advanced Nutrients states that it does not use paclobutrazol, daminozide or other banned plant growth regulators in this product.
Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect Grow 3-Part Base Nutrient – 500ml
475
£4.75
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect Grow 3-Part Base Nutrient – 500ml
475
£4.75
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
The 1-0-4 Grow component of Advanced Nutrients' pH Perfect Grow, Micro, Bloom three-part base nutrient system, providing balanced nutrition from early vegetative development right through flowering.
Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect Grow is one of three complementary components in the pH Perfect Grow, Micro, Bloom base nutrient system. Used alongside Micro and Bloom in equal proportions, it contributes essential macro, secondary and micronutrients throughout the crop cycle.
Grow has an NPK analysis of 1-0-4, supplying nitrogen and potassium as part of the complete three-part programme. Despite its name, Grow is not restricted to vegetative feeding. Advanced Nutrients uses Grow, Micro and Bloom together throughout both vegetative development and flowering.
The complete system also incorporates Advanced Nutrients' pH Perfect technology, designed to manage nutrient-solution pH within a favourable range when the three components are mixed and used as directed. This helps simplify reservoir management while maintaining a consistent nutrient programme.
Why choose Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect Grow?
- Part of a complete three-part base nutrient – designed to work with pH Perfect Micro and Bloom rather than as a standalone fertiliser.
- 1-0-4 Grow formula – supplies nitrogen and potassium as part of the complete nutritional programme.
- Used throughout the crop cycle – Grow continues through flowering alongside Micro and Bloom.
- Simple 1:1:1 ratio – use equal amounts of Grow, Micro and Bloom at every feeding stage.
- Crop-stage dosing – progress from 1ml/L to 4ml/L of each component as vegetative growth develops.
- Consistent flowering programme – use 4ml/L of each component through active flowering until flush.
- pH Perfect technology – designed to manage nutrient-solution pH when the complete system is used as directed.
- Defined mixing sequence – add Micro first, Grow second and Bloom last.
- Hydroponics & coco compatible – suitable for diverse hydroponic media and coco coir.
- Continuous liquid-feed compatible – suitable for aeroponics, drip irrigation, NFT, flood & drain and DWC.
What is pH Perfect Grow suitable for?
pH Perfect Grow is suitable for growers using the Advanced Nutrients three-part Grow, Micro, Bloom feeding system. It is used from early vegetative establishment through mature vegetative growth and continues as part of the base feed throughout flowering.
During early growth, all three components are introduced at a lower concentration. Their concentration increases together as the crop develops, reaching 4ml/L of Grow, Micro and Bloom for established growth. This equal ratio then continues through flowering until the final flush.
The complete system is suitable for indoor and outdoor cultivation, hydroponics, coco coir, regular watering and irrigation systems. It can also be used in continuous liquid-feed systems including aeroponics, drip irrigation and emitters, nutrient film technique (NFT), flood and drain and deep water culture (DWC).
How to use Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect Grow
Use pH Perfect Grow together with pH Perfect Micro and pH Perfect Bloom. Maintain an equal 1:1:1 ratio between all three components throughout the feeding programme.
During early establishment, begin at approximately 1ml/L of Grow, 1ml/L of Micro and 1ml/L of Bloom. As vegetative growth develops, increase each component through 2ml/L and 3ml/L, reaching 4ml/L of each component for established vegetative growth.
During flowering, continue with 4ml/L of Grow, 4ml/L of Micro and 4ml/L of Bloom throughout active flowering. Discontinue the base nutrient programme for the final flush.
Always shake each bottle before measuring. Start with water in the reservoir and add Micro first, mixing thoroughly. Add Grow second and mix again, then add Bloom last and mix thoroughly.
Never combine Grow, Micro and Bloom together in concentrated form. Each component should be measured and added separately to the reservoir water.
Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect Grow 500ml product details
| Product | Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect Grow |
|---|---|
| Product type | Three-part liquid base nutrient component |
| Product size | 500ml |
| Format | Liquid concentrate |
| NPK | 1-0-4 |
| Nutrient system | pH Perfect Grow + Micro + Bloom |
| Required ratio | 1:1:1 – equal amounts of Grow, Micro & Bloom |
| Early establishment | 1ml/L of each component |
| Developing vegetative growth | 2–3ml/L of each component |
| Established vegetative growth | 4ml/L of each component |
| Flowering | 4ml/L of each component through active flowering until flush |
| Final flush | Do not apply |
| Mixing order | Micro first, Grow second, Bloom last |
| Concentrate mixing | Never mix the three concentrated components together |
| 500ml coverage at 1ml/L | Approximately 500L |
| 500ml coverage at 2ml/L | Approximately 250L |
| 500ml coverage at 3ml/L | Approximately 167L |
| 500ml coverage at 4ml/L | Approximately 125L |
| Hydroponics | Suitable |
| Coco coir | Suitable |
| Growing environment | Indoor & outdoor |
| Suitable liquid-feed systems | Aeroponics, drip irrigation, NFT, flood & drain & DWC |
| Outer case quantity | 12 x 500ml bottles |
Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect Grow FAQs
What is Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect Grow?
pH Perfect Grow is the 1-0-4 Grow component of Advanced Nutrients' three-part Grow, Micro, Bloom base nutrient system. It is used alongside Micro and Bloom throughout vegetative growth and flowering.
Can I use pH Perfect Grow on its own?
No. pH Perfect Grow is one component of a three-part base nutrient. Use it together with pH Perfect Micro and pH Perfect Bloom in equal amounts to provide the intended complete feeding programme.
What is the NPK of pH Perfect Grow?
Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect Grow has an NPK analysis of 1-0-4.
Do I use Grow, Micro and Bloom together?
Yes. All three components are used together throughout the feeding programme. Maintain an equal 1:1:1 ratio between Grow, Micro and Bloom.
Do I stop using pH Perfect Grow when flowering begins?
No. Despite its name, pH Perfect Grow continues to be used during flowering. Use Grow, Micro and Bloom together at 4ml/L of each component throughout active flowering until the final flush.
What order should I mix pH Perfect Grow, Micro and Bloom?
Start with water in the reservoir. Add Micro first and mix thoroughly, followed by Grow and then Bloom. Mix thoroughly after adding each component.
Can I mix Grow, Micro and Bloom concentrates together?
No. Never combine the three concentrated nutrient products directly. Add each component separately to the reservoir water and mix thoroughly between additions.
Do I need to shake pH Perfect Grow before use?
Yes. Shake the bottle thoroughly before measuring so any components that have settled during storage are redistributed through the liquid.
How much pH Perfect Grow should I use per litre?
Use Grow at the same concentration as Micro and Bloom. Start at approximately 1ml/L of each component during early establishment, increase through 2ml/L and 3ml/L as vegetative growth develops, then use 4ml/L of each component for established growth and throughout flowering until flush.
How much Grow, Micro and Bloom do I need for 10 litres?
At the full 4ml/L rate, use 40ml of Grow, 40ml of Micro and 40ml of Bloom in a 10L reservoir. Add them separately in the correct mixing order.
How much Grow, Micro and Bloom do I need for 50 litres?
At the full rate, use 200ml of Grow, 200ml of Micro and 200ml of Bloom in a 50L reservoir.
How much Grow, Micro and Bloom do I need for 100 litres?
At the full rate, use 400ml of Grow, 400ml of Micro and 400ml of Bloom in a 100L reservoir.
How much nutrient solution will 500ml of pH Perfect Grow make?
At the full 4ml/L application rate, a 500ml bottle provides enough Grow for approximately 125 litres of nutrient solution. You will need matching quantities of Micro and Bloom to maintain the required 1:1:1 ratio.
How does pH Perfect technology work?
pH Perfect technology is designed to manage the nutrient solution within a favourable pH range when the complete Grow, Micro and Bloom system is mixed and used as directed. This reduces routine pH adjustment while helping maintain conditions that support nutrient availability.
Can pH Perfect Grow be used in hydroponics?
Yes. The complete pH Perfect Grow, Micro, Bloom system is designed for hydroponic growing and continuous liquid-feed systems including aeroponics, drip irrigation, NFT, flood and drain and deep water culture.
Can pH Perfect Grow be used in coco?
Yes. Advanced Nutrients identifies pH Perfect Grow, Micro, Bloom as safe for use with coco coir.
Does pH Perfect Grow contain banned PGRs?
Advanced Nutrients states that it does not use paclobutrazol, daminozide or other banned plant growth regulators in this product.
Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect Bloom 3-Part Base Nutrient – 500ml
475
£4.75
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect Bloom 3-Part Base Nutrient – 500ml
475
£4.75
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
The 1-3-4 Bloom component of Advanced Nutrients' pH Perfect Grow, Micro, Bloom three-part base nutrient system, providing balanced nutrition throughout vegetative growth and flowering.
Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect Bloom is one of three complementary components in the pH Perfect Grow, Micro, Bloom base nutrient system. Used alongside Grow and Micro in equal proportions, it contributes essential macro, secondary and micronutrients as part of a complete feeding programme.
Bloom has an NPK analysis of 1-3-4, supplying nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium within the balanced three-part formula. Despite its name, Bloom is not reserved solely for flowering plants. Advanced Nutrients uses Grow, Micro and Bloom together throughout vegetative development as well as flowering.
The complete system incorporates Advanced Nutrients' pH Perfect technology, designed to manage nutrient-solution pH within a favourable range when all three components are mixed and used as directed. This simplifies reservoir management while maintaining a consistent base nutrient programme throughout the crop cycle.
Why choose Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect Bloom?
- Part of a complete three-part base nutrient – formulated to work alongside pH Perfect Grow and Micro rather than as a standalone fertiliser.
- 1-3-4 Bloom formula – supplies nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium within the complete three-part programme.
- Used during vegetative growth too – Bloom is introduced from early establishment rather than only when flowering begins.
- Simple 1:1:1 ratio – use equal quantities of Grow, Micro and Bloom throughout the feeding programme.
- Crop-stage dosing – progress from 1ml/L to 4ml/L of each component as vegetative growth develops.
- Consistent flowering programme – use all three components at 4ml/L each through active flowering until flush.
- pH Perfect technology – designed to manage nutrient-solution pH when the complete system is mixed and used as directed.
- Defined mixing sequence – add Micro first, Grow second and Bloom last.
- Hydroponics & coco compatible – suitable for diverse hydroponic growing media and coco coir.
- Continuous liquid-feed compatible – suitable for aeroponics, drip irrigation, NFT, flood & drain and DWC.
What is pH Perfect Bloom suitable for?
pH Perfect Bloom is designed for growers using the complete Advanced Nutrients Grow, Micro, Bloom three-part feeding system. Although Bloom supplies a phosphorus and potassium-rich contribution to the programme, it is used from early vegetative establishment rather than being introduced only when flowering begins.
During early growth, Grow, Micro and Bloom are introduced together at a lower concentration. The concentration of all three increases as vegetative growth develops, reaching 4ml/L of each component for established plants. This equal ratio then continues throughout flowering until the final flush.
The complete system is suitable for indoor and outdoor cultivation, hydroponics, coco coir, regular watering and irrigation systems. It can also be used in continuous liquid-feed systems including aeroponics, drip irrigation and emitters, nutrient film technique (NFT), flood and drain and deep water culture (DWC).
How to use Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect Bloom
Always use pH Perfect Bloom together with pH Perfect Micro and pH Perfect Grow. Maintain an equal 1:1:1 ratio between all three components throughout the feeding programme.
During early establishment, begin at approximately 1ml/L of Bloom, 1ml/L of Micro and 1ml/L of Grow. As vegetative development progresses, increase each component through 2ml/L and 3ml/L, reaching 4ml/L of each component during established vegetative growth.
During flowering, continue with 4ml/L of Bloom, 4ml/L of Micro and 4ml/L of Grow throughout active flowering. Discontinue the base nutrient programme for the final flush.
Always shake each bottle before measuring. Begin with water in the reservoir and add Micro first, mixing thoroughly. Add Grow second and mix again. Add Bloom last and mix thoroughly.
Never combine Grow, Micro and Bloom together in concentrated form. Each component must be measured and added separately to the reservoir water.
Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect Bloom 500ml product details
| Product | Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect Bloom |
|---|---|
| Product type | Three-part liquid base nutrient component |
| Product size | 500ml |
| Format | Liquid concentrate |
| NPK | 1-3-4 |
| Nutrient system | pH Perfect Grow + Micro + Bloom |
| Required ratio | 1:1:1 – equal amounts of Grow, Micro & Bloom |
| Early establishment | 1ml/L of each component |
| Developing vegetative growth | 2–3ml/L of each component |
| Established vegetative growth | 4ml/L of each component |
| Flowering | 4ml/L of each component throughout active flowering until flush |
| Final flush | Do not apply |
| Mixing order | Micro first, Grow second, Bloom last |
| Concentrate mixing | Never mix the three concentrated components together |
| 500ml coverage at 1ml/L | Approximately 500L |
| 500ml coverage at 2ml/L | Approximately 250L |
| 500ml coverage at 3ml/L | Approximately 167L |
| 500ml coverage at 4ml/L | Approximately 125L |
| Hydroponics | Suitable |
| Coco coir | Suitable |
| Growing environment | Indoor & outdoor |
| Suitable liquid-feed systems | Aeroponics, drip irrigation, NFT, flood & drain & DWC |
| Outer case quantity | 12 x 500ml bottles |
Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect Bloom FAQs
What is Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect Bloom?
pH Perfect Bloom is the 1-3-4 Bloom component of Advanced Nutrients' three-part Grow, Micro, Bloom base nutrient system. It is used alongside Grow and Micro throughout vegetative development and flowering.
Can I use pH Perfect Bloom on its own?
No. pH Perfect Bloom is one component of the three-part base nutrient system. Use it with pH Perfect Grow and Micro in equal amounts to provide the complete feeding programme.
What is the NPK of pH Perfect Bloom?
Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect Bloom has an NPK analysis of 1-3-4.
Do I use pH Perfect Bloom during vegetative growth?
Yes. Despite its name, Bloom is used during vegetative growth as part of the complete three-part system. Grow, Micro and Bloom are introduced together and always remain at an equal 1:1:1 ratio.
Do Grow, Micro and Bloom all continue during flowering?
Yes. During flowering, Advanced Nutrients specifies 4ml/L of Grow, 4ml/L of Micro and 4ml/L of Bloom. Continue the three components together until the crop reaches its final flush.
What order should I mix pH Perfect Grow, Micro and Bloom?
Start with water in the reservoir. Add Micro first and mix thoroughly. Add Grow second and mix again, then add Bloom last and mix thoroughly.
Why is Bloom added last?
Micro, Grow and Bloom contain different concentrated nutrient components. Advanced Nutrients specifies Micro first, Grow second and Bloom last so each component is properly diluted into the reservoir before the next is introduced.
Can I mix Grow, Micro and Bloom concentrates together?
No. Do not premix the concentrated nutrients. Each component should be added separately to the reservoir water, with thorough mixing between additions.
Do I need to shake pH Perfect Bloom before use?
Yes. Shake the bottle before measuring to redistribute nutrient components that may have settled during storage.
How much pH Perfect Bloom should I use per litre?
Use Bloom at the same concentration as Grow and Micro. Begin at approximately 1ml/L of each component during early establishment, increase through 2ml/L and 3ml/L as vegetative growth develops, then use 4ml/L of each component for established growth and throughout flowering until flush.
How much Grow, Micro and Bloom do I need for 10 litres?
At the full 4ml/L rate, use 40ml of Grow, 40ml of Micro and 40ml of Bloom for a 10L reservoir. Add the three products separately rather than mixing the concentrates together.
How much Grow, Micro and Bloom do I need for 50 litres?
At 4ml/L, use 200ml of Grow, 200ml of Micro and 200ml of Bloom for a 50L reservoir.
How much Grow, Micro and Bloom do I need for 100 litres?
At 4ml/L, use 400ml of Grow, 400ml of Micro and 400ml of Bloom for a 100L reservoir.
How much nutrient solution will 500ml of pH Perfect Bloom make?
At the full 4ml/L rate, a 500ml bottle provides enough Bloom for approximately 125 litres of nutrient solution. Matching quantities of Grow and Micro are required to maintain the 1:1:1 feeding ratio.
Does pH Perfect mean I never need to think about reservoir pH?
pH Perfect technology is designed to manage nutrient-solution pH within a favourable range when the complete Grow, Micro and Bloom system is mixed and used as directed. It significantly simplifies routine pH management, although good reservoir management and awareness of source-water quality remain sensible growing practices.
Can pH Perfect Bloom be used in hydroponics?
Yes. The complete pH Perfect Grow, Micro, Bloom system is suitable for hydroponics, including aeroponics, drip irrigation, NFT, flood and drain and deep water culture.
Can pH Perfect Bloom be used in coco coir?
Yes. Advanced Nutrients identifies the pH Perfect Grow, Micro, Bloom system as safe for coco coir.
Does pH Perfect Grow, Micro, Bloom contain banned PGRs?
Advanced Nutrients states that it does not use paclobutrazol, daminozide or other banned plant growth regulators in this product.
Advanced Nutrients OG Organics Tasty Terpenes Organic Bloom Biostimulant – 5L
0
£0.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Advanced Nutrients OG Organics Tasty Terpenes Organic Bloom Biostimulant – 5L
0
£0.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
An organic-input flowering biostimulant combining potassium, sulphur, kelp and alfalfa to support robust growth, strong crop development and productive flowering.
Advanced Nutrients OG Organics Tasty Terpenes is a premium organic-input biostimulant and flowering booster developed for growers who want to build an organic-focused feeding programme without giving up the flexibility of modern hydroponic cultivation.
The formula combines potassium and sulphur with kelp and alfalfa meal. These ingredients are designed to create favourable conditions for robust plant growth and floral development, while kelp and alfalfa provide naturally derived plant-supporting compounds as crops move through productive flowering.
OG Organics Tasty Terpenes also contains two non-ionic surfactants designed to help keep nutrients available within the solution. It can be incorporated alongside an appropriate base nutrient programme and is compatible with a wide range of growing media and continuous liquid-feed systems.
The 5L container is particularly well suited to larger reservoirs, established grow rooms and commercial crop production where consistent application across a greater solution volume is required.
Why choose OG Organics Tasty Terpenes?
- Organic-input formulation – developed as part of the Advanced Nutrients OG Organics range.
- Potassium & sulphur – formulated to create favourable conditions for robust growth and floral development.
- Fortified with kelp – adds naturally derived plant-supporting compounds to the feeding programme.
- Contains alfalfa meal – included alongside kelp to support productive crop development.
- Flowering-focused support – particularly useful once flowering is established and crops move into active flower development.
- Supports substantial floral development – formulated to create favourable conditions for flower bulking and crop performance.
- Two non-ionic surfactants – designed to help nutrients remain available within the solution.
- Supports plants under environmental pressure – formulated to help plants cope with abiotic environmental stress.
- Hydroponic compatible – suitable for diverse hydroponic growing media.
- Continuous liquid-feed compatible – suitable for aeroponics, drip irrigation, NFT, flood & drain and DWC.
What is OG Organics Tasty Terpenes suitable for?
OG Organics Tasty Terpenes is designed for growers who want to add an organic-input biostimulant and flowering booster to an existing nutrient programme. It is particularly useful once plants have moved beyond initial flower setting and are entering active floral development.
Rather than treating every crop as though it follows the same fixed number of flowering weeks, use the product according to crop development. Introduce it once flowering is established, continue through active and later flowering, then withdraw it when the crop reaches its final flushing stage.
It is suitable for diverse hydroponic growing media and continuous liquid-feed systems including aeroponics, drip irrigation and emitters, nutrient film technique (NFT), flood and drain and deep water culture (DWC).
How to use OG Organics Tasty Terpenes
Use OG Organics Tasty Terpenes at 2ml per litre once flowering is established. Continue through active and later flowering, then discontinue when the crop reaches its final flush.
For 10L of nutrient solution, use 20ml. For 50L, use 100ml. For 100L, use 200ml. For a 500L reservoir, use 1L. For a 1,000L reservoir, use 2L.
At the 2ml/L application rate, a full 5L container provides enough concentrate for approximately 2,500 litres of nutrient solution.
OG Organics Tasty Terpenes is a supplementary biostimulant and booster rather than a complete base nutrient. Use it alongside an appropriate base feeding programme for the crop and growing system.
Advanced Nutrients OG Organics Tasty Terpenes 5L product details
| Product | Advanced Nutrients OG Organics Tasty Terpenes |
|---|---|
| Product type | Organic-input flowering biostimulant & booster |
| Product range | OG Organics |
| Product size | 5L |
| Format | Liquid concentrate |
| Key nutrients | Potassium & sulphur |
| Key organic inputs | Kelp & alfalfa meal |
| Application rate | 2ml/L |
| Application stage | Established flowering through active & later flowering |
| Final flush | Discontinue application |
| 10L solution | 20ml |
| 50L solution | 100ml |
| 100L solution | 200ml |
| 500L solution | 1L |
| 1,000L solution | 2L |
| Approximate solution from 5L | 2,500L at 2ml/L |
| Hydroponics | Suitable |
| Continuous liquid-feed systems | Aeroponics, drip irrigation, NFT, flood & drain & DWC |
| Outer case quantity | 4 x 5L containers |
Advanced Nutrients OG Organics Tasty Terpenes FAQs
What is OG Organics Tasty Terpenes?
Advanced Nutrients OG Organics Tasty Terpenes is an organic-input plant biostimulant and flowering booster formulated with potassium, sulphur, kelp and alfalfa. It is designed to support robust plant growth and productive floral development.
Is OG Organics Tasty Terpenes a base nutrient?
No. OG Organics Tasty Terpenes is a supplementary biostimulant and booster. It should be incorporated alongside an appropriate complete base nutrient programme rather than used as the crop's sole source of nutrition.
What is in OG Organics Tasty Terpenes?
The formulation is built around potassium and sulphur and is fortified with kelp and alfalfa meal. It also incorporates two non-ionic surfactants designed to help nutrients remain available within the solution.
Does OG Organics Tasty Terpenes contain kelp?
Yes. Kelp is one of the key organic inputs highlighted by Advanced Nutrients in the OG Organics Tasty Terpenes formulation.
Does OG Organics Tasty Terpenes contain alfalfa?
Yes. The formulation is fortified with alfalfa meal alongside kelp.
What does OG Organics Tasty Terpenes do?
It is designed to create favourable conditions for robust growth and floral development. Its potassium, sulphur, kelp and alfalfa-based formulation is particularly suited to supporting plants as they move through productive flowering.
When should I use OG Organics Tasty Terpenes?
Introduce OG Organics Tasty Terpenes once flowering is established. Continue through active and later flowering, then discontinue it when the crop reaches its final flush.
How much OG Organics Tasty Terpenes should I use per litre?
Use OG Organics Tasty Terpenes at 2ml per litre during the recommended flowering stages.
How much OG Organics Tasty Terpenes do I need for 10 litres?
Use 20ml for 10 litres of nutrient solution at the 2ml/L application rate.
How much do I need for a 50L reservoir?
Use 100ml of OG Organics Tasty Terpenes for a 50L reservoir.
How much do I need for a 100L reservoir?
Use 200ml of OG Organics Tasty Terpenes for a 100L reservoir.
How much do I need for a 500L reservoir?
Use 1 litre of OG Organics Tasty Terpenes for a 500L reservoir at the 2ml/L rate.
How much nutrient solution will 5L make?
At 2ml/L, a 5L container provides enough OG Organics Tasty Terpenes for approximately 2,500 litres of nutrient solution.
Can OG Organics Tasty Terpenes be used in hydroponics?
Yes. It is designed for use with diverse hydroponic growing media and continuous liquid-feed systems.
Can I use OG Organics Tasty Terpenes in DWC?
Yes. Advanced Nutrients identifies deep water culture as a compatible continuous liquid-feed growing system for OG Organics Tasty Terpenes.
Can I use OG Organics Tasty Terpenes in NFT and drip irrigation?
Yes. The product is suitable for NFT systems as well as drip irrigation and emitter-based growing systems.
Is OG Organics Tasty Terpenes the same as standard Tasty Terpenes?
OG Organics Tasty Terpenes belongs specifically to the Advanced Nutrients OG Organics range. When shopping for this product, look for the full OG Organics name rather than assuming every Tasty Terpenes listing refers to the same product format.
Advanced Nutrients OG Organics Big Bud Organic Bloom Booster – 5L
9995
£99.95
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Advanced Nutrients OG Organics Big Bud Organic Bloom Booster – 5L
9995
£99.95
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A 1-2-4 organic-input bloom booster with fish protein hydrolysate, bioavailable amino acids and a 2:1 potassium-to-phosphorus ratio, formulated to support substantial flower development through the main flowering phase.
Advanced Nutrients OG Organics Big Bud brings the established Big Bud approach to an organic-focused feeding programme. This flowering biostimulant combines phosphorus and potassium with fish protein hydrolysate, secondary nutrients and amino acids to support productive flower development once blooming is established.
Its 1-2-4 analysis provides twice as much potassium as phosphorus, while the formula also supplies calcium lignosulfonate, an iron amino acid complex, magnesium and sulphur. Advanced Nutrients further incorporates 20 bioavailable amino acids to support the nutritional conditions required during demanding floral development.
OG Organics Big Bud is OMRI listed and designed for growers looking to incorporate certified organic input materials into their crop programme. It can be used with hydroponics and coco coir as well as a wide range of continuous liquid-feed systems.
The 5L format is particularly well suited to larger reservoirs, established grow rooms and commercial crop production, providing enough concentrate for approximately 2,500 litres of nutrient solution at the recommended 2ml/L rate.
Why choose OG Organics Big Bud?
- Organic-input bloom booster – developed for growers who want Big Bud flowering support within an organic-focused nutrient programme.
- 1-2-4 NPK – provides phosphorus and potassium in a flowering-focused nutrient profile.
- 2:1 potassium-to-phosphorus ratio – formulated around the changing nutritional requirements of flowering crops.
- Fish protein hydrolysate – supplies naturally derived nutritional compounds as part of the organic-input formulation.
- 20 bioavailable amino acids – provides a broad amino acid profile to support productive flowering.
- Secondary nutrient support – includes calcium lignosulfonate, an iron amino acid complex, magnesium and sulphur.
- OMRI listed – suitable as an input for certified organic production under the USDA National Organic Program.
- Flowering-stage application – designed for use once flowering is established and through the main flower-building period.
- Hydroponics & coco compatible – suitable for diverse hydroponic media and coco coir.
- High-volume 5L format – provides approximately 2,500L of nutrient solution at 2ml/L.
What is OG Organics Big Bud suitable for?
OG Organics Big Bud is designed for flowering crops that need additional nutritional and biostimulant support during the main period of flower development. It complements an appropriate base nutrient rather than replacing one.
Advanced Nutrients introduces OG Organics Big Bud after the initial transition into flowering. In crop-stage terms, begin once flowering has become established, then continue through active and later flower development. Withdraw the product when the crop reaches its final flushing stage.
It is suitable for indoor and outdoor cultivation, regular watering, irrigation systems, hydroponics and coco coir. Compatible continuous liquid-feed systems include aeroponics, drip irrigation and emitters, nutrient film technique (NFT), flood and drain and deep water culture (DWC).
How to use Advanced Nutrients OG Organics Big Bud
Use OG Organics Big Bud at 2ml per litre once flowering is established. Continue at this rate through active and later flowering, then discontinue application for the final flush.
For 10L of nutrient solution, use 20ml. For 50L, use 100ml. For 100L, use 200ml. For a 500L reservoir, use 1L. For a 1,000L reservoir, use 2L.
At 2ml/L, a full 5L container provides enough OG Organics Big Bud for approximately 2,500 litres of nutrient solution.
Shake the container thoroughly before measuring. Add OG Organics Big Bud to water or an already diluted nutrient solution and mix thoroughly. Never combine concentrated nutrient products together before dilution.
OG Organics Big Bud is a flowering biostimulant and booster rather than a complete base nutrient. Use it alongside an appropriate base feeding programme for the crop and growing system.
Advanced Nutrients OG Organics Big Bud 5L product details
| Product | Advanced Nutrients OG Organics Big Bud |
|---|---|
| Product type | Organic-input bloom booster & biostimulant |
| Product range | OG Organics |
| Product size | 5L |
| Format | Liquid concentrate |
| NPK | 1-2-4 |
| Potassium-to-phosphorus ratio | 2:1 |
| Key ingredients | Fish protein hydrolysate, calcium lignosulfonate, iron amino acid complex, magnesium & sulphur |
| Amino acids | 20 bioavailable amino acids |
| Organic input status | OMRI listed |
| Application rate | 2ml/L |
| Application stage | Established flowering through active & later flowering |
| Final flush | Do not apply |
| 10L solution | 20ml |
| 50L solution | 100ml |
| 100L solution | 200ml |
| 500L solution | 1L |
| 1,000L solution | 2L |
| Approximate solution from 5L | 2,500L at 2ml/L |
| Hydroponics | Suitable |
| Coco coir | Suitable |
| Growing environment | Indoor & outdoor |
| Suitable liquid-feed systems | Aeroponics, drip irrigation, NFT, flood & drain & DWC |
| Nutrient compatibility | Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect, non-pH Perfect & compatible third-party base nutrient programmes |
| Outer case quantity | 4 x 5L containers |
Advanced Nutrients OG Organics Big Bud FAQs
What is Advanced Nutrients OG Organics Big Bud?
OG Organics Big Bud is an organic-input flowering biostimulant and bloom booster. Its 1-2-4 formula combines phosphorus and potassium with fish protein hydrolysate, amino acids and secondary nutrients to support productive flower development.
What is the NPK of OG Organics Big Bud?
Advanced Nutrients OG Organics Big Bud has an NPK analysis of 1-2-4.
What is the PK ratio of OG Organics Big Bud?
The formula provides potassium and phosphorus at a 2:1 potassium-to-phosphorus ratio.
Is OG Organics Big Bud organic?
OG Organics Big Bud is an OMRI-listed organic input material. It can be used as an input in certified organic production under the USDA National Organic Program.
What is in OG Organics Big Bud?
The formulation includes fish protein hydrolysate, calcium lignosulfonate, an iron amino acid complex, magnesium and sulphur, together with 20 bioavailable amino acids.
Does OG Organics Big Bud contain amino acids?
Yes. Advanced Nutrients specifies 20 bioavailable amino acids within the OG Organics Big Bud formulation.
When should I use OG Organics Big Bud?
Begin using OG Organics Big Bud once flowering is established, after the initial transition and flower-setting period. Continue through active and later flowering, then stop for the final flush.
How much OG Organics Big Bud should I use per litre?
Use OG Organics Big Bud at 2ml per litre during the recommended flowering stages.
How much OG Organics Big Bud do I need for 10 litres?
Use 20ml for 10 litres of nutrient solution at the recommended 2ml/L application rate.
How much do I need for a 50L reservoir?
Use 100ml of OG Organics Big Bud for a 50L reservoir.
How much do I need for a 100L reservoir?
Use 200ml of OG Organics Big Bud for a 100L reservoir.
How much do I need for a 500L reservoir?
Use 1 litre of OG Organics Big Bud for a 500L reservoir at the recommended rate.
How much nutrient solution will 5L of OG Organics Big Bud make?
At 2ml/L, a 5L container provides enough concentrate for approximately 2,500 litres of nutrient solution.
Is OG Organics Big Bud a complete base nutrient?
No. OG Organics Big Bud is a flowering biostimulant and booster rather than a complete base feed. Use it alongside an appropriate base nutrient programme.
Can OG Organics Big Bud be used in hydroponics?
Yes. Advanced Nutrients specifies OG Organics Big Bud for diverse hydroponic growing media and continuous liquid-feed systems.
Can OG Organics Big Bud be used in coco?
Yes. Advanced Nutrients identifies OG Organics Big Bud as safe for use with coco coir.
Can OG Organics Big Bud be used in DWC?
Yes. Deep water culture is one of the continuous liquid-feed systems specified by Advanced Nutrients for OG Organics Big Bud.
Can I use OG Organics Big Bud with pH Perfect nutrients?
Yes. OG Organics Big Bud is compatible with Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect base nutrients as well as non-pH Perfect base nutrient programmes.
What is the difference between OG Organics Big Bud and standard Big Bud?
OG Organics Big Bud is the organic-input version within the Advanced Nutrients OG Organics range. It has its own 1-2-4 formulation and ingredient profile, so it should be treated as a distinct product rather than simply another bottle size of standard Big Bud.
Does OG Organics Big Bud contain banned PGRs?
Advanced Nutrients states that OG Organics Big Bud does not contain paclobutrazol, daminozide or other banned plant growth regulators.
Advanced Nutrients Jungle Juice Micro 3-Part Base Nutrient – 1L
595
£5.95
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Advanced Nutrients Jungle Juice Micro 3-Part Base Nutrient – 1L
595
£5.95
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
The Micro component of Advanced Nutrients Jungle Juice Grow, Micro & Bloom – a flexible three-part base nutrient system for hydroponics, coco and soil growing.
Advanced Nutrients Jungle Juice Micro forms the micronutrient-focused part of the Jungle Juice Grow, Micro and Bloom three-part feeding system. Used alongside Jungle Juice Grow and Bloom, it helps provide the balanced macro, secondary and micronutrient nutrition required from early establishment through vegetative growth and flowering.
Unlike pH Perfect Grow, Micro and Bloom, Jungle Juice uses different proportions of its three components as the crop develops. Micro starts at a low concentration for young plants, increases during establishment and then remains at approximately 2.64ml/L through established vegetative growth, transition and flowering.
This allows Grow and Bloom to be adjusted around a relatively consistent Micro contribution. Grow is emphasised during vegetative development, while Bloom increases as plants move into flowering.
Jungle Juice is not a pH Perfect nutrient system, so reservoir pH should be measured and adjusted after the complete nutrient solution has been mixed.
Why choose Advanced Nutrients Jungle Juice Micro?
- Three-part base nutrient component – designed to work alongside Jungle Juice Grow and Bloom.
- Used throughout the crop cycle – Micro remains part of the programme from early establishment through vegetative growth and flowering.
- Stage-specific feeding – the proportions of Grow, Micro and Bloom change as crop requirements develop.
- Consistent established-plant Micro rate – approximately 2.64ml/L through established vegetative growth, transition and flowering.
- Flexible three-part nutrition – allows the Grow and Bloom components to be adjusted around the crop's development.
- Hydroponics compatible – suitable for hydroponic cultivation and recirculating systems.
- Coco compatible – suitable for crops grown in coco coir.
- Suitable for soil – the Jungle Juice programme can also be used with soil-grown crops.
- Clear mixing sequence – Micro is added to the water first, followed by Grow and then Bloom.
- 1L format – a practical size for smaller and medium-volume nutrient reservoirs.
What is Jungle Juice Micro suitable for?
Jungle Juice Micro is designed for use as part of the complete Jungle Juice three-part base nutrient programme. It is suitable from propagation and early establishment through vegetative development, transition and flowering.
Rather than applying Grow, Micro and Bloom at the same concentration throughout the crop cycle, the Jungle Juice programme changes their proportions according to crop stage. During established vegetative growth, Grow takes the largest share. As flowering develops, the Grow concentration falls while Bloom increases, with Micro providing a more consistent nutritional contribution.
Jungle Juice can be used with hydroponics, coco coir and soil-based growing. Because the range does not incorporate pH Perfect technology, pH should be measured after the full nutrient solution has been prepared and adjusted for the chosen growing medium.
How to use Advanced Nutrients Jungle Juice Micro
Always use Jungle Juice Micro as part of the Jungle Juice Grow + Micro + Bloom three-part base nutrient programme.
For propagation and very young plants, use approximately 0.33ml/L of Micro. Increase to approximately 1.32ml/L as young plants become established. During established vegetative growth, use approximately 2.64ml/L.
Continue Micro at approximately 2.64ml/L as the crop transitions into flowering and throughout the active flowering phase. The Grow and Bloom components change around this Micro rate according to crop stage, so all three bottles should be measured individually.
When preparing the reservoir, start with water and add Micro first. Mix thoroughly before adding Grow, mix again, then add Bloom. Never combine the concentrated Grow, Micro and Bloom products together before dilution.
Jungle Juice is not pH Perfect. Once all nutrients and supplements have been added and thoroughly mixed, measure the nutrient solution and make any required pH adjustment for the growing medium.
Advanced Nutrients Jungle Juice Micro 1L product details
| Product | Advanced Nutrients Jungle Juice Micro |
|---|---|
| Product type | Three-part liquid base nutrient component |
| Product size | 1L |
| Format | Liquid concentrate |
| Nutrient system | Jungle Juice Grow + Micro + Bloom |
| Propagation & seedlings | Approximately 0.33ml/L Micro |
| Young plants | Approximately 1.32ml/L Micro |
| Established vegetative growth | Approximately 2.64ml/L Micro |
| Transition | Approximately 2.64ml/L Micro |
| Flowering | Approximately 2.64ml/L Micro |
| Mixing order | Micro first, Grow second, Bloom last |
| Concentrate mixing | Never mix the concentrated components together |
| pH Perfect technology | No – measure & adjust reservoir pH after mixing |
| Hydroponics | Suitable |
| Coco coir | Suitable |
| Soil | Suitable |
| Outer case quantity | 12 x 1L bottles |
Advanced Nutrients Jungle Juice Micro FAQs
What is Advanced Nutrients Jungle Juice Micro?
Jungle Juice Micro is one component of the Advanced Nutrients Jungle Juice Grow, Micro and Bloom three-part base nutrient system. It is used throughout the crop cycle alongside the Grow and Bloom components.
Can I use Jungle Juice Micro on its own?
No. Jungle Juice Micro is designed as one part of a three-component base nutrient programme. Use it with Jungle Juice Grow and Jungle Juice Bloom to provide the intended complete nutritional profile.
Is Jungle Juice Micro the same as pH Perfect Micro?
No. They belong to different Advanced Nutrients base nutrient systems. Jungle Juice uses its own stage-specific Grow, Micro and Bloom ratios and does not incorporate pH Perfect technology.
Do Jungle Juice Grow, Micro and Bloom use equal amounts?
Not once plants become established. The three components are adjusted independently as the crop develops. Grow is emphasised during vegetative growth, while Bloom increases during flowering and Micro remains comparatively consistent.
How much Jungle Juice Micro should I use per litre?
Use approximately 0.33ml/L for propagation and seedlings, 1.32ml/L as young plants establish and approximately 2.64ml/L during established vegetative growth, transition and flowering.
How much Jungle Juice Micro do I need for 10 litres?
At the established-plant rate of 2.64ml/L, use approximately 26.4ml of Jungle Juice Micro for a 10L reservoir.
How much Jungle Juice Micro do I need for 50 litres?
At 2.64ml/L, use approximately 132ml of Jungle Juice Micro for a 50L reservoir.
How much Jungle Juice Micro do I need for 100 litres?
At 2.64ml/L, use approximately 264ml of Jungle Juice Micro for a 100L reservoir.
How much nutrient solution will 1L of Jungle Juice Micro make?
At the established-plant Micro rate of approximately 2.64ml/L, a 1L bottle provides enough Micro for roughly 379 litres of nutrient solution. Jungle Juice Grow and Bloom are also required at their crop-stage-specific rates.
What order should I mix Jungle Juice Grow, Micro and Bloom?
Add Jungle Juice Micro to the reservoir water first and mix thoroughly. Add Grow second and mix again, followed by Bloom. Each concentrate should be diluted into the reservoir separately.
Can I mix Jungle Juice concentrates together before adding them to water?
No. Never premix the concentrated Grow, Micro and Bloom components. Add each product separately to the water and mix thoroughly between additions.
Is Jungle Juice pH Perfect?
No. Jungle Juice does not use Advanced Nutrients' pH Perfect technology. Measure the reservoir pH after the complete feed has been mixed and make any required adjustment for your growing medium.
Can Jungle Juice Micro be used in hydroponics?
Yes. Jungle Juice Grow, Micro and Bloom can be used as a three-part base nutrient programme for hydroponic crops.
Can Jungle Juice Micro be used in coco?
Yes. The Jungle Juice three-part programme is suitable for coco coir as well as hydroponic growing.
Can Jungle Juice Micro be used in soil?
Yes. Jungle Juice can also be used with soil-grown crops, with the nutrient solution managed appropriately for the medium.
Do I use Jungle Juice Micro during flowering?
Yes. Micro continues throughout flowering. Its concentration remains approximately 2.64ml/L while the proportions of Jungle Juice Grow and Bloom change to reflect the crop's flowering-stage requirements.
Advanced Nutrients Jungle Juice Bloom 3-Part Base Nutrient – 1L
495
£4.95
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Advanced Nutrients Jungle Juice Bloom 3-Part Base Nutrient – 1L
495
£4.95
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
The 0-5-4 Bloom component of Advanced Nutrients Jungle Juice Grow, Micro & Bloom – a flexible three-part base nutrient system that lets growers adjust nutrient ratios as crops move from vegetative growth into flowering.
Advanced Nutrients Jungle Juice Bloom forms the phosphorus and potassium-focused part of the Jungle Juice Grow, Micro and Bloom three-part base nutrient system. Used alongside Jungle Juice Grow and Micro, it contributes to complete crop nutrition from early vegetative development right through active flowering.
With an NPK analysis of 0-5-4, Jungle Juice Bloom provides phosphorus and potassium without adding further nitrogen. Its concentration remains relatively low during vegetative development, then increases as the crop moves into flowering and demand shifts towards floral development.
Unlike a fixed-ratio three-part feed, Jungle Juice gives growers greater control over the proportions of Grow, Micro and Bloom. Grow is emphasised during vegetative development, while Bloom becomes the higher-dose component once flowering is established.
Jungle Juice does not use pH Perfect technology. This makes it a particularly useful option for growers who prefer direct control over their nutrient ratios and reservoir management.
Why choose Advanced Nutrients Jungle Juice Bloom?
- 0-5-4 Bloom formula – supplies phosphorus and potassium without adding further nitrogen.
- Three-part base nutrient component – formulated to work alongside Jungle Juice Grow and Micro.
- Used before flowering begins – Bloom remains part of the complete feed during vegetative development rather than being introduced only at flowering.
- Flowering-focused ratios – the Bloom concentration increases as plants move from transition into established flowering.
- Up to 3.96ml/L during active flowering – becomes the highest-dose Jungle Juice component through the main flower-building phase.
- Customisable three-part nutrition – lets growers alter Grow, Micro and Bloom proportions according to crop stage.
- Hydroponics compatible – developed for diverse hydroponic growing media.
- Coco coir safe – suitable for coco-based cultivation.
- Continuous liquid-feed compatible – suitable for aeroponics, drip irrigation, NFT, flood & drain and DWC.
- 1L format – a practical size for small and medium-volume nutrient reservoirs.
What is Jungle Juice Bloom suitable for?
Jungle Juice Bloom is designed for growers using the complete Jungle Juice Grow, Micro and Bloom three-part nutrient programme. Although its 0-5-4 profile becomes increasingly important during flowering, Bloom is used throughout vegetative development as well.
During early vegetative establishment, all three Jungle Juice components begin at low concentrations. As vegetative growth becomes established, Grow takes the larger share while Bloom remains at 1.32ml/L. Around transition and initial flowering, the Bloom concentration increases to 2.64ml/L before rising to 3.96ml/L once active flowering is established.
The system is particularly useful where growers want more control over nutrient ratios rather than a fixed-ratio three-part programme. Jungle Juice is designed for diverse hydroponic growing media and continuous liquid-feed systems, and is also identified by Advanced Nutrients as coco coir safe.
How to use Advanced Nutrients Jungle Juice Bloom
Use Jungle Juice Bloom as part of the complete Jungle Juice Grow + Micro + Bloom three-part base nutrient programme. The three components are adjusted independently as the crop develops.
During early vegetative establishment, begin with approximately 0.33ml/L of Bloom. Increase to 1.32ml/L as young plants establish and maintain approximately 1.32ml/L through established vegetative growth.
As plants transition into flowering and begin setting flowers, increase Bloom to approximately 2.64ml/L. Once active flowering is established, increase to approximately 3.96ml/L and continue at this rate through the main and later flowering phases.
Stop using Jungle Juice Bloom for the final flush.
When preparing a reservoir, add each Jungle Juice component to the water separately and mix thoroughly between additions. Never combine concentrated Grow, Micro and Bloom together before dilution.
Jungle Juice does not use pH Perfect technology. Once the complete nutrient solution has been prepared and thoroughly mixed, manage the reservoir pH according to the growing medium and crop requirements.
Advanced Nutrients Jungle Juice Bloom 1L product details
| Product | Advanced Nutrients Jungle Juice Bloom |
|---|---|
| Product type | Three-part liquid base nutrient component |
| Product size | 1L |
| Format | Liquid concentrate |
| NPK | 0-5-4 |
| Nutrient system | Jungle Juice Grow + Micro + Bloom |
| Early vegetative establishment | Approximately 0.33ml/L Bloom |
| Developing vegetative growth | Approximately 1.32ml/L Bloom |
| Established vegetative growth | Approximately 1.32ml/L Bloom |
| Transition & early flowering | Approximately 2.64ml/L Bloom |
| Active & later flowering | Approximately 3.96ml/L Bloom |
| Final flush | Do not apply |
| pH Perfect technology | No |
| Hydroponics | Suitable |
| Coco coir | Suitable |
| Suitable liquid-feed systems | Aeroponics, drip irrigation, NFT, flood & drain & DWC |
| Outer case quantity | 12 x 1L bottles |
Advanced Nutrients Jungle Juice Bloom FAQs
What is Advanced Nutrients Jungle Juice Bloom?
Jungle Juice Bloom is the 0-5-4 Bloom component of Advanced Nutrients' Jungle Juice Grow, Micro and Bloom three-part liquid base nutrient system. It works alongside Grow and Micro throughout vegetative development and flowering.
What is the NPK of Jungle Juice Bloom?
Advanced Nutrients Jungle Juice Bloom has an NPK analysis of 0-5-4, providing phosphorus and potassium without adding further nitrogen.
Can Jungle Juice Bloom be used on its own?
No. Jungle Juice Bloom is one component of a three-part base nutrient system. Use it alongside Jungle Juice Grow and Micro to provide the intended complete feeding programme.
Do I use Jungle Juice Bloom during vegetative growth?
Yes. Jungle Juice Bloom is used at lower concentrations during vegetative development before its application rate increases as the crop moves into flowering.
When do I increase Jungle Juice Bloom?
Bloom is used at approximately 1.32ml/L during established vegetative growth. Increase it to approximately 2.64ml/L around transition and early flowering, then to approximately 3.96ml/L once active flowering is established.
How much Jungle Juice Bloom should I use per litre during flowering?
Use approximately 2.64ml/L during transition and initial flowering. Once active flowering is established, increase to approximately 3.96ml/L and continue through the main and later flowering phases.
How much Jungle Juice Bloom do I need for 10 litres?
At the established flowering rate of 3.96ml/L, use approximately 39.6ml of Jungle Juice Bloom for a 10L reservoir.
How much Jungle Juice Bloom do I need for 50 litres?
At 3.96ml/L, use approximately 198ml of Jungle Juice Bloom for a 50L reservoir.
How much Jungle Juice Bloom do I need for 100 litres?
At 3.96ml/L, use approximately 396ml of Jungle Juice Bloom for a 100L reservoir.
How much nutrient solution will 1L of Jungle Juice Bloom make?
At the established flowering rate of 3.96ml/L, a 1L bottle provides enough Jungle Juice Bloom for approximately 252 litres of nutrient solution. Jungle Juice Grow and Micro are also required at their respective crop-stage rates.
Is Jungle Juice Bloom a bloom booster?
Jungle Juice Bloom is the flowering-focused component of a complete three-part base nutrient system rather than a standalone bloom booster. It supplies part of the crop's base nutrition alongside Jungle Juice Grow and Micro.
Do Jungle Juice Grow, Micro and Bloom use equal amounts?
No. One of the main features of Jungle Juice is the ability to alter the proportions of its three components as crop requirements change. Grow is emphasised during vegetative development, while Bloom becomes the higher-dose component during established flowering.
Is Jungle Juice the same as pH Perfect Grow, Micro, Bloom?
No. Both are three-part Advanced Nutrients base nutrient systems, but Jungle Juice is designed around adjustable Grow, Micro and Bloom ratios and does not use pH Perfect technology.
Is Jungle Juice pH Perfect?
No. Jungle Juice does not incorporate Advanced Nutrients' pH Perfect technology. Reservoir pH management should therefore form part of the normal nutrient-solution management process.
Can Jungle Juice Bloom be used in hydroponics?
Yes. Jungle Juice is specifically designed for diverse hydroponic growing media and continuous liquid-feed systems.
Can Jungle Juice Bloom be used in coco?
Yes. Advanced Nutrients identifies the Jungle Juice Grow, Micro and Bloom system as coco coir safe.
Can Jungle Juice be used in DWC, NFT and drip systems?
Yes. Compatible systems include deep water culture, nutrient film technique, drip irrigation and emitters, aeroponics and flood and drain.
Does Jungle Juice contain banned PGRs?
Advanced Nutrients states that Jungle Juice does not contain paclobutrazol, daminozide or other banned plant growth regulators.
Advanced Nutrients Flawless Finish Flushing Agent – 5L
3995
£39.95
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Advanced Nutrients Flawless Finish Flushing Agent – 5L
3995
£39.95
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A specialist 0-0-0 flushing agent for the final finishing phase, formulated to help clear accumulated fertiliser salts and unwanted elemental ions before harvest.
Advanced Nutrients Flawless Finish is a premium finishing biostimulant and flushing agent designed for the point when active feeding has finished and the crop enters its final flush. Rather than adding another dose of NPK, its 0-0-0 formulation is used in place of the normal nutrient programme.
Flawless Finish uses a proprietary chelation system designed to bind unwanted elemental ions, including heavy metals, while stabilised chelates and magnesium sulphate help remove accumulated nitrates and sulphates. This makes it a purpose-built alternative to flushing with plain water alone.
Use Flawless Finish at 2ml/L consistently throughout the final flush phase. It is suitable for hydroponics, coco coir and regular watering, as well as continuous liquid-feed systems including DWC, NFT, aeroponics, drip irrigation and flood & drain.
The 5L container is particularly useful for larger reservoirs and commercial growing environments, providing enough concentrate to prepare approximately 2,500 litres of flushing solution at the recommended rate.
Why choose Advanced Nutrients Flawless Finish?
- Purpose-built flushing agent – specifically formulated for the final finishing and flush phase.
- 0-0-0 formula – adds no further nitrogen, phosphorus or potassium during the final flush.
- Chelation technology – uses chelates designed to capture and bind unwanted elemental ions.
- Targets fertiliser residues – formulated to help clear accumulated fertiliser salts from the root zone.
- Stabilised chelates & magnesium sulphate – used within the formula to help remove accumulated nitrates and sulphates.
- Simple 2ml/L application rate – easy to calculate for small tanks through to commercial reservoirs.
- Used throughout the flush – designed for consistent application during the final flushing phase rather than as a one-off rinse.
- Hydroponics compatible – suitable for diverse hydroponic growing media.
- Coco coir safe – suitable for crops grown in coco.
- Compatible with major irrigation systems – suitable for DWC, NFT, aeroponics, drip irrigation and flood & drain.
When should Flawless Finish be used?
Flawless Finish is intended for the final flush after the normal nutrient programme has finished. The exact point at which this happens should follow crop maturity rather than assuming every crop has the same flowering duration.
Once the crop reaches its finishing and flushing stage, replace the normal nutrient feed with Flawless Finish at 2ml/L. Continue using the prepared flushing solution consistently throughout the complete flush period.
Flawless Finish can also be used for a corrective mini-flush where excessive fertiliser salts have accumulated within the root zone. This provides growers with another way to manage overfertilisation before returning to the appropriate feeding programme.
It is suitable for indoor and outdoor cultivation, regular watering, hydroponics and coco coir. Advanced Nutrients also specifies compatibility with pH Perfect base nutrients, non-pH Perfect nutrients and compatible third-party nutrient programmes.
How to use Advanced Nutrients Flawless Finish
During the final flush, use 2ml of Flawless Finish per litre of water. Apply the prepared solution consistently throughout the complete flushing phase rather than using it only for the first or final watering.
For 10L of flushing solution, use 20ml. For 50L, use 100ml. For 100L, use 200ml. For a 500L reservoir, use 1L. For a 1,000L reservoir, use 2L.
At the recommended 2ml/L application rate, a full 5L container prepares approximately 2,500 litres of flushing solution.
For soil and container-grown crops, apply the prepared solution during watering and aim for approximately 20% runoff from the bottom of the container during each flushing application.
Flawless Finish replaces the normal nutrient programme during the final flush. It is not a complete fertiliser, base nutrient or additional late-flowering feed.
Advanced Nutrients Flawless Finish 5L product details
| Product | Advanced Nutrients Flawless Finish |
|---|---|
| Product type | Finishing biostimulant & flushing agent |
| Product size | 5L |
| Format | Liquid concentrate |
| NPK | 0-0-0 |
| Application rate | 2ml/L |
| Application stage | Final finishing & flush phase |
| Application frequency | Consistently throughout the complete flush phase |
| Key technology | Chelation-based flushing formula |
| Formula components | Proprietary chelation technology, stabilised chelates & magnesium sulphate |
| 10L solution | 20ml |
| 50L solution | 100ml |
| 100L solution | 200ml |
| 500L solution | 1L |
| 1,000L solution | 2L |
| Approximate solution from 5L | 2,500L at 2ml/L |
| Hydroponics | Suitable |
| Coco coir | Suitable |
| Regular watering | Suitable |
| Suitable liquid-feed systems | Aeroponics, drip irrigation, NFT, flood & drain & DWC |
| Base nutrient compatibility | pH Perfect, non-pH Perfect & compatible third-party nutrient programmes |
| Outer case quantity | 4 x 5L containers |
Advanced Nutrients Flawless Finish FAQs
What is Advanced Nutrients Flawless Finish?
Flawless Finish is a specialist finishing biostimulant and flushing agent. It is designed for the final flush phase to help manage accumulated fertiliser salts and unwanted elemental ions before harvest.
Is Flawless Finish a fertiliser?
No. Flawless Finish has an NPK analysis of 0-0-0 and is used as a flushing and finishing product rather than a base nutrient or fertiliser.
What does Flawless Finish do?
Flawless Finish uses chelation technology designed to bind unwanted elemental ions during the final flush. Its formulation also uses stabilised chelates and magnesium sulphate to help remove accumulated nitrates and sulphates.
When should I use Flawless Finish?
Use Flawless Finish once the crop reaches its final finishing and flushing stage and the normal nutrient programme has ended. Crop maturity should determine the start of the flush rather than relying on the same fixed flowering week for every crop.
How much Flawless Finish should I use per litre?
Use 2ml of Advanced Nutrients Flawless Finish per litre of water throughout the final flush phase.
Do I use Flawless Finish once or throughout the flush?
Use Flawless Finish consistently throughout the complete flushing period. It is not intended simply as a single final rinse.
How much Flawless Finish do I need for 10 litres?
Use 20ml of Flawless Finish to prepare 10 litres of flushing solution at the recommended 2ml/L rate.
How much Flawless Finish do I need for 50 litres?
Use 100ml of Flawless Finish for 50 litres of flushing solution.
How much Flawless Finish do I need for 100 litres?
Use 200ml of Flawless Finish for 100 litres of flushing solution.
How much Flawless Finish do I need for a 500L reservoir?
Use 1 litre of Flawless Finish for a 500L reservoir at the recommended 2ml/L application rate.
How much Flawless Finish do I need for a 1,000L reservoir?
Use 2 litres of Flawless Finish to prepare a 1,000L reservoir at the recommended application rate.
How much flushing solution will 5L of Flawless Finish make?
A 5L container prepares approximately 2,500 litres of flushing solution when used at the recommended 2ml/L rate.
Can Flawless Finish be used in hydroponics?
Yes. Flawless Finish is designed for diverse hydroponic growing media and continuous liquid-feed systems.
Can Flawless Finish be used in coco?
Yes. Advanced Nutrients identifies Flawless Finish as safe for use with coco coir.
Can Flawless Finish be used with soil-grown plants?
Yes. For container-grown crops, apply the prepared flushing solution during watering and aim for approximately 20% runoff from the bottom of the container.
Can Flawless Finish be used in DWC?
Yes. Deep water culture is one of the continuous liquid-feed systems specifically identified by Advanced Nutrients as compatible with Flawless Finish.
Can Flawless Finish be used in NFT?
Yes. Flawless Finish is suitable for nutrient film technique systems as well as aeroponics, drip irrigation, flood & drain and DWC.
Can I use Flawless Finish with pH Perfect nutrients?
Yes. Flawless Finish is compatible with Advanced Nutrients pH Perfect base nutrients as well as non-pH Perfect base nutrient and supplement programmes.
Can Flawless Finish be used with other nutrient brands?
Yes. Advanced Nutrients states that Flawless Finish is compatible with competitor base nutrients and supplements as well as its own feeding programmes.
Can Flawless Finish help with excess fertiliser salts before the final flush?
Yes. Flawless Finish can also be used as a corrective mini-flush where excessive fertiliser salts have accumulated within the root zone. Once conditions have been corrected, the appropriate feeding programme can resume.
Does Flawless Finish contain banned PGRs?
Advanced Nutrients states that it does not use paclobutrazol, daminozide or other banned plant growth regulators in Flawless Finish.
How many 5L containers are in a full outer case?
A full outer case contains 4 x 5L containers. Individual 5L containers can still be ordered separately.
Aptus Topbooster Organic Bloom & Maturation Booster – 500ml
2000
£20.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Aptus Topbooster Organic Bloom & Maturation Booster – 500ml
2000
£20.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A highly concentrated 100% organic bloom and maturation booster designed to support flowering, fruit development, natural flavour and final crop quality at just 2ml per 10L.
Aptus Topbooster is a concentrated flowering biostimulant developed to support plants through the main bloom and maturation stages. Rather than acting as a base fertiliser, it is added alongside an appropriate NPK feeding programme to stimulate the natural processes involved in flower and fruit development.
Its formulation combines L-amino acids, polysaccharides, naturally derived flowering stimulants, fermentation-produced vitamin complexes and trace elements including boron, iron and molybdenum. Together, these components support flower formation and maturation while helping plants make effective use of the nutrition already available to them.
Aptus also uses Topbooster to support the transition between different stages of plant development. During flowering, its amino acids contribute to floral development and maturation, while polysaccharides support nutrient uptake and beneficial microbial populations within the growing medium.
Topbooster is exceptionally concentrated. The standard application rate is just 2ml per 10 litres of water, meaning a 500ml bottle can prepare approximately 2,500 litres of feed solution at the standard rate.
Why choose Aptus Topbooster?
- 100% organic bloom booster – formulated with organic active ingredients to support flowering and maturation.
- Highly concentrated – the standard application rate is just 2ml per 10L of water.
- Supports flowering & maturation – developed for use through almost the complete flowering phase.
- L-amino acids – support floral development and maturation.
- Polysaccharides – provide sugars that support nutrient uptake and microbial populations in the growing medium.
- Trace element support – contains boron, iron and molybdenum.
- Natural flowering stimulants – supports the plant's natural flowering response.
- Fermentation-derived vitamins – includes vitamin complexes produced through natural fermentation.
- Supports final crop quality – formulated to promote fibres, resins and sugars while supporting natural flavour and appearance.
- Excellent concentrate economy – a 500ml bottle prepares approximately 2,500L at the standard 1:5000 dilution.
What is Aptus Topbooster suitable for?
Topbooster is designed for flowering and fruiting crops that have moved beyond vegetative growth and are entering their reproductive stage. Aptus recommends using it through almost the complete bloom phase alongside an appropriate base NPK fertiliser.
In crop-stage terms, introduce Topbooster once the initial flowering transition has passed and flowering is becoming established. Continue through active flowering, fruit or flower development and maturation, stopping before the final flush.
Topbooster can be incorporated into Aptus feeding programmes or used alongside another suitable base NPK fertiliser. This makes it a flexible flowering additive for growers who want the benefits of the Aptus biostimulant programme without necessarily changing their complete base feed.
How to use Aptus Topbooster
Use 2ml of Topbooster per 10 litres of water, equivalent to 0.2ml/L or a 1:5000 dilution. Aptus recommends application through almost the complete flowering phase, beginning once flowering is established and continuing through maturation before the final flush.
For 10L of solution, use 2ml. For 50L, use 10ml. For 100L, use 20ml. For a 500L reservoir, use 100ml. For 1,000L, use 200ml.
At the standard 2ml per 10L rate, a 500ml bottle prepares approximately 2,500 litres of nutrient solution.
Aptus also publishes an advanced feeding programme in which Topbooster is progressively increased through flowering. This rises from 2.5ml per 10L during early flowering to 3ml per 10L during active flowering and 4ml per 10L during maturation. The manufacturer specifies this higher-intensity programme for healthy, vigorous plants rather than as the standard starting rate.
Topbooster is an organic product. When using it in drip irrigation, organic material can increase the risk of biofilm and blocked drippers. Aptus recommends using System-Clean alongside Topbooster in drip systems and advises against leaving diluted Topbooster in a reservoir for longer than 2 – 3 days.
Topbooster is an additive rather than a complete base nutrient. Use it alongside an appropriate NPK fertiliser throughout the recommended flowering stages.
Aptus Topbooster 500ml product details
| Product | Aptus Topbooster |
|---|---|
| Product type | Organic bloom & maturation booster |
| Product size | 500ml |
| Format | Concentrated liquid |
| Organic formulation | 100% organic |
| Standard application rate | 2ml per 10L |
| Application rate per litre | 0.2ml/L |
| Dilution | 1:5000 |
| Application stage | Established flowering through active flowering & maturation |
| Key components | L-amino acids, polysaccharides, natural flowering stimulants & fermentation-derived vitamin complexes |
| Trace elements | Boron (B), iron (Fe) & molybdenum (Mo) |
| 10L solution | 2ml |
| 50L solution | 10ml |
| 100L solution | 20ml |
| 500L solution | 100ml |
| 1,000L solution | 200ml |
| Approximate solution from 500ml | 2,500L at the standard rate |
| Base nutrient requirement | Use alongside an appropriate NPK base fertiliser |
| Drip irrigation | Use with Aptus System-Clean to help manage organic build-up |
| Reservoir guidance | Do not leave diluted Topbooster in the reservoir for more than 2 – 3 days |
Aptus Topbooster FAQs
What is Aptus Topbooster?
Aptus Topbooster is a highly concentrated organic bloom and maturation booster. It is designed to complement a base NPK fertiliser and support plants through flowering, fruit development and maturation.
Is Aptus Topbooster organic?
Yes. Aptus describes Topbooster as a 100% organic product containing naturally derived active ingredients.
What does Aptus Topbooster contain?
Topbooster contains L-amino acids, polysaccharides, natural flowering stimulants, fermentation-derived vitamin complexes and the trace elements boron, iron and molybdenum.
What does Aptus Topbooster do?
Topbooster supports the complete flowering and maturation process. Its formulation is designed to support floral development, nutrient uptake, microbial populations and the production of fibres, resins and sugars associated with crop development and final quality.
How much Aptus Topbooster should I use?
The standard Aptus rate is 2ml per 10 litres of water, equivalent to 0.2ml/L or a 1:5000 dilution.
How much Topbooster do I need for 50 litres?
At the standard rate, use 10ml of Aptus Topbooster for 50 litres of nutrient solution.
How much Topbooster do I need for 100 litres?
Use 20ml of Topbooster for a 100L reservoir at the standard 2ml per 10L application rate.
How much Topbooster do I need for a 500L reservoir?
Use 100ml of Topbooster for a 500L reservoir at the standard rate.
How much nutrient solution will 500ml of Aptus Topbooster make?
At the standard 0.2ml/L application rate, a 500ml bottle prepares approximately 2,500 litres of nutrient solution.
When should I start using Aptus Topbooster?
Introduce Topbooster once the crop has moved through its initial flowering transition and flowering is becoming established. Continue through active flowering and maturation, stopping before the final flush.
Can I increase the Topbooster dosage?
Yes. Aptus states that the dosage can be increased for healthy, vigorous plants. Its higher-intensity programme progressively increases Topbooster through flowering, reaching up to 4ml per 10L during maturation.
Is Aptus Topbooster a base nutrient?
No. Topbooster is a flowering additive and biostimulant. Use it alongside an appropriate NPK base fertiliser rather than as the plant's sole source of nutrition.
Can Aptus Topbooster be used with other base nutrients?
Yes. Aptus states that Topbooster should be used alongside a base NPK fertiliser, so it does not depend on Aptus All-in-One Liquid being the base feed.
Can Aptus Topbooster be used in drip irrigation?
Yes, but Topbooster is organic and can increase the risk of organic build-up in drip irrigation systems. Aptus recommends using System-Clean alongside Topbooster when feeding through drip lines.
How long can mixed Aptus Topbooster stay in a reservoir?
Aptus recommends not leaving diluted Topbooster in a reservoir for longer than 2 – 3 days because organic biofilm can develop and increase the risk of blocked irrigation lines.
Does Aptus Topbooster support beneficial microbes?
Yes. The polysaccharides within Topbooster are designed to support both nutrient uptake and microbial populations within the growing medium.
Aptus Topbooster Organic Bloom & Maturation Booster – 250ml
1000
£10.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Aptus Topbooster Organic Bloom & Maturation Booster – 250ml
1000
£10.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A highly concentrated 100% organic bloom and maturation booster designed to support flowering, fruit development and final crop quality at just 2ml per 10L.
Aptus Topbooster is a concentrated flowering biostimulant developed to support plants through established flowering and maturation. It works alongside a base NPK fertiliser rather than replacing it, providing a carefully selected combination of organic compounds and trace elements during one of the most demanding stages of crop development.
The formula combines L-amino acids and polysaccharides with boron, iron and molybdenum, natural flowering stimulants and vitamin complexes produced through natural fermentation. Aptus uses this combination to support floral development and maturation while encouraging efficient nutrient uptake and beneficial microbial activity around the root zone.
Topbooster is also designed to support the natural production of fibres, resins and sugars as flowering develops, helping growers focus not simply on crop size but on the quality, appearance and natural characteristics of the finished crop.
Because the formula is highly concentrated, very little product is required. At the standard 2ml per 10L rate, a 250ml bottle provides enough concentrate to prepare approximately 1,250 litres of nutrient solution.
Why choose Aptus Topbooster?
- 100% organic formulation – a concentrated organic bloom and maturation stimulator.
- Exceptionally concentrated – the standard application rate is only 2ml per 10L of water.
- Supports flowering & maturation – designed for use through almost the complete flowering phase.
- Contains L-amino acids – used to support floral development and maturation.
- Rich in polysaccharides – sugars help support nutrient uptake and beneficial microbial populations.
- Trace element support – supplies boron, iron and molybdenum.
- Natural flowering stimulants – formulated to support the plant's natural flowering response.
- Fermentation-derived vitamin complexes – included to support processes involved in plant development.
- Supports final crop quality – designed to encourage fibres, resins and sugars while supporting natural flavour and appearance.
- Excellent concentrate economy – 250ml prepares approximately 1,250L at the standard rate.
What is Aptus Topbooster suitable for?
Aptus Topbooster is intended for flowering and fruiting crops once they have moved beyond vegetative development and into established flowering. It is used as an additive alongside an appropriate NPK base fertiliser rather than as a standalone feed.
In crop-stage terms, introduce Topbooster once the initial flowering transition has passed and flowering is becoming established. Continue through active flower or fruit development and maturation, stopping before the final flushing stage.
Topbooster can be incorporated into a complete Aptus feeding programme or used alongside another appropriate NPK base fertiliser. Its concentrated formulation makes the 250ml bottle particularly practical for smaller reservoirs and growers who want to introduce Topbooster without moving straight to a larger pack size.
How to use Aptus Topbooster
Use 2ml of Aptus Topbooster per 10 litres of water, equivalent to 0.2ml/L or a dilution of 1:5000. Introduce it once flowering is established and continue through active flowering and maturation before the final flush.
For 10L of nutrient solution, use 2ml. For 50L, use 10ml. For 100L, use 20ml. For a 500L reservoir, use 100ml. For 1,000L, use 200ml.
At the standard 2ml per 10L application rate, a 250ml bottle prepares approximately 1,250 litres of nutrient solution.
Aptus states that Topbooster can also be increased gradually for healthy, vigorous crops, from the standard 2ml up to a maximum of 4ml per 10L as flowering and maturation progress. The standard 2ml per 10L rate remains the appropriate starting point.
Topbooster is a 100% organic product. In drip irrigation systems, organic material can increase the risk of biofilm and blocked drippers, so Aptus recommends using System-Clean alongside Topbooster.
Do not leave diluted Topbooster standing in a reservoir for longer than 2 – 3 days. Prepare fresh nutrient solution regularly to reduce organic biofilm build-up within irrigation equipment.
Topbooster is a flowering additive rather than a complete base nutrient. Always use it alongside an appropriate NPK fertiliser.
Aptus Topbooster 250ml product details
| Product | Aptus Topbooster |
|---|---|
| Product type | Organic bloom & maturation booster |
| Product size | 250ml |
| Format | Highly concentrated liquid |
| Organic formulation | 100% organic |
| Standard application rate | 2ml per 10L |
| Application rate per litre | 0.2ml/L |
| Standard dilution | 1:5000 |
| Higher-intensity application | Can be progressively increased up to 4ml per 10L for healthy, vigorous crops |
| Application stage | Established flowering through active flowering & maturation |
| Key components | L-amino acids, polysaccharides, natural flowering stimulants & fermentation-derived vitamin complexes |
| Trace elements | Boron (B), iron (Fe) & molybdenum (Mo) |
| 10L solution | 2ml |
| 50L solution | 10ml |
| 100L solution | 20ml |
| 500L solution | 100ml |
| 1,000L solution | 200ml |
| Approximate solution from 250ml | 1,250L at the standard rate |
| Base nutrient requirement | Use alongside an appropriate NPK base fertiliser |
| Drip irrigation | Use alongside Aptus System-Clean to help manage organic build-up |
| Mixed reservoir guidance | Do not leave diluted Topbooster in the reservoir for more than 2 – 3 days |
Aptus Topbooster FAQs
What is Aptus Topbooster?
Aptus Topbooster is a highly concentrated organic bloom and maturation booster. It complements an NPK base fertiliser and is designed to support flowering, fruit development and maturation.
Is Aptus Topbooster organic?
Yes. Aptus describes Topbooster as a 100% organic product containing naturally derived active ingredients.
What is in Aptus Topbooster?
Topbooster contains L-amino acids, polysaccharides, boron, iron, molybdenum, natural flowering stimulants and vitamin complexes produced through natural fermentation.
What does Aptus Topbooster do?
Topbooster supports the flowering and maturation process. Its formulation is designed to assist floral development, nutrient uptake and beneficial microbial populations while encouraging the fibres, resins and sugars associated with crop development and final quality.
How much Aptus Topbooster should I use?
The standard Aptus application rate is 2ml per 10 litres of water. This is equivalent to 0.2ml/L or a 1:5000 dilution.
How much Topbooster do I need for 50 litres?
Use 10ml of Topbooster for 50 litres of nutrient solution at the standard application rate.
How much Topbooster do I need for 100 litres?
Use 20ml of Topbooster for a 100L reservoir at the standard rate.
How much Topbooster do I need for a 500L reservoir?
Use 100ml of Topbooster for a 500L reservoir at the standard 2ml per 10L application rate.
How much nutrient solution will 250ml of Aptus Topbooster make?
At the standard 0.2ml/L application rate, a 250ml bottle prepares approximately 1,250 litres of nutrient solution.
When should I start using Aptus Topbooster?
Introduce Topbooster once the initial flowering transition has passed and flowering is becoming established. Continue through active flowering and maturation before stopping for the final flush.
Can I increase the Aptus Topbooster dosage?
Yes. Aptus states that healthy, vigorous plants can receive a progressively higher dose, increasing from the standard 2ml up to 4ml per 10L as the flowering cycle progresses.
Is Aptus Topbooster a PK booster?
Topbooster is primarily a bloom and maturation biostimulant rather than Aptus's dedicated PK fertiliser. Its formulation centres on amino acids, polysaccharides, trace elements, natural flowering stimulants and vitamin complexes.
Is Aptus Topbooster a base nutrient?
No. Topbooster is an additive. Aptus specifies that it should be used alongside an appropriate NPK base fertiliser.
Can Aptus Topbooster be used with other base nutrients?
Yes. Topbooster can be incorporated alongside an appropriate NPK base fertiliser, so growers do not need to use it exclusively with an Aptus base nutrient.
Can Aptus Topbooster be used in drip irrigation?
Yes, but because Topbooster is organic, Aptus recommends using System-Clean alongside it in drip irrigation systems to help manage the risk of organic build-up and blocked lines.
How long can mixed Aptus Topbooster stay in a reservoir?
Do not leave diluted Topbooster in the reservoir for longer than 2 – 3 days. Aptus gives this guidance to reduce organic biofilm build-up and the risk of blocked irrigation lines.
Does Aptus Topbooster contain sugars?
Yes. Topbooster contains polysaccharides. Aptus explains that these sugars support nutrient uptake and beneficial microbial populations, and its FAQ states that additional sugars are not required when using Topbooster.
What is the difference between Aptus Topbooster and Super-PK?
Topbooster is an organic bloom and maturation biostimulant based around amino acids, polysaccharides, trace elements, flowering stimulants and vitamins. Super-PK is Aptus's concentrated phosphorus and potassium flowering product, so the two perform different roles within an Aptus feeding programme.
Aptus System-Clean Irrigation System Cleaner – 1L
1000
£10.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Aptus System-Clean Irrigation System Cleaner – 1L
1000
£10.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A highly concentrated irrigation system cleaner that helps prevent biofilm, nutrient deposits and blocked drip lines while keeping water, oxygen and nutrients moving freely through the system.
Aptus System-Clean is a concentrated irrigation cleaner developed to keep nutrient tanks, pipework, drippers and irrigation systems operating efficiently throughout the crop cycle. It is particularly useful where nutrient residues and organic additives can contribute to biofilm and deposits inside irrigation equipment.
Unabsorbed nutrients can accumulate within irrigation systems, encouraging biofilm and creating conditions in which unwanted microbial activity can develop. System-Clean acts as a powerful oxidiser to help control this build-up before it restricts water and nutrient delivery.
Keeping irrigation pathways clean also helps water, dissolved oxygen and nutrients reach the root zone more effectively. This makes System-Clean particularly valuable in drip irrigation and other systems where narrow pipework, emitters and drippers are vulnerable to gradual blockage.
The Aptus Holland UK programme uses System-Clean at just 2.5ml per 10 litres of water. At this concentration, a 1L bottle is sufficient for approximately 4,000 litres of nutrient solution.
Why use Aptus System-Clean?
- Helps keep irrigation lines clean – designed to prevent deposits and blockages developing inside irrigation equipment.
- Controls biofilm build-up – helps prevent nutrient residues from contributing to biological deposits within the system.
- Supports efficient nutrient delivery – clean irrigation pathways allow water and dissolved nutrients to move freely towards the root zone.
- Supports oxygen availability – Aptus identifies increased oxygen around the root area as one of the benefits of maintaining a clean irrigation system.
- Helps remove sources of pathogens – reduces the residues and biological build-up that can provide favourable conditions for unwanted microbes.
- Ideal for drip irrigation – particularly useful where small drippers and emitters are susceptible to blockages.
- Useful with organic Aptus additives – recommended within Aptus programmes using products such as Startbooster and Topbooster through drip systems.
- Highly concentrated – the Aptus Holland UK application rate is only 2.5ml per 10L.
- Excellent coverage – a 1L bottle treats approximately 4,000L of nutrient solution at the standard rate.
- Designed for ongoing system maintenance – can be incorporated into the feeding programme rather than waiting until irrigation lines have already become restricted.
What is Aptus System-Clean suitable for?
System-Clean is designed for irrigation systems where fertiliser residues, organic additives and biological deposits can gradually accumulate within tanks, pipes, drippers and other components.
It is particularly useful in drip irrigation systems. Narrow emitters can be vulnerable to organic biofilm and nutrient deposits, which can gradually restrict flow and cause uneven irrigation across a crop.
System-Clean also plays an important role when organic Aptus products are delivered through drip irrigation. Products such as Startbooster and Topbooster contain organic material, so Aptus recommends using System-Clean alongside them to help reduce the risk of organic build-up and blocked irrigation lines.
Rather than treating irrigation cleanliness as an occasional maintenance job, System-Clean allows growers to incorporate line hygiene into normal reservoir management throughout the crop cycle.
How to use Aptus System-Clean
Add 2.5ml of Aptus System-Clean per 10 litres of water, equivalent to 0.25ml/L. Aptus recommends adding it to the nutrient tank preferably just before each watering.
For 10L of nutrient solution, use 2.5ml. For 50L, use 12.5ml. For 100L, use 25ml. For a 500L reservoir, use 125ml. For 1,000L, use 250ml.
When preparing a nutrient tank, first mix the normal nutrient programme and adjust the pH. Add System-Clean last, after the pH has been adjusted.
Aptus states that System-Clean remains effective in the nutrient solution for a maximum of approximately 3 days. Where mixed nutrient solution remains in the reservoir for longer than this, add System-Clean again to the complete volume of water to continue helping minimise biofilm and residue build-up.
At the standard Aptus Holland UK rate of 2.5ml per 10L, a 1L bottle treats approximately 4,000 litres of nutrient solution.
Aptus System-Clean 1L product details
| Product | Aptus System-Clean |
|---|---|
| Product type | Irrigation system cleaner |
| Product size | 1L |
| Format | Concentrated liquid |
| Primary use | Maintaining clean irrigation lines & helping prevent biofilm, nutrient deposits & blockages |
| Standard UK application rate | 2.5ml per 10L |
| Application rate per litre | 0.25ml/L |
| When to add | Preferably just before watering |
| Mixing order | Add last to the nutrient tank after adjusting pH |
| 10L reservoir | 2.5ml |
| 50L reservoir | 12.5ml |
| 100L reservoir | 25ml |
| 500L reservoir | 125ml |
| 1,000L reservoir | 250ml |
| Approximate coverage from 1L | 4,000L at the standard UK rate |
| Nutrient solution stability | System-Clean remains active for a maximum of approximately 3 days in mixed nutrient solution |
| Drip irrigation | Particularly suitable for helping maintain clean drippers, emitters & irrigation lines |
| Aptus programme compatibility | Recommended when organic Aptus additives such as Startbooster & Topbooster are used through drip irrigation |
Aptus System-Clean FAQs
What is Aptus System-Clean?
Aptus System-Clean is a concentrated irrigation system cleaner designed to help prevent biofilm, nutrient deposits and blockages from developing inside irrigation equipment.
What does Aptus System-Clean do?
System-Clean acts as a powerful oxidiser within the irrigation system. It helps control biological and nutrient build-up so water, dissolved oxygen and nutrients can continue moving effectively through irrigation lines towards the root zone.
Is Aptus System-Clean a nutrient?
No. System-Clean is an irrigation system maintenance product rather than a base nutrient, fertiliser or plant booster.
How much Aptus System-Clean should I use?
The Aptus Holland UK programme specifies 2.5ml of System-Clean per 10 litres of water, equivalent to 0.25ml/L.
How much System-Clean do I need for 50 litres?
Use 12.5ml of System-Clean for 50 litres of nutrient solution.
How much System-Clean do I need for 100 litres?
Use 25ml of System-Clean for a 100L reservoir at the standard Aptus Holland UK rate.
How much System-Clean do I need for a 500L reservoir?
Use 125ml of System-Clean for a 500L reservoir.
How much System-Clean do I need for a 1,000L reservoir?
Use 250ml of System-Clean for a 1,000L reservoir at the standard application rate.
How much water will 1L of Aptus System-Clean treat?
At 2.5ml per 10L, a 1L bottle treats approximately 4,000 litres of nutrient solution.
When should I add System-Clean to my nutrient tank?
Aptus recommends adding System-Clean preferably just before watering. Prepare the nutrient solution and adjust the pH first, then add System-Clean last.
Should System-Clean be added before or after adjusting pH?
Add System-Clean after the nutrient solution has been mixed and the pH has been adjusted. It should be the final product added to the nutrient tank.
How long does Aptus System-Clean last in a reservoir?
Aptus states that System-Clean lasts for a maximum of approximately 3 days in nutrient solution. If the solution remains in the tank for longer, System-Clean should be added again to the complete reservoir volume.
Does Aptus System-Clean help prevent blocked drippers?
Yes. Preventing biofilm and nutrient deposits is one of the main reasons for using System-Clean, making it particularly useful for drip irrigation systems where narrow emitters are vulnerable to blockages.
Does Aptus System-Clean remove biofilm?
Yes. Aptus specifically identifies the removal and prevention of biofilm build-up within irrigation systems as one of System-Clean's core functions.
Why use System-Clean with Aptus Startbooster?
Startbooster is an organic product, and organic material can increase the risk of biofilm and blocked drip lines. Aptus therefore recommends using System-Clean when Startbooster is applied through drip irrigation.
Why use System-Clean with Aptus Topbooster?
Topbooster is also an organic product. When it is delivered through drip irrigation, System-Clean helps manage the organic and nutrient build-up that could otherwise contribute to restricted drippers and irrigation lines.
Does System-Clean affect nutrient-solution pH?
Aptus Holland states that maintaining a clean irrigation system with System-Clean allows oxygen and nutrients to reach the plant without affecting pH. The manufacturer instructs growers to adjust the nutrient solution pH before adding System-Clean.
Can Aptus System-Clean be used throughout the crop cycle?
Yes. The Aptus feeding programme incorporates System-Clean during vegetative growth and throughout flowering, making it an ongoing irrigation-maintenance product rather than something reserved only for the end of a crop.
Aptus Startbooster Organic Root & Growth Stimulator – 50ml
100
£1.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Aptus Startbooster Organic Root & Growth Stimulator – 50ml
100
£1.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A highly concentrated organic root and growth stimulator that supports vigorous root development, vegetative growth and beneficial microbial activity at just 2.5ml per 10L.
Aptus Startbooster is a 100% biological root and vegetative growth stimulator designed to get young plants established quickly and support strong development before flowering. Its concentrated formula combines organic nitrogen chelated with L-amino acids, beneficial microlife biomass, humic acid and high-grade fulvic acid.
Rather than simply supplying more mineral fertiliser, Startbooster works around the root zone as well as within the plant. L-amino acids provide organic nitrogen and biostimulation, while the microbial biomass helps break down nutrients and supports a healthy biological environment around developing roots.
Humic and fulvic components complement this activity around the root zone. Aptus specifically identifies improved water retention, root-zone conditioning and cation and anion exchange among the functions of the humic acid in Startbooster.
The standard dose is only 2.5ml per 10 litres of water. This means the compact 50ml bottle provides enough concentrate for approximately 200 litres of nutrient solution at the normal application rate.
Why choose Aptus Startbooster?
- Root & growth stimulator – developed specifically to encourage root-system development and vigorous vegetative growth.
- 100% biological formulation – made with active organic ingredients rather than being positioned as another mineral base fertiliser.
- Supports root hair development – helps young plants establish an active, well-developed root system.
- Organic nitrogen with L-amino acids – supplies an easily utilised form of nitrogen while supporting vegetative growth and biostimulation.
- Beneficial microlife biomass – contains biomass produced through controlled fermentation of selected beneficial strains.
- Humic acid from Leonardite – supports water retention, root-zone conditioning and nutrient exchange.
- High-grade fulvic acid – forms part of the concentrated organic root and growth formula.
- Supports microbial populations – L-amino acids and microlife biomass help encourage biological activity around the root zone.
- Highly concentrated – the normal application rate is only 2.5ml per 10L of water.
- Excellent coverage from a small bottle – 50ml treats approximately 200L at the standard rate.
What is Aptus Startbooster suitable for?
Startbooster is primarily intended for the establishment and vegetative stages, when developing a healthy root system and strong plant structure is a priority. Use it throughout vegetative growth alongside an appropriate NPK feeding programme.
Aptus continues Startbooster into the beginning of flowering, but only briefly. In its UK feeding programme, Startbooster is used for the first watering during early flowering and is then withdrawn as the crop moves into active flowering.
Startbooster also has specific applications for propagation and transplant establishment. Aptus publishes a separate dilution for feeding new clones and a stronger root-dip solution for transplanting.
It can be used alongside Aptus All-in-One Liquid or another suitable NPK base fertiliser. Aptus also states that Startbooster can be used on pre-fertilised soil without an additional vegetative fertiliser where the growing medium already contains sufficient base nutrition.
How to use Aptus Startbooster
For normal feeding, use 2.5ml of Startbooster per 10 litres of water, equivalent to 0.25ml/L or a 1:4000 dilution. Use throughout vegetative development and for the first watering as the crop enters early flowering.
For 10L of nutrient solution, use 2.5ml. For 50L, use 12.5ml. For 100L, use 25ml. At this rate, a 50ml bottle prepares approximately 200 litres of nutrient solution.
When mixing a feed solution, add the base NPK nutrients first and measure the EC. Add Startbooster afterwards and mix thoroughly.
For new clones, Aptus recommends a separate dilution of 1ml per litre of water. This is a specific propagation application and should not be confused with the normal 0.25ml/L feeding rate.
For transplanting, Aptus recommends dipping the roots in a solution mixed at 10ml per litre of water. Again, this is a specific root-dip treatment rather than the normal reservoir dosage.
Startbooster is an organic product. Do not leave mixed Startbooster standing in a reservoir for longer than 2 – 3 days, as biological activity can lead to organic biofilm developing within the tank and irrigation equipment.
When Startbooster is applied through drip irrigation, use Aptus System-Clean alongside it to help reduce the risk of organic build-up and blocked drippers.
Aptus Startbooster 50ml product details
| Product | Aptus Startbooster |
|---|---|
| Product type | Organic root & growth stimulator |
| Product size | 50ml |
| Format | Highly concentrated liquid |
| Formulation | 100% biological |
| Standard application rate | 2.5ml per 10L |
| Standard rate per litre | 0.25ml/L |
| Standard dilution | 1:4000 |
| Main application stage | Establishment & vegetative growth |
| Early flowering | Use for the first watering in early flowering |
| Key components | Organic nitrogen chelated with L-amino acids, microlife biomass, humic acid & fulvic acid |
| Humic acid source | Leonardite |
| 10L solution | 2.5ml |
| 50L solution | 12.5ml |
| 100L solution | 25ml |
| Approximate solution from 50ml | 200L at the standard rate |
| New clone application | 1ml/L |
| Transplant root dip | 10ml/L |
| Mixing order | Add after the NPK base nutrients & after measuring EC |
| Reservoir guidance | Do not leave mixed Startbooster in the reservoir for longer than 2 – 3 days |
| Drip irrigation | Use alongside Aptus System-Clean to help prevent organic biofilm & blocked irrigation lines |
Aptus Startbooster FAQs
What is Aptus Startbooster?
Aptus Startbooster is a concentrated organic root and vegetative growth stimulator. It is designed to support root development, root hairs, vegetative growth and beneficial microbial activity around the root zone.
Is Aptus Startbooster organic?
Aptus describes Startbooster as a 100% biological product containing active organic ingredients.
What is in Aptus Startbooster?
Startbooster contains organic nitrogen chelated with L-amino acids, microlife biomass produced through controlled fermentation of selected strains, humic acid from Leonardite and high-grade fulvic acid.
What does Aptus Startbooster do?
Startbooster supports the development of roots, root hairs, stems and vegetative plant tissue. Its organic components also help condition the root zone and support beneficial microbial populations.
How much Aptus Startbooster should I use?
For normal feeding, use 2.5ml per 10 litres of water. This is equivalent to 0.25ml/L or a dilution of 1:4000.
How much Startbooster do I need for 50 litres?
Use 12.5ml of Aptus Startbooster for 50 litres of nutrient solution at the standard application rate.
How much Startbooster do I need for 100 litres?
Use 25ml of Startbooster for a 100L reservoir at the standard rate.
How much nutrient solution will 50ml of Aptus Startbooster make?
At the standard 0.25ml/L application rate, a 50ml bottle treats approximately 200 litres of nutrient solution.
When should I use Aptus Startbooster?
Use Startbooster during establishment and vegetative growth. The Aptus UK feeding programme also uses it for the first watering during early flowering before withdrawing it for the remainder of flowering.
Can Aptus Startbooster be used for clones?
Yes. Aptus recommends a 1:1000 dilution for feeding new clones, which is equivalent to 1ml of Startbooster per litre of water.
Can Aptus Startbooster be used when transplanting?
Yes. Aptus recommends a separate root-dip treatment for transplanting, using 10ml of Startbooster per litre of water.
Is Aptus Startbooster a base nutrient?
No. Startbooster is primarily a root and growth biostimulant. For normal cultivation, use it alongside an appropriate NPK base fertiliser.
Can Startbooster be used with another brand of base nutrient?
Yes. The Aptus UK programme allows Startbooster to be used alongside Aptus All-in-One Liquid or another suitable base NPK fertiliser.
Can Startbooster be used with pre-fertilised soil?
Yes. Aptus states that Startbooster can be used on pre-fertilised soil without an additional vegetative fertiliser where the growing medium already provides the required base nutrition.
When should Startbooster be added to the nutrient solution?
Add the base NPK fertiliser first and measure the EC. Add Startbooster afterwards and mix the solution thoroughly.
Can Aptus Startbooster be used in drip irrigation?
Yes, but Startbooster is organic and can contribute to biofilm inside irrigation equipment. Aptus therefore recommends using System-Clean alongside Startbooster in drip irrigation systems.
How long can mixed Startbooster stay in a reservoir?
Aptus recommends keeping Startbooster in a mixed reservoir for no longer than 2 – 3 days. Longer storage increases the risk of organic biofilm and blocked irrigation lines.
Why can Startbooster create biofilm in a reservoir?
Startbooster contains biological material, including spore-forming bacteria. Once mixed with water these organisms become active, and bacterial activity can produce biofilm. This biological activity is useful around the root zone but undesirable inside tanks and irrigation lines.
Can Aptus Startbooster burn young plants?
Aptus states that the organic nitrogen supplied through L-amino acids supports vegetative growth without the normal risk of fertiliser burn associated with excessive mineral nutrient concentration. The standard feeding rate should still be followed for routine use.
Aptus Startbooster Organic Root & Growth Stimulator – 500ml
2000
£20.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Aptus Startbooster Organic Root & Growth Stimulator – 500ml
2000
£20.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A highly concentrated organic root and growth stimulator that supports vigorous root development, vegetative growth and beneficial microbial activity at just 2.5ml per 10L.
Aptus Startbooster is a 100% biological root and vegetative growth stimulator developed to help plants establish a strong foundation before flowering. Its concentrated formulation combines organic nitrogen chelated with L-amino acids, beneficial microlife biomass, humic acid and high-grade fulvic acid.
Startbooster works both with the plant and around its root zone. It encourages root and root-hair development while supporting stems and vegetative plant tissue, helping crops establish the structure needed for productive later growth.
Its L-amino acids provide organic nitrogen and biostimulation while supporting beneficial bacterial populations. The microlife biomass helps break down nutrients within the growing medium, while humic acid contributes to water retention, root-zone conditioning and nutrient exchange.
Startbooster is exceptionally concentrated. The standard Aptus application rate is only 2.5ml per 10 litres of water, giving the 500ml bottle enough concentrate to prepare approximately 2,000 litres of nutrient solution.
Why choose Aptus Startbooster?
- Powerful root & growth stimulator – designed to encourage root development and vigorous vegetative growth.
- 100% biological formulation – contains active organic ingredients rather than functioning as another mineral base fertiliser.
- Supports root-hair development – helps plants establish a more active root system during early development.
- Supports stems & plant tissue – formulated to encourage strong vegetative structure as plants establish.
- Organic nitrogen with L-amino acids – supplies organic nitrogen alongside amino-acid biostimulation.
- Beneficial microlife biomass – supports microbial populations and nutrient breakdown around the root zone.
- Humic acid from Leonardite – supports water retention, root-zone conditioning and cation and anion exchange.
- High-grade fulvic acid – included as part of the concentrated biological formulation.
- Highly concentrated – the standard rate is only 2.5ml per 10L.
- Excellent coverage – a 500ml bottle treats approximately 2,000L at the standard application rate.
What is Aptus Startbooster suitable for?
Startbooster is primarily designed for propagation, establishment and vegetative development, when building a healthy root system and strong plant structure is a priority.
During normal crop feeding, use Startbooster throughout vegetative growth alongside an appropriate NPK fertiliser. The Aptus UK feeding programme then carries Startbooster into early flowering for the first watering only, after which it is withdrawn as the crop moves further into flowering.
Startbooster also has dedicated applications for new clones and transplant establishment. These use different concentrations from the normal reservoir rate, allowing the same product to support crops from propagation through established vegetative development.
It can be incorporated into the wider Aptus feeding programme or used alongside another suitable liquid NPK base fertiliser. On pre-fertilised growing media, Aptus also allows Startbooster to be used without an additional vegetative fertiliser where the medium already supplies sufficient base nutrition.
How to use Aptus Startbooster
For normal feeding, use 2.5ml of Startbooster per 10 litres of water, equivalent to 0.25ml/L or a 1:4000 dilution. Use throughout vegetative development and for the first watering as the crop enters early flowering.
For 10L of nutrient solution, use 2.5ml. For 50L, use 12.5ml. For 100L, use 25ml. For a 500L reservoir, use 125ml. For 1,000L, use 250ml.
At the standard 0.25ml/L rate, a 500ml bottle prepares approximately 2,000 litres of nutrient solution.
When preparing the nutrient solution, add the base NPK fertiliser first and measure the EC. Add Startbooster afterwards and mix thoroughly.
For new clones, Aptus recommends a separate dilution of 1ml per litre of water. This is a propagation-specific rate and should not be confused with the standard 0.25ml/L feeding rate.
During transplanting, Aptus recommends dipping the roots in a solution containing 10ml per litre of water. This stronger concentration is specifically for the root-dip treatment rather than routine reservoir feeding.
Startbooster is an organic product. Do not leave mixed Startbooster in a reservoir for longer than 2 – 3 days, as biological activity can contribute to organic biofilm and irrigation-line blockages.
When applying Startbooster through drip irrigation, use Aptus System-Clean alongside it to help keep drippers and irrigation lines clear.
Aptus Startbooster 500ml product details
| Product | Aptus Startbooster |
|---|---|
| Product type | Organic root & growth stimulator |
| Product size | 500ml |
| Format | Highly concentrated liquid |
| Formulation | 100% biological with active organic ingredients |
| Standard application rate | 2.5ml per 10L |
| Standard rate per litre | 0.25ml/L |
| Standard dilution | 1:4000 |
| Main application stage | Establishment & vegetative growth |
| Early flowering | Use for the first watering in early flowering |
| Key components | Organic nitrogen chelated with L-amino acids, microlife biomass, humic acid & fulvic acid |
| Humic acid source | Leonardite |
| 10L solution | 2.5ml |
| 50L solution | 12.5ml |
| 100L solution | 25ml |
| 500L solution | 125ml |
| 1,000L solution | 250ml |
| Approximate solution from 500ml | 2,000L at the standard rate |
| New clone application | 1ml/L |
| Transplant root dip | 10ml/L |
| Mixing order | Add after the NPK nutrients & after measuring EC |
| Reservoir guidance | Do not leave mixed Startbooster in the reservoir for longer than 2 – 3 days |
| Drip irrigation | Use alongside Aptus System-Clean to help manage organic biofilm & blocked irrigation lines |
Aptus Startbooster FAQs
What is Aptus Startbooster?
Aptus Startbooster is a highly concentrated biological root and vegetative growth stimulator. It is designed to encourage root development, root hairs, vegetative growth and beneficial microbial activity around the root zone.
Is Aptus Startbooster organic?
Aptus describes Startbooster as a 100% biological product containing active organic ingredients.
What is in Aptus Startbooster?
Startbooster contains organic nitrogen chelated with L-amino acids, microlife biomass produced through controlled fermentation of selected beneficial strains, humic acid from Leonardite and high-grade fulvic acid.
What does Aptus Startbooster do?
Startbooster supports root and root-hair development, stems and vegetative plant tissue while encouraging beneficial microbial activity around the root zone.
How much Aptus Startbooster should I use?
For normal feeding, use 2.5ml of Startbooster per 10 litres of water. This is equivalent to 0.25ml/L or a 1:4000 dilution.
How much Startbooster do I need for 50 litres?
Use 12.5ml of Startbooster for 50 litres of nutrient solution at the standard application rate.
How much Startbooster do I need for 100 litres?
Use 25ml of Startbooster for a 100L reservoir.
How much Startbooster do I need for a 500L reservoir?
Use 125ml of Startbooster for a 500L reservoir at the standard 0.25ml/L rate.
How much Startbooster do I need for a 1,000L reservoir?
Use 250ml of Startbooster for a 1,000L reservoir at the standard application rate.
How much nutrient solution will 500ml of Aptus Startbooster make?
At the standard 0.25ml/L application rate, a 500ml bottle treats approximately 2,000 litres of nutrient solution.
When should I use Aptus Startbooster?
Use Startbooster during establishment and vegetative development. Under the Aptus UK programme, it is also used for the first watering during early flowering before being withdrawn as the crop progresses into active flowering.
Can Aptus Startbooster be used for clones?
Yes. Aptus recommends a separate 1:1000 dilution for feeding new clones, equivalent to 1ml of Startbooster per litre of water.
Can I use Startbooster when transplanting?
Yes. Aptus recommends dipping the roots in a 1:100 solution when transplanting, equivalent to 10ml of Startbooster per litre of water.
Is Aptus Startbooster a base nutrient?
No. Startbooster is a root and growth biostimulant. For normal crop feeding it is used alongside an appropriate NPK base fertiliser.
Can Startbooster be used with another brand of base nutrient?
Yes. The Aptus UK programme permits the use of another suitable liquid NPK base fertiliser, so Startbooster does not depend on Aptus All-in-One Liquid being used as the base feed.
Can Startbooster be used with pre-fertilised soil?
Yes. Aptus states that on pre-fertilised soil, Startbooster can be used without an additional vegetative fertiliser where the growing medium already provides sufficient base nutrition.
When should Startbooster be added to the nutrient solution?
Add the NPK nutrients first and measure the EC. Add Startbooster afterwards and mix the nutrient solution thoroughly.
Can Aptus Startbooster be used in drip irrigation?
Yes, but Startbooster is organic and can increase the risk of organic build-up in drip systems. Aptus therefore instructs growers to use System-Clean alongside Startbooster in drip irrigation systems.
How long can mixed Startbooster stay in a reservoir?
Aptus recommends keeping Startbooster in a mixed reservoir for no longer than 2 – 3 days to reduce organic biofilm build-up and the risk of blocked irrigation lines.
What is the difference between Aptus Startbooster and Topbooster?
Startbooster is the Aptus root and vegetative growth stimulator, while Topbooster is the bloom and maturation stimulator used during flowering. They perform different roles at different stages of crop development.
Aptus Startbooster Organic Root & Growth Stimulator – 250ml
1200
£12.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Aptus Startbooster Organic Root & Growth Stimulator – 250ml
1200
£12.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A highly concentrated organic root and growth stimulator that supports vigorous root development, vegetative growth and beneficial microbial activity at just 2.5ml per 10L.
Aptus Startbooster is a 100% biological root and vegetative growth stimulator designed to help plants establish a strong, active root system and healthy vegetative structure. Its concentrated formula combines organic nitrogen chelated with L-amino acids, beneficial microlife biomass, humic acid from Leonardite and high-grade fulvic acid.
Startbooster works both around the root zone and within the plant. It encourages root and root-hair development while supporting stems and vegetative plant tissue, helping crops establish the structure they need before moving into active flowering.
The L-amino acids provide organic nitrogen and biostimulation while supporting beneficial bacterial populations. Microlife biomass helps break down nutrients around the roots, while humic acid supports water retention, root-zone conditioning and nutrient exchange.
With a standard application rate of only 2.5ml per 10 litres, Startbooster is extremely concentrated. A 250ml bottle provides enough concentrate to prepare approximately 1,000 litres of nutrient solution at the normal feeding rate.
Why choose Aptus Startbooster?
- Powerful root & growth stimulator – designed to encourage vigorous root development and vegetative growth.
- 100% biological formulation – made with active organic ingredients.
- Encourages root-hair development – supports the formation of an active root system during establishment.
- Supports stems & plant tissue – helps build strong vegetative structure before active flowering.
- Organic nitrogen with L-amino acids – combines organic nitrogen nutrition with amino-acid biostimulation.
- Beneficial microlife biomass – supports microbial populations and nutrient breakdown around the root zone.
- Humic acid from Leonardite – supports water retention, root-zone conditioning and cation and anion exchange.
- High-grade fulvic acid – included as part of the concentrated biological formulation.
- Highly concentrated – standard feeding requires just 2.5ml per 10L.
- Excellent coverage – a 250ml bottle treats approximately 1,000L at the standard rate.
What is Aptus Startbooster suitable for?
Startbooster is primarily designed for propagation, establishment and vegetative development. These are the stages when establishing a healthy root system and strong vegetative structure is particularly important.
During normal crop feeding, use Startbooster throughout vegetative growth alongside an appropriate NPK fertiliser. The Aptus UK programme also carries Startbooster into early flowering for the first watering only, after which it is withdrawn as the crop moves into active flowering.
Startbooster also has dedicated applications for new clones and transplant establishment. Aptus specifies different concentrations for these uses, allowing the same product to support crops from propagation through established vegetative growth.
It can be incorporated into a complete Aptus feeding programme or used alongside another suitable liquid NPK base fertiliser. On pre-fertilised growing media, Aptus also allows Startbooster to be used without an additional vegetative fertiliser where sufficient base nutrition is already present.
How to use Aptus Startbooster
For normal feeding, use 2.5ml of Startbooster per 10 litres of water, equivalent to 0.25ml/L or a 1:4000 dilution. Use throughout vegetative development and for the first watering as the crop enters early flowering.
For 10L of nutrient solution, use 2.5ml. For 50L, use 12.5ml. For 100L, use 25ml. For a 500L reservoir, use 125ml. For 1,000L, use 250ml.
At the standard 0.25ml/L rate, a 250ml bottle prepares approximately 1,000 litres of nutrient solution.
When preparing the nutrient solution, add the NPK base nutrients first and measure the EC. Add Startbooster afterwards and mix thoroughly.
For new clones, Aptus recommends a separate dilution of 1ml per litre of water. This is a propagation-specific application rather than the normal reservoir feeding rate.
For transplanting, Aptus recommends dipping the roots in a solution containing 10ml per litre of water. This stronger concentration is specifically intended as a transplant root dip.
Startbooster is an organic product. Do not leave mixed Startbooster standing in a reservoir for longer than 2 – 3 days, as biological activity can contribute to organic biofilm and irrigation-line blockages.
When Startbooster is applied through drip irrigation, use Aptus System-Clean alongside it to help manage organic build-up and keep drippers and irrigation lines clear.
Aptus Startbooster 250ml product details
| Product | Aptus Startbooster |
|---|---|
| Product type | Organic root & growth stimulator |
| Product size | 250ml |
| Format | Highly concentrated liquid |
| Formulation | 100% biological with active organic ingredients |
| Standard application rate | 2.5ml per 10L |
| Standard rate per litre | 0.25ml/L |
| Standard dilution | 1:4000 |
| Main application stage | Establishment & vegetative growth |
| Early flowering | Use for the first watering in early flowering |
| Key components | Organic nitrogen chelated with L-amino acids, microlife biomass, humic acid & fulvic acid |
| Humic acid source | Leonardite |
| 10L solution | 2.5ml |
| 50L solution | 12.5ml |
| 100L solution | 25ml |
| 500L solution | 125ml |
| 1,000L solution | 250ml |
| Approximate solution from 250ml | 1,000L at the standard rate |
| New clone application | 1ml/L |
| Transplant root dip | 10ml/L |
| Mixing order | Add after the NPK nutrients & after measuring EC |
| Reservoir guidance | Do not leave mixed Startbooster in the reservoir for longer than 2 – 3 days |
| Drip irrigation | Use alongside Aptus System-Clean to help manage organic biofilm & blocked irrigation lines |
Aptus Startbooster FAQs
What is Aptus Startbooster?
Aptus Startbooster is a highly concentrated biological root and vegetative growth stimulator. It supports root development, root hairs, vegetative growth and beneficial microbial activity around the root zone.
Is Aptus Startbooster organic?
Aptus describes Startbooster as a 100% biological product made with active organic ingredients.
What is in Aptus Startbooster?
Startbooster contains organic nitrogen chelated with L-amino acids, microlife biomass from controlled fermentation of selected beneficial strains, humic acid from Leonardite and high-grade fulvic acid.
What does Aptus Startbooster do?
Startbooster encourages root and root-hair development while supporting stems and vegetative plant tissue. Its biological components also support microbial populations and nutrient availability around the root zone.
How much Aptus Startbooster should I use?
For normal feeding, use 2.5ml per 10 litres of water. This is equivalent to 0.25ml/L or a dilution of 1:4000.
How much Startbooster do I need for 50 litres?
Use 12.5ml of Aptus Startbooster for 50 litres of nutrient solution.
How much Startbooster do I need for 100 litres?
Use 25ml of Startbooster for a 100L reservoir at the standard rate.
How much Startbooster do I need for a 500L reservoir?
Use 125ml of Startbooster for a 500L reservoir at the standard application rate.
How much nutrient solution will 250ml of Aptus Startbooster make?
At the standard 0.25ml/L application rate, a 250ml bottle treats approximately 1,000 litres of nutrient solution.
When should I use Aptus Startbooster?
Use Startbooster during establishment and vegetative growth. Under the Aptus UK programme, it is also used for the first watering in early flowering before being withdrawn as the crop progresses further into bloom.
Can Aptus Startbooster be used for clones?
Yes. Aptus recommends a separate 1:1000 dilution for new clones, equivalent to 1ml of Startbooster per litre of water.
Can Aptus Startbooster be used when transplanting?
Yes. For transplanting, Aptus recommends dipping the roots in a 1:100 Startbooster solution, equivalent to 10ml per litre of water.
Is Aptus Startbooster a base nutrient?
No. Startbooster is a root and growth biostimulant. For normal crop feeding, use it alongside an appropriate NPK base fertiliser.
Can Startbooster be used with another brand of base nutrient?
Yes. The Aptus UK programme allows another suitable liquid NPK base fertiliser to be used, so Startbooster does not depend on Aptus All-in-One Liquid as the base feed.
Can Startbooster be used with pre-fertilised soil?
Yes. Aptus states that Startbooster can be used on pre-fertilised soil without an additional growth fertiliser where the growing medium already provides sufficient base nutrition.
When should Startbooster be added to the nutrient solution?
Add the NPK nutrients first and measure the EC. Add Startbooster afterwards and mix the solution thoroughly.
Can Aptus Startbooster be used in drip irrigation?
Yes, but because Startbooster is organic, Aptus recommends using System-Clean alongside it in drip irrigation systems to help manage organic build-up and blocked lines.
How long can mixed Startbooster stay in a reservoir?
Aptus recommends keeping Startbooster in a mixed reservoir for no longer than 2 – 3 days to reduce organic biofilm build-up and the risk of blocked irrigation lines.
What is the difference between Aptus Startbooster and Topbooster?
Startbooster focuses on roots, establishment and vegetative development. Topbooster is the Aptus bloom and maturation stimulator used once the crop moves further into flowering.
Aptus Regulator Mono-Silicic Acid Plant Enhancer – 50ml
844
£8.44
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Aptus Regulator Mono-Silicic Acid Plant Enhancer – 50ml
844
£8.44
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A highly concentrated mono-silicic acid plant enhancer that improves nutrient utilisation, strengthens plant structure and helps crops cope with environmental stress at just 1.5ml per 10L.
Aptus Regulator is a concentrated nutrition manager and anti-stress plant enhancer designed to improve the way plants absorb and utilise the nutrients already present in their feeding programme. Aptus describes it as the cornerstone of its plant nutrition system because it works alongside other nutrients rather than simply adding another conventional fertiliser to the reservoir.
The formula combines mono-silicic acid with boron and molybdenum. Mono-silicic acid acts as an efficient nutrient transporter, while boron supports calcium uptake and fibre production. Molybdenum plays an important role in nitrogen metabolism and the movement of nitrogen from older leaves towards developing growth.
Regulator also supports stronger cell structure and a tougher epidermal layer, helping produce sturdier plants and thicker stems. This structural support can help crops cope with environmental stresses including heat, wind and drought, as well as salinity caused by nutrient salt accumulation.
Because Regulator is exceptionally concentrated, only a very small amount is required. The standard rate is 1.5ml per 10 litres of water, giving a 50ml bottle enough concentrate to treat approximately 333 litres.
Why choose Aptus Regulator?
- Mono-silicic acid formula – provides silicon in mono-silicic acid form to act as a nutrient transporter.
- Improves nutrient utilisation – designed to increase the uptake, absorption and utilisation of nutrients already available to the plant.
- Supports stronger plant structure – encourages stronger cell structure, a tougher epidermal layer and thicker stems.
- Helps crops handle environmental stress – supports resistance to abiotic stresses including high temperatures, wind and drought.
- Supports natural plant resilience – stronger plant structure helps crops cope with biotic pressures from pests and pathogens.
- Contains boron – supports calcium uptake and the production of plant fibres.
- Contains molybdenum – contributes to nitrogen metabolism and movement within the plant.
- Helps manage internodal spacing – Aptus uses Regulator to encourage more compact plant development where excessive stretching occurs.
- Supports salinity tolerance – helps plants cope with stress associated with nutrient salt accumulation.
- Reduces transpiration – helps reduce moisture loss through the leaves.
- Extremely concentrated – the standard dose is only 1.5ml per 10L.
- Excellent coverage – a 50ml bottle treats approximately 333L at the standard application rate.
What is Aptus Regulator suitable for?
Regulator is designed to work throughout the crop cycle as part of an ongoing nutrition programme. Unlike products aimed solely at rooting or flowering, its role is to support nutrient utilisation, plant structure and stress tolerance as new plant tissue develops.
It is particularly useful where growers want stronger stems, more compact development and better control of excessive internodal stretching. Aptus also recommends Regulator where environmental conditions such as heat, wind or drought place additional stress on the crop.
Regulator can also be useful where nutrient availability is present but uptake is less efficient than expected. Rather than simply increasing fertiliser concentration, its mono-silicic acid-based formulation is designed to improve the bioavailability and utilisation of the existing nutrient programme.
Aptus recommends maintaining a continuous supply because silicon deposited into plant cell membranes remains there, while newly developing cells still require an ongoing supply as the plant continues to grow.
How to use Aptus Regulator
Use 1.5ml of Aptus Regulator per 10 litres of water, equivalent to 0.15ml/L or a dilution of approximately 1:6660.
For 10L of water, use 1.5ml. For 50L, use 7.5ml. For 100L, use 15ml. For a 250L reservoir, use 37.5ml.
At the standard 0.15ml/L rate, a 50ml bottle treats approximately 333 litres of water.
Always add Regulator first. Fill the reservoir with clean water, add the measured quantity of Regulator and mix thoroughly until it is evenly dispersed. Only then add base nutrients, boosters or other compatible crop inputs.
Accurate measurement is important because Regulator is highly concentrated. For very small reservoirs, Aptus states that one drop is approximately 0.05ml. This means a 1L solution requires approximately 0.15ml, or 3 drops, at the standard rate.
Keep the concentrate clean. Do not allow water or dirt to enter the bottle and use only clean, dry syringes, pipettes or measuring equipment when dispensing Regulator.
Aptus Regulator 50ml product details
| Product | Aptus Regulator |
|---|---|
| Product type | Nutrition manager & anti-stress plant enhancer |
| Product size | 50ml |
| Format | Highly concentrated liquid |
| Key silicon form | Mono-silicic acid |
| Other key elements | Boron (B) & molybdenum (Mo) |
| Standard application rate | 1.5ml per 10L |
| Application rate per litre | 0.15ml/L |
| Standard dilution | Approximately 1:6660 |
| Application stage | Throughout active plant development |
| 10L solution | 1.5ml |
| 50L solution | 7.5ml |
| 100L solution | 15ml |
| 250L solution | 37.5ml |
| Approximate coverage from 50ml | 333L at the standard rate |
| Small-volume measurement | Approximately 0.15ml or 3 drops per 1L |
| Mixing order | Add first to a reservoir filled with clean water, before nutrients, boosters or other compatible crop inputs |
| Primary functions | Nutrient utilisation, structural support, stress tolerance & compact plant development |
Aptus Regulator FAQs
What is Aptus Regulator?
Aptus Regulator is a highly concentrated nutrition manager and anti-stress plant enhancer. It is designed to improve nutrient uptake and utilisation while supporting stronger plant structure and greater tolerance to environmental stress.
What does Aptus Regulator contain?
Regulator contains mono-silicic acid as its key nutrient-transport component, together with boron and molybdenum.
Is Aptus Regulator a silicon supplement?
Regulator contains silicon in the form of mono-silicic acid, but its role extends beyond simply supplying silicon. Aptus positions it as a nutrition manager that supports nutrient uptake, plant structure and resistance to environmental stress.
What does mono-silicic acid do in Aptus Regulator?
Aptus describes mono-silicic acid as a nutrient transporter. It supports the absorption and utilisation of other nutrients while contributing to stronger cell structure.
Why does Aptus Regulator contain boron?
Boron supports calcium uptake and stimulates the production of plant fibres, contributing to stronger structural development.
Why does Aptus Regulator contain molybdenum?
Molybdenum plays an important role in nitrogen metabolism. Aptus explains that it supports the movement of nitrogen from older lower leaves towards newer developing foliage when required.
How much Aptus Regulator should I use?
Use 1.5ml of Regulator per 10 litres of water. This is equivalent to 0.15ml/L or approximately a 1:6660 dilution.
How much Aptus Regulator do I need for 50 litres?
Use 7.5ml of Regulator for 50 litres of water at the standard application rate.
How much Aptus Regulator do I need for 100 litres?
Use 15ml of Regulator for a 100L reservoir.
How much water will 50ml of Aptus Regulator treat?
At the standard 0.15ml/L rate, a 50ml bottle treats approximately 333 litres.
Should Aptus Regulator be added before nutrients?
Yes. This mixing order is important. Add Regulator to a reservoir filled with clean water first and mix thoroughly. Add the base fertiliser, boosters and other compatible products afterwards.
Can Aptus Regulator be used at every feeding?
Yes. Aptus recommends maintaining a continuous supply of Regulator as plants develop because silicon already deposited within cell membranes remains there, while newly formed cells still require an ongoing supply.
Does Aptus Regulator help plants cope with heat?
Yes. Aptus specifically recommends Regulator to help plants cope with environmental stresses such as excessive heat. The standard application rate is suitable for this purpose.
Can Aptus Regulator help with nutrient deficiencies?
Regulator can help where nutrients are already present but their availability or utilisation is limiting plant performance. Aptus notes that it can often help correct nutrient deficiencies by making existing nutrients more bioavailable.
Does Aptus Regulator reduce plant stretching?
Regulator can help control excessive internodal spacing and encourage more compact plant development. Aptus identifies internode management as one of the practical uses of the product.
Does Aptus Regulator help with salt stress?
Yes. Aptus identifies improved resistance to salinity caused by nutrient salt build-up as one of the benefits of Regulator.
Does Aptus Regulator reduce water loss?
Aptus states that Regulator helps reduce transpiration, which means reducing moisture loss through the leaves.
How do I measure Aptus Regulator for a small reservoir?
Because Regulator is extremely concentrated, use a clean, dry syringe or pipette for accurate measurement. Aptus also gives approximately 0.05ml per drop as a guide, so 1 litre of water requires around 3 drops at the standard rate.
Aptus Regulator Mono-Silicic Acid Plant Enhancer – 500ml
6740
£67.40
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Aptus Regulator Mono-Silicic Acid Plant Enhancer – 500ml
6740
£67.40
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A highly concentrated mono-silicic acid plant enhancer that improves nutrient utilisation, strengthens plant structure and helps crops cope with environmental stress at just 1.5ml per 10L.
Aptus Regulator is a concentrated nutrition manager and anti-stress plant enhancer designed to improve how efficiently plants absorb and utilise their existing nutrient programme. Rather than acting as another base fertiliser, it works alongside plant nutrition to support uptake, structural strength and more balanced crop development.
At the heart of Regulator is mono-silicic acid, combined with boron and molybdenum. Aptus describes mono-silicic acid as an efficient nutrient transporter, helping improve the absorption and bioavailability of other elements. Boron supports calcium uptake and fibre production, while molybdenum plays an important role in nitrogen metabolism and movement within the plant.
Regulator also supports stronger cell structure and a tougher epidermal layer, helping produce sturdier plants and thicker stems. This additional structural support can improve the plant's ability to cope with environmental pressures including temperature stress, wind and drought, while also increasing tolerance to salinity caused by nutrient salt build-up.
It is exceptionally concentrated. At the standard application rate of 1.5ml per 10 litres, a 500ml bottle provides enough Regulator to treat approximately 3,333 litres of water.
Why choose Aptus Regulator?
- Mono-silicic acid formula – provides silicon in mono-silicic acid form to support nutrient transport.
- Improves nutrient utilisation – designed to improve the uptake, absorption and bioavailability of nutrients already present in the feeding programme.
- Supports stronger plants – promotes stronger cell structure, a tougher epidermal layer and thicker stems.
- Helps crops cope with environmental stress – supports resistance to temperature stress, wind and drought.
- Supports natural plant resilience – stronger plant structure helps crops cope with biotic pressures from pests and pathogens.
- Contains boron – supports calcium uptake and plant fibre production.
- Contains molybdenum – contributes to nitrogen metabolism and movement within the plant.
- Helps control internodal spacing – useful for encouraging more compact growth where excessive stretching occurs.
- Supports salinity tolerance – helps plants cope with stress associated with nutrient salt accumulation.
- Reduces transpiration – helps limit moisture loss through the leaves.
- Highly concentrated – standard application requires only 1.5ml per 10L.
- Excellent commercial coverage – 500ml treats approximately 3,333L at the standard rate.
What is Aptus Regulator suitable for?
Regulator is designed for use throughout active crop development rather than being restricted to either vegetative growth or flowering. It can be used from vegetative development through transition, active flowering and maturation, with the Aptus UK programme stopping Regulator during the final flush.
It is particularly useful where growers want to improve nutrient efficiency and plant structure without simply increasing the concentration of their base fertiliser. Regulator helps make nutrients already present in the feeding programme more available for plant use.
Crops experiencing environmental pressure can also benefit from Regulator. Aptus specifically identifies temperature, wind and drought among the abiotic stresses it is designed to help plants withstand, alongside improved resistance to salinity caused by nutrient salt accumulation.
Regulator can also help manage excessive stretching. By supporting stronger cell structure and more controlled internodal development, it can encourage sturdier, more compact plants where environmental conditions or unbalanced nutrition are contributing to excessive vertical growth.
How to use Aptus Regulator
Use 1.5ml of Aptus Regulator per 10 litres of water, equivalent to 0.15ml/L or approximately a 1:6660 dilution.
For 10L of water, use 1.5ml. For 50L, use 7.5ml. For 100L, use 15ml. For a 500L reservoir, use 75ml. For 1,000L, use 150ml.
At the standard 0.15ml/L rate, a 500ml bottle treats approximately 3,333 litres.
Always add Regulator first. Fill the reservoir with clean water, add the measured quantity of Regulator and mix thoroughly until it is evenly dispersed. Add base fertilisers, boosters and other compatible crop inputs afterwards.
This mixing order matters. Aptus specifically instructs growers to mix Regulator into clean water before other fertilisers, boosters or crop-protection products so it can disperse correctly before the rest of the feeding programme is introduced.
Regulator is highly concentrated, so accurate measurement is important. Use a clean, dry syringe, pipette or measuring cup, and keep water or dirt out of the concentrate bottle.
Aptus Regulator 500ml product details
| Product | Aptus Regulator |
|---|---|
| Product type | Nutrition manager & anti-stress plant enhancer |
| Product size | 500ml |
| Format | Highly concentrated liquid |
| Key silicon form | Mono-silicic acid |
| Other key elements | Boron (B) & molybdenum (Mo) |
| Standard application rate | 1.5ml per 10L |
| Application rate per litre | 0.15ml/L |
| Standard dilution | Approximately 1:6660 |
| Application stages | Vegetative growth, transition, flowering & maturation |
| Final flush | Do not use during the flush stage in the Aptus UK feeding programme |
| 10L solution | 1.5ml |
| 50L solution | 7.5ml |
| 100L solution | 15ml |
| 500L solution | 75ml |
| 1,000L solution | 150ml |
| Approximate coverage from 500ml | 3,333L at the standard rate |
| Mixing order | Add first to a reservoir of clean water before fertilisers, boosters or other compatible crop inputs |
| Primary functions | Nutrient utilisation, plant structure, stress tolerance & controlled internodal development |
Aptus Regulator FAQs
What is Aptus Regulator?
Aptus Regulator is a highly concentrated nutrition manager and anti-stress plant enhancer. It is designed to improve nutrient uptake and utilisation while supporting stronger plant structure and greater tolerance to environmental stress.
Is Aptus Regulator a silicon supplement?
Regulator contains silicon in the form of mono-silicic acid, but its role is broader than simply supplying silicon. Aptus positions it as a nutrition manager that supports nutrient uptake, structural strength and plant resilience.
What does Aptus Regulator contain?
Regulator contains mono-silicic acid as its key nutrient-transport component, together with boron and molybdenum.
What does mono-silicic acid do?
Aptus describes mono-silicic acid as an efficient nutrient transporter. It helps improve the absorption and utilisation of other nutrients while contributing to stronger plant structure.
What does boron do in Aptus Regulator?
Boron supports calcium uptake and stimulates the production of plant fibres, helping support stronger structural development.
What does molybdenum do in Aptus Regulator?
Molybdenum is involved in nitrogen metabolism. Aptus explains that it helps move nitrogen from older lower leaves towards newer developing foliage when required.
How much Aptus Regulator should I use?
The standard rate is 1.5ml per 10 litres of water. This is equivalent to 0.15ml/L or approximately a 1:6660 dilution.
How much Aptus Regulator do I need for 50 litres?
Use 7.5ml of Regulator for 50 litres of water at the standard application rate.
How much Aptus Regulator do I need for 100 litres?
Use 15ml of Regulator for a 100L reservoir.
How much Aptus Regulator do I need for a 500L reservoir?
Use 75ml of Regulator for 500 litres of water at the standard rate.
How much Aptus Regulator do I need for 1,000 litres?
Use 150ml of Regulator for a 1,000L reservoir at the standard rate.
How much water will 500ml of Aptus Regulator treat?
At the standard 0.15ml/L application rate, a 500ml bottle treats approximately 3,333 litres of water.
Should Aptus Regulator be added before nutrients?
Yes. Add Regulator to a reservoir filled with clean water first and mix it thoroughly. Add base fertilisers, boosters and other compatible products afterwards.
When should I use Aptus Regulator?
The Aptus UK feeding programme uses Regulator throughout vegetative growth, transition, active flowering and maturation. It is withdrawn during the final flush.
Does Aptus Regulator help plants cope with heat and drought?
Yes. Aptus specifically identifies temperature, wind and drought among the environmental stresses Regulator is designed to help plants withstand.
Does Aptus Regulator help with nutrient uptake?
Yes. Improving nutrient uptake, absorption and utilisation is one of Regulator's main functions. Aptus also notes that it can help where existing nutrients are present but their bioavailability is limiting plant performance.
Can Aptus Regulator help reduce plant stretching?
Yes. Aptus identifies control of internodal spacing as one of Regulator's uses, particularly where temperature stress or unbalanced nutrition is contributing to excessive vertical growth.
Does Aptus Regulator help with salt stress?
Yes. Aptus states that Regulator increases plant resistance to salinity associated with nutrient salt build-up.
Does Aptus Regulator reduce transpiration?
Yes. Aptus lists reduced transpiration, meaning reduced moisture loss through the leaves, among the benefits of Regulator.
Can Aptus Regulator be used with other nutrients?
Yes. Regulator is designed to work alongside a wider nutrient programme. Always mix Regulator thoroughly into clean water first, then add the other fertilisers and boosters.
Aptus Regulator Mono-Silicic Acid Plant Enhancer – 250ml
3217
£32.17
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Aptus Regulator Mono-Silicic Acid Plant Enhancer – 250ml
3217
£32.17
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A highly concentrated mono-silicic acid plant enhancer designed to improve nutrient utilisation, strengthen plant structure and support crops through environmental stress.
Aptus Regulator is a concentrated nutrition manager and anti-stress plant enhancer designed to work alongside your existing feeding programme. Rather than simply adding more fertiliser, Regulator helps plants make more effective use of the nutrients already available to them.
Its formulation combines mono-silicic acid with boron and molybdenum. Mono-silicic acid acts as a nutrient transporter, helping improve nutrient absorption and bioavailability. Boron supports calcium uptake and fibre production, while molybdenum contributes to nitrogen metabolism within the plant.
Regulator also supports stronger cell structure and a tougher epidermal layer, helping plants develop thicker stems and greater structural strength. This makes it particularly useful where crops are exposed to environmental pressures such as temperature stress, wind, drought or nutrient salt accumulation.
A little goes a very long way. The standard Aptus dose is just 1.5ml per 10 litres of water, meaning this 250ml bottle can treat approximately 1,667 litres at the normal application rate.
Why choose Aptus Regulator?
- Mono-silicic acid formula – provides silicon in mono-silicic acid form to support nutrient transport and utilisation.
- Improves nutrient uptake – helps increase the absorption, bioavailability and utilisation of nutrients within the feeding programme.
- Strengthens plant structure – supports stronger cells, a tougher epidermal layer and thicker stems.
- Supports stress tolerance – helps plants cope with environmental pressures including temperature, wind and drought.
- Supports natural plant resilience – stronger plant structure helps crops withstand biotic pressures from pests and pathogens.
- Contains boron – supports calcium uptake and plant fibre production.
- Contains molybdenum – contributes to effective nitrogen metabolism within the plant.
- Helps control excessive stretching – supports more controlled internodal development where plants are stretching excessively.
- Supports salinity tolerance – helps plants cope with stress associated with nutrient salt build-up.
- Reduces transpiration – helps limit moisture loss through the foliage.
- Highly concentrated – standard application requires just 1.5ml per 10L.
- Excellent coverage – 250ml treats approximately 1,667L at the standard rate.
What is Aptus Regulator suitable for?
Regulator is designed for use throughout active crop development. It can be incorporated into feeding programmes during vegetative growth, transition, active flowering and maturation, giving developing plant tissue a continuing supply as the crop progresses.
It is particularly useful for growers looking to improve nutrient efficiency and structural strength without simply increasing the concentration of the base feed. Its role as a nutrient manager makes Regulator relevant across a wide range of crop stages rather than restricting it to rooting or flowering alone.
Regulator is also useful where plants are experiencing environmental stress. Aptus specifically highlights temperature, wind and drought, along with salinity caused by nutrient salt accumulation.
Where excessive vertical growth is a problem, Regulator can also be used to help manage internodal spacing and encourage more compact development.
How to use Aptus Regulator
For standard feeding, use 1.5ml of Aptus Regulator per 10 litres of water. This is equivalent to 0.15ml/L or approximately a 1:6660 dilution.
For 10L of water, use 1.5ml. For 50L, use 7.5ml. For 100L, use 15ml. For 500L, use 75ml. For a 1,000L reservoir, use 150ml.
At the standard 0.15ml/L rate, a 250ml bottle treats approximately 1,667 litres of water.
Always add Regulator first. Fill the reservoir with clean water, measure the required amount of Regulator and mix it thoroughly until evenly dispersed. Add the base fertiliser, boosters and other compatible crop inputs afterwards.
Accurate measurement is important because Regulator is extremely concentrated. For smaller volumes, 1 litre requires just 0.15ml. Aptus gives approximately 0.05ml per drop as a small-volume guide, making the standard 1L dose approximately 3 drops.
Keep the concentrate clean and undiluted inside the bottle. Use clean, dry syringes, pipettes or measuring equipment and avoid allowing water or growing-medium particles to enter the container.
Aptus Regulator 250ml product details
| Product | Aptus Regulator |
|---|---|
| Product type | Nutrition manager & anti-stress plant enhancer |
| Product size | 250ml |
| Format | Highly concentrated liquid |
| Key silicon form | Mono-silicic acid |
| Other key elements | Boron (B) & molybdenum (Mo) |
| Standard application rate | 1.5ml per 10L |
| Application rate per litre | 0.15ml/L |
| Standard dilution | Approximately 1:6660 |
| Application stages | Vegetative growth, transition, flowering & maturation |
| Final flush | Not included during the flush stage in the Aptus UK feeding schedule |
| 10L solution | 1.5ml |
| 50L solution | 7.5ml |
| 100L solution | 15ml |
| 500L solution | 75ml |
| 1,000L solution | 150ml |
| Approximate coverage from 250ml | 1,667L at the standard rate |
| Small-volume measurement | 0.15ml per 1L, approximately 3 drops |
| Mixing order | Add first to clean water before fertilisers, boosters or other compatible crop inputs |
| Primary functions | Nutrient utilisation, structural support, stress tolerance & internodal management |
Aptus Regulator FAQs
What is Aptus Regulator?
Aptus Regulator is a highly concentrated nutrition manager and anti-stress plant enhancer. It supports nutrient uptake and utilisation while helping plants develop stronger structure and cope with environmental stress.
Is Aptus Regulator a silicon supplement?
Regulator contains silicon in the form of mono-silicic acid, but it is designed to do more than simply supply silicon. Aptus positions it as a nutrition manager that supports nutrient uptake, structural strength and plant resilience.
What does Aptus Regulator contain?
Aptus Regulator contains mono-silicic acid as its key nutrient-transport component, together with boron and molybdenum.
What does mono-silicic acid do in Aptus Regulator?
Mono-silicic acid acts as a nutrient transporter, helping improve the absorption, bioavailability and utilisation of other nutrients within the feeding programme.
How much Aptus Regulator should I use?
The standard application rate is 1.5ml per 10 litres of water, equivalent to 0.15ml/L.
How much Aptus Regulator do I need for 50 litres?
Use 7.5ml of Regulator for 50 litres of water at the standard application rate.
How much Aptus Regulator do I need for 100 litres?
Use 15ml of Regulator for 100 litres of water.
How much Aptus Regulator do I need for a 500L reservoir?
Use 75ml of Regulator for a 500L reservoir at the standard application rate.
How much water will 250ml of Aptus Regulator treat?
At the standard 0.15ml/L rate, a 250ml bottle treats approximately 1,667 litres of water.
Should Aptus Regulator be added before nutrients?
Yes. Always add Regulator to clean water first and mix thoroughly until evenly dispersed. Add base nutrients, boosters and other compatible products afterwards.
When should I use Aptus Regulator?
The Aptus UK feeding schedule uses Regulator during vegetative growth, early flowering, active flowering and maturation. It is not included during the final flush.
Does Aptus Regulator help plants cope with heat and drought?
Yes. Aptus specifically identifies temperature, wind and drought among the environmental stresses that Regulator is designed to help plants withstand.
Does Aptus Regulator improve nutrient uptake?
Yes. Improving the uptake, absorption and utilisation of nutrients is one of the main functions Aptus gives for Regulator.
Can Aptus Regulator help reduce plant stretching?
Yes. Regulator can help control excessive internodal spacing and encourage more compact plant development.
Does Aptus Regulator help with salt stress?
Yes. Aptus states that Regulator helps increase resistance to salinity associated with nutrient salt build-up.
Does Aptus Regulator reduce transpiration?
Yes. Reduced transpiration, meaning reduced moisture loss through the leaves, is one of the benefits Aptus lists for Regulator.
How do I measure Aptus Regulator for a small reservoir?
The standard rate is 0.15ml per litre. Aptus gives approximately 0.05ml per drop as a guide for small-volume measuring, making the standard dose for 1 litre approximately 3 drops. A clean syringe or pipette provides more repeatable measurement.
Can Aptus Regulator be used with other nutrients?
Yes. Regulator is designed to work alongside a wider nutrient programme. The important point is mixing order: Regulator goes into clean water first, followed by the other fertilisers and boosters.
Aptus Regulator Mono-Silicic Acid Plant Enhancer – 1L
13005
£130.05
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Aptus Regulator Mono-Silicic Acid Plant Enhancer – 1L
13005
£130.05
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A highly concentrated mono-silicic acid plant enhancer designed to improve nutrient utilisation, strengthen plant structure and help crops cope with environmental stress.
Aptus Regulator is a concentrated nutrition manager and anti-stress plant enhancer designed to work alongside an existing feeding programme. Rather than simply increasing nutrient strength, it helps plants make more effective use of the nutrition already available to them.
Its formulation combines mono-silicic acid with boron and molybdenum. Mono-silicic acid acts as a nutrient transporter, helping improve the absorption and bioavailability of other elements. Boron supports calcium uptake and fibre production, while molybdenum plays an important role in nitrogen metabolism and movement within the plant.
Regulator also supports stronger cell structure and a tougher epidermal layer, helping plants develop thicker stems and greater structural strength. This added resilience can help crops cope with environmental pressures such as temperature stress, wind and drought, as well as salinity associated with nutrient salt build-up.
Regulator is extremely concentrated. The standard Aptus rate is just 1.5ml per 10 litres of water, meaning a 1L bottle can treat approximately 6,667 litres at the normal application rate.
Why choose Aptus Regulator?
- Mono-silicic acid formula – provides silicon in mono-silicic acid form to support nutrient transport and utilisation.
- Improves nutrient uptake – helps increase the absorption, bioavailability and utilisation of nutrients within the feeding programme.
- Supports stronger plants – promotes stronger cell structure, a tougher epidermal layer and thicker stems.
- Helps crops handle environmental stress – supports resistance to pressures including temperature, wind and drought.
- Supports natural plant resilience – stronger plant structure helps crops cope with biotic pressures from pests and pathogens.
- Contains boron – supports calcium uptake and plant fibre production.
- Contains molybdenum – contributes to nitrogen metabolism and movement within the plant.
- Helps manage excessive stretching – supports more controlled internodal development and compact plant structure.
- Supports salinity tolerance – helps plants cope with stress associated with nutrient salt accumulation.
- Reduces transpiration – helps limit moisture loss through the leaves.
- Highly concentrated – standard application requires just 1.5ml per 10L.
- High-volume coverage – 1L treats approximately 6,667L at the standard rate.
What is Aptus Regulator suitable for?
Regulator is designed for use throughout active crop development. The Aptus UK programme uses it during vegetative growth, transition into flowering, active flowering and maturation, making it a continuous part of the feeding programme rather than a stage-specific rooting or bloom additive.
It is particularly useful for growers looking to improve nutrient efficiency and plant structure without simply increasing the concentration of the base feed. By supporting nutrient bioavailability and uptake, Regulator helps plants make better use of the elements already available in the root zone.
Crops exposed to challenging environmental conditions can also benefit. Aptus specifically identifies temperature, wind and drought among the abiotic stresses Regulator helps plants withstand, alongside improved resistance to salinity associated with nutrient salt accumulation.
Regulator can also help manage internodal spacing. Where plants are stretching excessively, its effect on structural development can encourage shorter internodal distances and more compact growth.
How to use Aptus Regulator
For standard feeding, use 1.5ml of Aptus Regulator per 10 litres of water. This is equivalent to 0.15ml/L or approximately a 1:6660 dilution.
For 10L of water, use 1.5ml. For 50L, use 7.5ml. For 100L, use 15ml. For 500L, use 75ml. For a 1,000L reservoir, use 150ml.
At the standard 0.15ml/L application rate, a 1L bottle treats approximately 6,667 litres of water.
Always add Regulator first. Fill the reservoir with clean water, add the measured amount of Regulator and mix thoroughly until it is evenly dispersed. Add base fertilisers, boosters and other compatible crop inputs afterwards.
The mixing order is important. Regulator should be fully dispersed in clean water before the rest of the nutrient programme is introduced.
Regulator is highly concentrated, so measure accurately. Use clean, dry syringes, pipettes or measuring equipment and keep water, dirt and growing-medium particles out of the concentrate bottle.
Aptus Regulator 1L product details
| Product | Aptus Regulator |
|---|---|
| Product type | Nutrition manager & anti-stress plant enhancer |
| Product size | 1L |
| Format | Highly concentrated liquid |
| Key silicon form | Mono-silicic acid |
| Other key elements | Boron (B) & molybdenum (Mo) |
| Standard application rate | 1.5ml per 10L |
| Application rate per litre | 0.15ml/L |
| Standard dilution | Approximately 1:6660 |
| Application stages | Vegetative growth, transition, flowering & maturation |
| Final flush | Not included during the flush stage in the Aptus UK feeding schedule |
| 10L solution | 1.5ml |
| 50L solution | 7.5ml |
| 100L solution | 15ml |
| 500L solution | 75ml |
| 1,000L solution | 150ml |
| Approximate coverage from 1L | 6,667L at the standard rate |
| Mixing order | Add first to clean water before fertilisers, boosters or other compatible crop inputs |
| Primary functions | Nutrient utilisation, structural support, stress tolerance & internodal management |
Aptus Regulator FAQs
What is Aptus Regulator?
Aptus Regulator is a highly concentrated nutrition manager and anti-stress plant enhancer designed to improve nutrient uptake and utilisation while supporting stronger plant structure and greater tolerance to environmental stress.
Is Aptus Regulator a silicon supplement?
Regulator contains silicon in the form of mono-silicic acid, but its function extends beyond simply supplying silicon. It is designed to support nutrient transport, plant structure and stress tolerance throughout active crop development.
What does Aptus Regulator contain?
Aptus Regulator contains mono-silicic acid as its key nutrient-transport component, together with boron and molybdenum.
What does mono-silicic acid do in Aptus Regulator?
Mono-silicic acid acts as a nutrient transporter, helping improve the absorption, bioavailability and utilisation of other nutrients while supporting stronger plant structure.
Why does Aptus Regulator contain boron?
Boron supports calcium uptake and plant fibre production, contributing to stronger structural development.
Why does Aptus Regulator contain molybdenum?
Molybdenum is involved in nitrogen metabolism and helps support the movement of nitrogen from older leaves towards developing growth when required.
How much Aptus Regulator should I use?
The standard application rate is 1.5ml per 10 litres of water, equivalent to 0.15ml/L.
How much Aptus Regulator do I need for 50 litres?
Use 7.5ml of Regulator for 50 litres of water at the standard application rate.
How much Aptus Regulator do I need for 100 litres?
Use 15ml of Regulator for 100 litres of water.
How much Aptus Regulator do I need for a 500L reservoir?
Use 75ml of Regulator for a 500L reservoir at the standard application rate.
How much Aptus Regulator do I need for a 1,000L reservoir?
Use 150ml of Regulator for 1,000 litres of water at the standard application rate.
How much water will 1L of Aptus Regulator treat?
At the standard 0.15ml/L application rate, a 1L bottle treats approximately 6,667 litres of water.
Should Aptus Regulator be added before nutrients?
Yes. Always add Regulator to a reservoir filled with clean water first and mix thoroughly. Add base nutrients, boosters and other compatible crop inputs afterwards.
When should I use Aptus Regulator?
The Aptus UK feeding programme uses Regulator throughout vegetative growth, transition, active flowering and maturation. It is not included during the final flush.
Can Aptus Regulator be used throughout flowering?
Yes. The Aptus UK programme maintains the standard Regulator rate through early flowering, active flowering and maturation before withdrawing it for the flush.
Does Aptus Regulator improve nutrient uptake?
Yes. Improving nutrient absorption, bioavailability and utilisation is one of the main functions of Regulator. This can help plants make more effective use of nutrients already present in the feeding programme.
Does Aptus Regulator help plants cope with heat and drought?
Yes. Aptus specifically identifies temperature, wind and drought among the environmental stresses Regulator is designed to help plants withstand.
Can Aptus Regulator help reduce plant stretching?
Yes. Regulator can help control excessive internodal spacing and encourage more compact plant development.
Does Aptus Regulator help with salt stress?
Yes. Regulator is designed to increase plant resistance to salinity associated with nutrient salt accumulation.
Does Aptus Regulator reduce transpiration?
Yes. Aptus lists reduced transpiration, meaning reduced moisture loss through the leaves, among the benefits of Regulator.
Can Aptus Regulator be used with other nutrients and boosters?
Yes. Regulator is designed to work as part of a wider nutrient programme. Mix Regulator thoroughly into clean water first, then add the other fertilisers and compatible boosters.
Aptus NutriSpray Foliar Fertiliser & Micronutrient Spray – 50ml
200
£2.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Aptus NutriSpray Foliar Fertiliser & Micronutrient Spray – 50ml
200
£2.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A fast-acting foliar fertiliser that delivers essential microelements directly through the leaves while helping tackle nutrient deficiencies quickly.
Aptus NutriSpray is a concentrated foliar fertiliser formulated from natural surfactants, plant stimulators and essential microelements. Applied directly to the foliage, it provides an alternative route for plant nutrition when rapid nutrient availability is required.
Once sprayed, NutriSpray leaves an active natural coating containing microelements across the leaf surface. This coating continues to feed and support the foliage before naturally biodegrading within approximately 10 – 15 days.
This makes NutriSpray useful both as part of a planned foliar nutrition programme and when correcting deficiencies, particularly where nutrient availability through the growing medium has been restricted.
The concentrate is diluted at 2ml per litre of water, giving the 50ml bottle enough product to prepare approximately 25 litres of foliar spray.
Why choose Aptus NutriSpray?
- Fast foliar nutrient delivery – supplies microelements directly through the foliage for rapid availability.
- Helps correct deficiencies – particularly useful where nutrient availability through the growing medium is restricted.
- Active foliar coating – leaves a layer containing microelements across the leaf surface.
- Biodegradable coating – the foliar layer naturally biodegrades within approximately 10 – 15 days.
- Natural surfactants – help the diluted solution spread effectively across the foliage.
- Contains plant stimulators – combines micronutrition with plant-supporting ingredients.
- Contains horse chestnut extract – used within the formulation to help make microelements available for foliar transport.
- Useful throughout crop development – can supplement plant nutrition at different stages of the growing cycle.
- Suitable for preventative nutrition or corrective use – use as part of planned foliar feeding or to respond to a developing deficiency.
- Concentrated formula – 50ml prepares approximately 25L of foliar solution at the standard rate.
What is Aptus NutriSpray suitable for?
NutriSpray is designed for foliar feeding, where nutrients are applied directly to the leaf surface rather than delivered solely through the root zone. This provides a useful additional route for nutrition when plants need a rapid supply of microelements.
It is particularly useful for correcting common nutrient deficiencies where nutrient lockout or restricted availability within the growing medium is preventing the root system from supplying the plant effectively.
NutriSpray can also be incorporated periodically into a wider Aptus nutrition programme for general foliar nutrition rather than waiting for a visible deficiency to develop.
The Aptus UK programme uses NutriSpray as a foliar application across vegetative development and flowering where required. Application timing should follow crop development and growing conditions rather than assuming every crop follows the same fixed number of weeks.
How to use Aptus NutriSpray
Always dilute NutriSpray before application. Mix 2ml of Aptus NutriSpray per 1 litre of water and apply the diluted solution across the leaf surface.
For 1L of foliar spray, use 2ml. For 5L, use 10ml. For 10L, use 20ml. For 25L, use 50ml.
A 50ml bottle therefore prepares approximately 25 litres of foliar spray at the standard Aptus application rate.
Apply the diluted solution evenly across the foliage. Good coverage of the leaf surface is more important than applying excessive quantities of spray.
NutriSpray can be used for general foliar nutrition or as a corrective treatment when nutrient availability through the root zone is restricted. Never apply the concentrate undiluted.
For indoor growing, apply foliar sprays with the grow lights switched off. Allow the foliage time to absorb the spray before returning plants to intense lighting.
Aptus NutriSpray 50ml product details
| Product | Aptus NutriSpray |
|---|---|
| Product type | Foliar-applied liquid fertiliser |
| Product size | 50ml |
| Application method | Foliar spray |
| Standard application rate | 2ml per 1L water |
| 1L spray solution | 2ml |
| 5L spray solution | 10ml |
| 10L spray solution | 20ml |
| 25L spray solution | 50ml |
| Approximate coverage from 50ml | 25L of foliar spray at the standard rate |
| Formulation | Natural surfactants, stimulators & microelements |
| Key formulation component | Horse chestnut extract |
| Primary uses | General foliar nutrition & rapid deficiency correction |
| Foliar coating | Active microelement-containing layer that biodegrades within approximately 10 – 15 days |
| Application stages | Vegetative development & flowering as required |
| Concentrate use | Always dilute with water before spraying |
Aptus NutriSpray FAQs
What is Aptus NutriSpray?
Aptus NutriSpray is a foliar-applied liquid fertiliser made from natural surfactants, stimulators and microelements. It is designed to supply foliar nutrition and help correct nutrient deficiencies quickly.
What does Aptus NutriSpray do?
NutriSpray supplies microelements directly through the foliage. It leaves an active nutrient-containing layer on the leaf surface, providing rapid foliar nutrition while helping address common deficiencies.
How much Aptus NutriSpray should I use?
Use 2ml of NutriSpray per litre of water. Always dilute the concentrate before applying it to plant foliage.
How much NutriSpray do I need for 5 litres of water?
Use 10ml of Aptus NutriSpray to prepare 5 litres of foliar spray.
How much NutriSpray do I need for 10 litres of water?
Use 20ml of NutriSpray to prepare 10 litres of foliar solution at the standard rate.
How much foliar spray does a 50ml bottle make?
At the standard rate of 2ml per litre, a 50ml bottle prepares approximately 25 litres of foliar spray.
Can Aptus NutriSpray help with nutrient deficiencies?
Yes. NutriSpray is specifically designed for both general foliar nutrition and deficiency correction. Foliar application can be particularly useful when nutrient availability through the growing medium has been restricted.
Can NutriSpray be used during nutrient lockout?
Yes. Aptus specifically identifies nutrient lockout in the growing medium as a situation where NutriSpray can be used to supply nutrients through the foliage.
How long does Aptus NutriSpray stay on the leaves?
NutriSpray forms an active coating on the leaf surface. Aptus states that this layer fully biodegrades within approximately 10 – 15 days.
Does Aptus NutriSpray need to be diluted?
Yes. Never use NutriSpray at full strength. Dilute it with water at the standard rate of 2ml per litre before spraying the foliage.
Is Aptus NutriSpray a root feed?
NutriSpray is specifically formulated as a foliar fertiliser. The diluted solution is sprayed over the foliage so its microelements can be absorbed through the leaves.
Can Aptus NutriSpray be used during vegetative growth?
Yes. NutriSpray can be used for foliar nutrition during vegetative development where required, including as part of the wider Aptus nutrition programme.
Can Aptus NutriSpray be used during flowering?
Yes. Aptus includes NutriSpray as a foliar treatment during flowering. Application should follow crop development and the appropriate feeding programme rather than assuming every crop has the same flowering duration.
Should I spray Aptus NutriSpray with grow lights on?
No. For indoor applications, apply NutriSpray with the grow lights switched off rather than spraying foliage under intense artificial lighting.
Does Aptus NutriSpray leave a residue on leaves?
NutriSpray deliberately forms an active natural coating containing microelements on the leaf surface. Aptus states that this layer naturally biodegrades within approximately 10 – 15 days.
Can Aptus NutriSpray replace my normal base fertiliser?
NutriSpray is best treated as a foliar nutrition and deficiency-correction product rather than a replacement for the crop's complete root-zone feeding programme.
Aptus NutriSpray Foliar Fertiliser & Micronutrient Spray – 150ml
500
£5.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Aptus NutriSpray Foliar Fertiliser & Micronutrient Spray – 150ml
500
£5.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A fast-acting foliar fertiliser that delivers essential microelements directly through the leaves while helping correct nutrient deficiencies quickly.
Aptus NutriSpray is a concentrated foliar fertiliser designed to supply essential microelements directly through the foliage. Its formulation combines natural surfactants, plant stimulators and micronutrients, providing growers with a quick and practical way to supplement plant nutrition without relying solely on uptake through the root zone.
Once sprayed across the foliage, NutriSpray leaves an active natural coating containing microelements on the leaf surface. This layer helps feed the plant while remaining on the foliage, before naturally biodegrading within approximately 10 – 15 days.
NutriSpray can be incorporated into a planned foliar nutrition programme or used when a crop develops a nutrient deficiency. Foliar application is particularly useful where nutrient lockout or poor root-zone availability is limiting the plant's ability to access the nutrition it needs.
The standard Aptus dilution is 2ml per litre of water, giving this 150ml bottle enough concentrate to prepare approximately 75 litres of foliar spray.
Why choose Aptus NutriSpray?
- Fast foliar nutrient delivery – supplies essential microelements directly through the foliage.
- Helps correct nutrient deficiencies – provides a rapid alternative route for nutrition when root-zone availability is restricted.
- Active foliar coating – leaves a microelement-containing layer across the leaf surface.
- Biodegradable – the foliar layer naturally biodegrades within approximately 10 – 15 days.
- Natural surfactants – help the diluted solution spread effectively across the foliage.
- Contains manganese, sulphur, zinc and iron – provides a useful range of essential microelements.
- Contains horse chestnut extract – used to help increase the bioavailability of the microelements.
- Suitable for general foliar nutrition – can be incorporated into a planned crop-feeding programme.
- Useful during nutrient lockout – provides foliar nutrition when nutrient availability within the growing medium is restricted.
- Concentrated formula – 150ml prepares approximately 75L of foliar solution at the standard rate.
What is Aptus NutriSpray suitable for?
NutriSpray is designed for foliar feeding, delivering microelements directly to the leaves rather than relying entirely on root-zone uptake. This makes it useful both for routine foliar nutrition and situations where plants need a faster nutritional response.
It is particularly valuable when nutrient lockout or restricted nutrient availability in the growing medium is affecting crop performance. Foliar application gives the plant another route for accessing essential microelements while the underlying root-zone issue is addressed.
NutriSpray can also be used proactively as part of a wider crop nutrition programme. Aptus recommends foliar applications at intervals rather than treating it as a conventional product that is added to every reservoir.
For propagation work, Aptus also recommends spraying mother plants before taking cuttings and applying NutriSpray to cuttings weekly to provide available nutrients and maintain its protective foliar layer.
How to use Aptus NutriSpray
Always dilute NutriSpray before use. Mix 2ml of Aptus NutriSpray per 1 litre of water and spray evenly across the entire leaf surface.
For 1L of foliar spray, use 2ml. For 5L, use 10ml. For 10L, use 20ml. For 25L, use 50ml. For 50L, use 100ml. A full 150ml bottle prepares approximately 75L.
Apply enough diluted solution to achieve good, even coverage across the foliage. NutriSpray should never be applied undiluted.
For indoor crops, apply NutriSpray with the grow lights switched off. Aptus recommends waiting approximately 20 – 30 minutes after spraying before switching the lights back on to help avoid foliar burning.
For outdoor crops, Aptus recommends an initial application approximately one week after planting, followed by monthly applications through the active crop cycle.
Aptus NutriSpray 150ml product details
| Product | Aptus NutriSpray |
|---|---|
| Product type | Foliar-applied liquid fertiliser |
| Product size | 150ml |
| Application method | Foliar spray |
| Standard application rate | 2ml per 1L water |
| 1L spray solution | 2ml |
| 5L spray solution | 10ml |
| 10L spray solution | 20ml |
| 25L spray solution | 50ml |
| 50L spray solution | 100ml |
| Approximate coverage from 150ml | 75L of foliar spray at the standard rate |
| Formulation | Natural surfactants, plant stimulators & microelements |
| Microelements | Manganese (Mn), sulphur (S), zinc (Zn) & iron (Fe) |
| Plant extract | Horse chestnut extract |
| Primary uses | General foliar nutrition & rapid deficiency correction |
| Foliar coating | Active microelement-containing layer that biodegrades within approximately 10 – 15 days |
| Indoor application | Apply with grow lights switched off and allow approximately 20 – 30 minutes before switching lights back on |
| Outdoor application | Approximately one week after planting, then monthly through the active crop cycle |
| Concentrate use | Always dilute with water before spraying |
Aptus NutriSpray FAQs
What is Aptus NutriSpray?
Aptus NutriSpray is a foliar-applied liquid fertiliser made with natural surfactants, plant stimulators and essential microelements. It is designed for general foliar nutrition and rapid correction of nutrient deficiencies.
What nutrients are in Aptus NutriSpray?
NutriSpray contains the microelements manganese, sulphur, zinc and iron, alongside an organic surfactant and horse chestnut extract.
How much Aptus NutriSpray should I use?
Mix 2ml of Aptus NutriSpray with every 1 litre of water and spray the diluted solution evenly across the foliage.
How much foliar spray does 150ml of NutriSpray make?
A 150ml bottle makes approximately 75 litres of foliar spray at the standard rate of 2ml per litre.
Can Aptus NutriSpray help with nutrient deficiencies?
Yes. NutriSpray is designed for rapid deficiency correction as well as routine foliar nutrition. Applying nutrients through the foliage can provide a faster response than relying solely on root uptake.
Can NutriSpray be used during nutrient lockout?
Yes. Aptus specifically recommends NutriSpray for treating deficiencies where nutrient lockout in the growing medium is limiting availability through the roots.
How long does Aptus NutriSpray remain on the leaves?
NutriSpray creates an active layer containing microelements on the foliage. Aptus states that this layer naturally biodegrades within approximately 10 – 15 days.
Does Aptus NutriSpray need to be diluted?
Yes. NutriSpray should never be applied at full strength. Always dilute it at 2ml per litre of water before foliar application.
Should I use Aptus NutriSpray with grow lights on?
No. Apply NutriSpray with the grow lights switched off. Aptus recommends waiting approximately 20 – 30 minutes after spraying before switching the lights back on.
Can Aptus NutriSpray be used outdoors?
Yes. For outdoor crops, Aptus recommends spraying approximately one week after planting and then once a month through the active crop cycle.
Can Aptus NutriSpray be used on mother plants and cuttings?
Yes. Aptus recommends spraying mother plants approximately one week before taking cuttings. Cuttings can then be sprayed weekly to provide available foliar nutrients and maintain the protective layer on the foliage.
Is Aptus NutriSpray a root feed?
No. NutriSpray is specifically formulated for foliar application, allowing its microelements to be supplied through the leaf surface.
Can Aptus NutriSpray replace a complete base nutrient?
NutriSpray is a specialist foliar fertiliser rather than a complete replacement for the crop's normal root-zone nutrition programme.
Aptus N-Boost Organic Nitrogen Growth Booster – 500ml
500
£5.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Aptus N-Boost Organic Nitrogen Growth Booster – 500ml
500
£5.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A concentrated organic nitrogen and L-amino acid booster developed to support vigorous, compact plant growth throughout the vegetative stage.
Aptus N-Boost is a highly concentrated growth stimulator formulated for the period when plants have their greatest demand for nitrogen. It supplies organic nitrogen alongside L-amino acids, supporting vigorous vegetative development without simply relying on higher concentrations of conventional mineral feed.
The combination is designed to support strong, compact growth while encouraging biological activity around the root zone. Aptus also highlights improved sugar content and lower nitrate levels in the finished crop among the benefits of its organic nitrogen approach.
N-Boost is fully water-soluble and leaves no residue in irrigation systems. That makes it particularly useful for drip-fed and automated irrigation systems where growers want the benefits of an organic growth stimulator without introducing a product that is prone to leaving organic deposits in the lines.
Use N-Boost throughout vegetative growth at 3 – 5ml per 10 litres of water. At these rates, a 500ml bottle prepares approximately 1,000 – 1,667 litres of nutrient solution.
Why choose Aptus N-Boost?
- Concentrated organic nitrogen – supplies readily available nitrogen to support demanding vegetative growth.
- Contains L-amino acids – supports plant growth, biostimulation and beneficial bacterial populations.
- Encourages vigorous vegetative development – designed specifically for the stage when crop nitrogen demand is high.
- Supports compact, solid growth – promotes productive plant development rather than weak or excessive growth.
- Supports sugar production – Aptus identifies improved sugar content as one of the benefits of N-Boost.
- Supports biological activity – L-amino acids help encourage beneficial bacterial populations in the growing environment.
- Fully water-soluble – disperses readily into the nutrient solution.
- No irrigation residue – designed to leave no residue in irrigation and drip systems.
- Drip-system friendly – Aptus specifically recommends N-Boost as an alternative to Startbooster where preventing irrigation-line blockage is important.
- Highly concentrated – standard application is just 3 – 5ml per 10L of water.
What is Aptus N-Boost suitable for?
N-Boost is primarily designed for plants in active vegetative growth, when nitrogen demand is high and the crop is developing new leaves, stems and structural tissue.
It can be incorporated into a wider feeding programme when additional organic nitrogen and amino-acid support is required. Rather than treating every crop as having the same fixed number of growth weeks, application should follow the actual vegetative development of the crop.
N-Boost is especially useful in drip irrigation and automated watering systems. Aptus specifically recommends replacing Startbooster with N-Boost in drip systems where growers want to minimise the possibility of organic residues contributing to blocked irrigation lines.
Because N-Boost supplies additional nitrogen, it should be considered as part of the complete nutrition programme rather than added indiscriminately on top of an already nitrogen-rich feed. Aptus specifically advises against combining N-Boost and Startbooster where doing so would make the nitrogen level in the feeding programme too high.
How to use Aptus N-Boost
Use 3 – 5ml of Aptus N-Boost per 10 litres of water throughout active vegetative growth. This is equivalent to 0.3 – 0.5ml per litre.
At the lower 3ml/10L rate, use 15ml for 50L, 30ml for 100L, 150ml for 500L or 300ml for 1,000L.
At the higher 5ml/10L rate, use 25ml for 50L, 50ml for 100L, 250ml for 500L or 500ml for 1,000L.
A 500ml bottle therefore treats approximately 1,000 litres at 5ml per 10L or approximately 1,667 litres at 3ml per 10L.
Shake the bottle thoroughly before measuring. N-Boost is fully water-soluble and can be incorporated into irrigation programmes without leaving residue in the irrigation system.
In drip irrigation systems, N-Boost can be used in place of Startbooster where a fully water-soluble growth stimulant is preferred. Avoid combining N-Boost and Startbooster where the resulting nitrogen level would be excessive for the feeding programme.
Aptus N-Boost 500ml product details
| Product | Aptus N-Boost |
|---|---|
| Product type | Organic nitrogen & vegetative growth booster |
| Product size | 500ml |
| Key components | Organic nitrogen (N) & L-amino acids |
| Primary crop stage | Vegetative growth |
| Standard application rate | 3 – 5ml per 10L water |
| Rate per litre | 0.3 – 0.5ml/L |
| 10L solution | 3 – 5ml |
| 50L solution | 15 – 25ml |
| 100L solution | 30 – 50ml |
| 500L solution | 150 – 250ml |
| 1,000L solution | 300 – 500ml |
| Approximate coverage | 1,000 – 1,667L from 500ml, depending on application rate |
| Solubility | Fully water-soluble |
| Irrigation systems | Designed to leave no residue in irrigation or drip lines |
| Before use | Shake well |
| Primary functions | Organic nitrogen supply, vegetative growth support & biostimulation |
Aptus N-Boost FAQs
What is Aptus N-Boost?
Aptus N-Boost is a concentrated organic nitrogen and L-amino acid growth booster designed to support plants during active vegetative development.
What does Aptus N-Boost contain?
N-Boost contains organic nitrogen and L-amino acids. The combination provides nitrogen for vegetative development while the amino acids contribute to plant biostimulation and beneficial biological activity.
When should I use Aptus N-Boost?
Use N-Boost during active vegetative growth, when plants have a high demand for nitrogen and are developing leaves, stems and other vegetative tissue.
How much Aptus N-Boost should I use?
Aptus recommends 3 – 5ml per 10 litres of water during the vegetative growth phase. This is equivalent to 0.3 – 0.5ml per litre.
How much Aptus N-Boost do I need for 100 litres?
Use 30 – 50ml of N-Boost for 100 litres of water, depending on the required application rate.
How much Aptus N-Boost do I need for a 500L reservoir?
Use 150 – 250ml of N-Boost for a 500L reservoir.
How much water will 500ml of Aptus N-Boost treat?
A 500ml bottle treats approximately 1,000 litres at the higher 5ml per 10L rate, or approximately 1,667 litres at the lower 3ml per 10L rate.
Is Aptus N-Boost suitable for drip irrigation?
Yes. N-Boost is fully water-soluble and is designed to leave no residue in irrigation systems, making it particularly useful for drip-fed crops.
Does Aptus N-Boost clog irrigation lines?
N-Boost is specifically formulated to be fully water-soluble and leave no residue in irrigation lines. Aptus recommends it as an alternative to Startbooster in drip systems where preventing line blockage is a priority.
Can I use Aptus N-Boost with Startbooster?
Aptus advises against combining N-Boost with Startbooster where doing so would result in excessive nitrogen within the nutrition programme. In drip systems, N-Boost can be used instead of Startbooster.
Does Aptus N-Boost contain amino acids?
Yes. N-Boost contains L-amino acids, which support growth and biostimulation while helping encourage beneficial bacterial populations in the growing environment.
Is Aptus N-Boost water-soluble?
Yes. N-Boost is fully water-soluble and is designed not to leave residues within irrigation systems.
Do I need to shake Aptus N-Boost before use?
Yes. Shake N-Boost thoroughly before measuring and adding it to the feeding solution.
Can Aptus N-Boost be used throughout flowering?
N-Boost is primarily a vegetative growth product. Its purpose is to provide additional organic nitrogen during the stage when nitrogen demand is high, rather than acting as a general flowering booster.
What is the difference between Aptus N-Boost and Startbooster?
N-Boost focuses on organic nitrogen, L-amino acids and vegetative growth while remaining fully water-soluble. Startbooster is a broader biological root and growth stimulator containing ingredients such as humic and fulvic acids and biological components. For drip systems, Aptus specifically recommends N-Boost as the alternative where avoiding organic residue and potential line blockage is important.
Aptus Mycor Mix Mycorrhizal Root Inoculant – 100g
1520
£15.20
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Aptus Mycor Mix Mycorrhizal Root Inoculant – 100g
1520
£15.20
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A 100% organic mycorrhizal root inoculant designed to establish beneficial fungi around developing roots and improve access to water and nutrients.
Aptus Mycor Mix is a concentrated blend of beneficial mycorrhizal fungi for use when planting or transplanting. Applied directly into the planting hole, the fungal spores are positioned where they can establish a close relationship with the developing root system.
Mycorrhizal fungi work in partnership with plant roots. As the relationship develops, fungal structures effectively extend the area explored by the root system, helping the plant access water and nutrients from a greater volume of growing medium.
Aptus particularly highlights improved nutrient uptake, including phosphorus uptake, as a key benefit of Mycor Mix. The manufacturer also states that established mycorrhizae can dramatically increase the effective reach of the root system.
Unlike a liquid additive that is repeatedly added to the reservoir, Mycor Mix is applied just once. Use 1g per plant directly in the planting hole so the inoculant sits close to the roots from the beginning.
Why choose Aptus Mycor Mix?
- Beneficial mycorrhizal fungi – contains a blend of different mycorrhizal species selected to establish around plant roots.
- Expands the effective root system – fungal structures extend beyond the immediate root zone and increase the area available for nutrient and water uptake.
- Improves nutrient uptake – helps plants access nutrients more efficiently from the surrounding growing medium.
- Particularly useful for phosphorus uptake – Aptus specifically highlights improved phosphorus availability as an important benefit.
- Direct root inoculation – applied into the planting hole so the fungi are positioned immediately alongside developing roots.
- Supports root establishment – ideal for introducing beneficial fungi as plants are planted or transplanted.
- One-time application – only 1g per plant is required at planting rather than repeated reservoir dosing.
- 100% organic – designed to support biologically active growing programmes and healthy root-zone ecology.
- Highly economical – a 100g pouch provides approximately 100 standard 1g plant applications.
What is Aptus Mycor Mix suitable for?
Mycor Mix is intended for use when establishing plants in a suitable growing medium. It is particularly useful during planting and transplanting, when the inoculant can be placed directly beneath or around the root system.
This direct application matters because mycorrhizal fungi need access to living roots to establish their beneficial relationship with the plant. Positioning Mycor Mix in the planting hole gives the spores immediate proximity to the developing root system.
It is a strong addition to soil-based and biologically active growing programmes where growers want to establish beneficial root-zone life from the beginning. Aptus includes Mycor Mix within both its organic and commercial Super Soil programmes.
Mycor Mix is especially relevant where improved root exploration and nutrient uptake are priorities. Rather than supplying a large quantity of nutrients itself, it helps establish the biological relationship that allows the root system to access resources from a wider area of the growing medium.
How to use Aptus Mycor Mix
Apply 1g of Aptus Mycor Mix per plant. Use it once when planting or transplanting.
Prepare the planting hole and place 1g of Mycor Mix directly into the hole before positioning the plant. Place the roots so they come into close contact with the treated area, then fill around the plant with the growing medium as normal.
Direct root contact is important. Mycor Mix is designed to establish a biological relationship between the mycorrhizal fungi and the plant's root system, so placing it close to the roots is preferable to spreading it indiscriminately through a large volume of growing medium.
Mycor Mix is a one-time inoculation rather than a product that needs to be continually added throughout vegetative growth or flowering.
At the standard 1g-per-plant rate, a 100g pouch provides approximately 100 individual plant applications.
Aptus Mycor Mix 100g product details
| Product | Aptus Mycor Mix |
|---|---|
| Product type | Mycorrhizal root inoculant |
| Product size | 100g |
| Format | Dry microbial inoculant |
| Biological component | Blend of beneficial mycorrhizal fungi |
| Organic status | 100% organic |
| Application rate | 1g per plant |
| Application method | Place directly into the planting hole before planting or transplanting |
| Application frequency | Once |
| Approximate applications | 100 plants from a 100g pouch at the standard rate |
| Primary function | Root-zone inoculation & improved nutrient uptake |
| Key nutrient benefit | Supports nutrient uptake, particularly phosphorus |
| Outer case quantity | 12 x 100g |
Aptus Mycor Mix FAQs
What is Aptus Mycor Mix?
Aptus Mycor Mix is a 100% organic root inoculant containing a blend of beneficial mycorrhizal fungi. It is applied directly at planting or transplanting to establish mycorrhizae around the plant's roots.
What do mycorrhizal fungi do?
Mycorrhizal fungi form a beneficial relationship with plant roots. Their fungal structures extend into the surrounding growing medium, effectively increasing the area from which the plant can access water and nutrients.
How much Aptus Mycor Mix should I use?
Use 1g of Mycor Mix per plant. Aptus recommends placing it directly into the planting hole before planting or transplanting.
How many plants will 100g of Aptus Mycor Mix treat?
At the standard rate of 1g per plant, a 100g pouch provides approximately 100 individual plant applications.
When should I use Aptus Mycor Mix?
Use Mycor Mix when planting or transplanting. Applying it at this stage allows the fungal inoculant to make direct contact with the developing root system.
How often should I apply Aptus Mycor Mix?
Aptus specifies a single application. Apply 1g per plant directly into the planting hole rather than repeatedly adding it throughout the crop cycle.
Does Aptus Mycor Mix need to touch the roots?
Yes. Mycor Mix is intended to be placed directly in the planting hole so the beneficial fungi have immediate access to the root system. Close root contact helps the mycorrhizal relationship establish effectively.
Does Aptus Mycor Mix improve phosphorus uptake?
Yes. Improved nutrient uptake is one of the main purposes of Mycor Mix, with Aptus specifically highlighting phosphorus uptake as an important benefit.
Is Aptus Mycor Mix organic?
Yes. Aptus describes Mycor Mix as 100% organic.
Is Aptus Mycor Mix a fertiliser?
Mycor Mix is better described as a biological root inoculant rather than a conventional fertiliser. Its role is to introduce beneficial mycorrhizal fungi that work alongside the root system and improve access to nutrients already available in the growing medium.
Can Aptus Mycor Mix help root development?
Yes. Mycor Mix extends the effective reach of the root system through its beneficial fungal network, increasing the area available for water and nutrient uptake.
Can Aptus Mycor Mix be used when transplanting?
Yes. Transplanting is an ideal time to apply Mycor Mix because the inoculant can be positioned directly around the exposed root system before the plant is settled into its new growing medium.
Do I add Aptus Mycor Mix to the nutrient reservoir?
No. The standard Aptus application is 1g per plant placed directly into the planting hole. Mycor Mix is intended for direct substrate and root-zone inoculation rather than routine reservoir dosing.
What is the difference between Aptus Mycor Mix and Micromix?
Mycor Mix is focused on establishing beneficial mycorrhizal fungi around the root system. Aptus Micromix products are broader microbial inoculants intended to establish beneficial soil-borne microlife. They perform related root-zone roles but are different products with different application methods.
Aptus Micromix Soil Beneficial Microbial Inoculant – 100g
1080
£10.80
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Aptus Micromix Soil Beneficial Microbial Inoculant – 100g
1080
£10.80
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A 100% organic microbial inoculant designed to establish beneficial microlife in the growing medium and support a healthier, more active root zone.
Aptus Micromix Soil is a concentrated dry microbial inoculant containing a carefully selected mixture of beneficial microorganisms and stimulants. It is designed to introduce beneficial microlife directly into the growing medium, helping create better biological conditions around developing roots.
Commercial growing substrates are often processed or sterilised to remove potentially harmful organisms. While this produces a clean growing medium, it can also remove much of the beneficial microlife that would naturally occupy the root zone. Micromix Soil allows growers to deliberately reintroduce beneficial microorganisms when preparing substrate or transplanting.
Once established, these beneficial populations help create a more favourable environment around the roots. Aptus states that enzymes produced by beneficial bacteria help break down accumulated nutrient salts, while healthy populations of beneficial microorganisms help protect the root system from undesirable microorganisms.
Micromix Soil can be mixed throughout the growing medium at 0.5 – 1g per litre of substrate or applied more precisely at 1g per planting hole before planting or transplanting.
Why choose Aptus Micromix Soil?
- Establishes beneficial microlife – introduces selected microorganisms into the growing medium to create a biologically active root environment.
- Supports healthy roots – beneficial microbial populations help create favourable conditions around the developing root system.
- Helps protect the root zone – Aptus states that healthy populations of beneficial microorganisms help protect roots from harmful fungi and bacteria.
- Stimulates rooting and growth – designed to support the biological processes associated with healthy root establishment and plant development.
- Helps process accumulated nutrient salts – enzymes produced by beneficial bacteria help break down accumulated salts within the growing medium.
- Ideal at transplanting – can be applied directly into the planting hole, placing beneficial microorganisms close to developing roots.
- Can be mixed through substrate – suitable for incorporating into growing media before planting.
- Suitable for different substrates – Aptus recommends Micromix for use across a wide range of growing media.
- 100% organic – a biological approach to improving root-zone conditions rather than simply increasing mineral fertiliser inputs.
- Works with Micromix Drip – the initial Soil treatment can be followed with Micromix Drip after 21 days where continued microbial inoculation is required.
What is Aptus Micromix Soil suitable for?
Micromix Soil is particularly useful when preparing fresh growing media or transplanting young plants. These are ideal opportunities to introduce beneficial microorganisms because the product can be distributed throughout the substrate or positioned directly around the developing root zone.
It is well suited to growers who want to establish beneficial biology in substrates that may contain relatively little active microlife. Rather than waiting for microbial populations to develop naturally, Micromix Soil provides a deliberate inoculation at the beginning of the crop.
Aptus recommends Micromix Soil during plant establishment and vegetative growth to support healthier young plants and root development. It can also be used with different types of growing substrate, making it suitable for a wide range of container and substrate-based growing programmes.
Micromix Soil and Mycor Mix perform different jobs. Mycor Mix supplies beneficial mycorrhizal fungi that establish a symbiotic relationship with roots, while Micromix Soil supplies a broader mixture of beneficial microorganisms and stimulants intended to establish healthy soil-borne microlife. The two products can therefore form complementary parts of a biologically active root-zone programme.
How to use Aptus Micromix Soil
When preparing growing media, mix 0.5 – 1g of Aptus Micromix Soil per litre of substrate. Distribute the powder evenly through the medium before planting.
At the lower rate, use 5g for 10L, 25g for 50L or 50g for 100L of substrate. At the higher rate, use 10g for 10L, 50g for 50L or 100g for 100L.
Alternatively, apply 1g directly into each planting hole before planting or transplanting. This method places the beneficial microbial inoculant immediately around the developing root zone without requiring it to be mixed through the entire volume of substrate.
When using the planting-hole method, a 100g pouch provides approximately 100 individual 1g applications.
Micromix Soil is the substrate-applied version of the Aptus Micromix system. Where further inoculation is required after establishment, Aptus recommends an optional application of Micromix Drip after approximately 21 days.
Aptus Micromix Soil 100g product details
| Product | Aptus Micromix Soil |
|---|---|
| Product type | Beneficial microbial substrate inoculant |
| Product size | 100g |
| Format | Dry powder |
| Contains | Selected microorganisms & stimulants |
| Organic status | 100% organic |
| Substrate application rate | 0.5 – 1g per 1L of substrate |
| Planting-hole application | 1g per planting hole before planting or transplanting |
| 10L substrate | 5 – 10g |
| 50L substrate | 25 – 50g |
| 100L substrate | 50 – 100g |
| Approximate planting-hole applications | 100 plants from a 100g pouch at 1g per plant |
| Optional follow-up | Micromix Drip after approximately 21 days |
| Primary functions | Establishing beneficial microlife, supporting roots & improving root-zone conditions |
Aptus Micromix Soil FAQs
What is Aptus Micromix Soil?
Aptus Micromix Soil is a 100% organic dry microbial inoculant containing selected beneficial microorganisms and stimulants. It is designed to establish beneficial microlife within the growing medium and around the root system.
What does Aptus Micromix Soil do?
Micromix Soil helps establish a healthy population of beneficial microorganisms in the root zone. Aptus states that these microorganisms support rooting and growth, help protect roots from harmful microorganisms and produce enzymes that break down accumulated nutrient salts.
How much Aptus Micromix Soil should I use?
Mix 0.5 – 1g per litre of growing substrate. Alternatively, apply 1g directly into each planting hole before planting or transplanting.
How much Micromix Soil do I need for 50 litres of substrate?
For 50 litres of substrate, use 25 – 50g of Micromix Soil depending on the chosen application rate.
How much Micromix Soil do I need for 100 litres of substrate?
Use 50 – 100g of Micromix Soil for 100 litres of growing medium.
How many plants will 100g of Aptus Micromix Soil treat?
When applying 1g directly into each planting hole, a 100g pouch provides approximately 100 plant applications.
When should I apply Aptus Micromix Soil?
Micromix Soil is particularly useful when preparing substrate and during planting or transplanting. Applying it at this stage establishes beneficial microlife close to young and developing roots.
Can Aptus Micromix Soil be mixed into growing media?
Yes. Aptus recommends mixing 0.5 – 1g per litre directly through the substrate. It can also be applied at 1g per planting hole if a more targeted application is preferred.
Is Aptus Micromix Soil organic?
Yes. Aptus describes Micromix Soil as 100% organic.
Does Aptus Micromix Soil contain beneficial bacteria?
Micromix Soil contains a selected mixture of beneficial microorganisms and stimulants. Aptus specifically describes enzymes produced by beneficial bacteria as part of the way the product works within the growing medium.
What is the difference between Aptus Micromix Soil and Micromix Drip?
Micromix Soil is designed to be mixed directly into substrate or placed in the planting hole. Micromix Drip is mixed with water and applied through irrigation or watering. Aptus recommends Micromix Drip as an optional follow-up approximately 21 days after the initial Micromix Soil treatment.
What is the difference between Aptus Micromix Soil and Mycor Mix?
Micromix Soil supplies a mixture of beneficial microorganisms and stimulants to establish healthy soil-borne microlife. Mycor Mix specifically contains beneficial endomycorrhizal fungi that establish a symbiotic relationship with plant roots. They are different biological products and perform complementary roles within the root zone.
Does Aptus Micromix Soil help with nutrient salt build-up?
Aptus states that enzymes produced by beneficial bacteria help decompose accumulated nutrient salts within the growing medium, making this one of the functions of the beneficial microbial population established by Micromix.
Can Aptus Micromix Soil help young plants establish?
Yes. Aptus recommends Micromix Soil during the growth phase to support healthier young plants and better establishment. Introducing beneficial microlife early helps create a more favourable biological environment around developing roots.
Do I put Aptus Micromix Soil in the nutrient tank?
No. Micromix Soil is the substrate-applied version. Mix it directly through the growing medium or place it in the planting hole. For a water-applied microbial treatment, Aptus produces Micromix Drip.
Aptus Micromix Drip Beneficial Microbial Inoculant – 100g
1080
£10.80
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Aptus Micromix Drip Beneficial Microbial Inoculant – 100g
1080
£10.80
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A 100% organic microbial inoculant that mixes with irrigation water to establish and maintain beneficial microlife around the root zone.
Aptus Micromix Drip is a concentrated microbial powder developed for growers who want to introduce beneficial microorganisms through watering or irrigation. Unlike Micromix Soil, which is mixed directly into the growing medium, Micromix Drip dissolves in water so established plants can be inoculated without disturbing the substrate.
The formulation combines selected beneficial microorganisms with stimulants, including polysaccharides that help stimulate microbial activity. Aptus selects the microorganisms according to their function and treats them to remain stable during storage, allowing them to become active after application.
Establishing a healthy microbial population can improve conditions around the roots. Aptus explains that enzymes produced by beneficial bacteria help decompose accumulated nutrient salts, while a healthy population of beneficial microorganisms helps protect the root system from undesirable microorganisms.
Micromix Drip is mixed at 1g per litre of water and applied to the substrate by irrigation or pouring. A 100g pouch therefore prepares approximately 100 litres of microbial solution at the standard application rate.
Why choose Aptus Micromix Drip?
- Introduces beneficial microlife – supplies selected microorganisms directly to the growing medium through irrigation or watering.
- Supports the root zone – helps establish a healthier biological environment around developing and established roots.
- Contains microbial stimulants – polysaccharides help stimulate beneficial microlife within the substrate.
- Supports rooting and growth – Aptus developed Micromix to encourage healthy rooting and plant development.
- Helps manage accumulated nutrient salts – enzymes produced by beneficial bacteria help decompose nutrient salts that have built up within the substrate.
- Supports natural root protection – healthy populations of beneficial microorganisms help protect roots from undesirable fungi and bacteria.
- Water-applied formula – ideal for established plants because the substrate does not need to be disturbed for application.
- Suitable for irrigation or hand watering – the prepared solution can be delivered to the growing medium through either method.
- Suitable for different substrates – Aptus states that Micromix can be used with all types of growing substrate.
- 100% organic – provides a biological approach to maintaining a healthy root-zone environment.
What is Aptus Micromix Drip suitable for?
Micromix Drip is designed for introducing and maintaining beneficial microbial populations in the growing medium through irrigation or hand watering. This makes it particularly useful once plants are already established and mixing a dry inoculant throughout the substrate is no longer practical.
It can be used with different growing substrates and is especially useful where growers want to support a biologically active root zone without disturbing established plants.
Micromix Drip can also follow an initial application of Micromix Soil. Aptus recommends Micromix Soil when preparing substrate or planting, with Micromix Drip available as the water-applied treatment for maintaining beneficial microlife later.
It is not a conventional base fertiliser. Its primary purpose is to introduce and stimulate beneficial microorganisms within the root environment, complementing the plant's normal nutrition programme rather than replacing it.
How to use Aptus Micromix Drip
Mix 1g of Aptus Micromix Drip per 1 litre of water. Stir the solution thoroughly until the powder is completely dissolved, then apply the prepared solution to the growing medium through irrigation or normal watering.
For 10L of water, use 10g. For 25L, use 25g. For 50L, use 50g. A full 100g pouch prepares approximately 100L of solution.
Aptus recommends applying Micromix Drip at the start of the microbial treatment programme and repeating approximately every 30 days where continued inoculation is required.
If Micromix Soil has already been incorporated into the growing medium at planting or transplanting, Micromix Drip can be used as a later water-applied treatment to maintain beneficial microbial activity without disturbing the substrate.
Always mix the powder thoroughly before application so that Micromix Drip is fully dispersed throughout the water.
Aptus Micromix Drip 100g product details
| Product | Aptus Micromix Drip |
|---|---|
| Product type | Beneficial microbial inoculant |
| Product size | 100g |
| Format | Water-soluble microbial powder |
| Contains | Selected microorganisms & microbial stimulants |
| Organic status | 100% organic |
| Application rate | 1g per 1L water |
| 10L solution | 10g |
| 25L solution | 25g |
| 50L solution | 50g |
| 100L solution | 100g |
| Approximate coverage | 100L of solution from a 100g pouch |
| Application method | Irrigation or pouring onto the substrate |
| Application frequency | At the start of treatment and approximately every 30 days where required |
| Primary function | Introducing & stimulating beneficial root-zone microlife |
Aptus Micromix Drip FAQs
What is Aptus Micromix Drip?
Aptus Micromix Drip is a 100% organic microbial inoculant supplied as a powder that dissolves in water. It introduces selected beneficial microorganisms and stimulants to the growing medium through irrigation or hand watering.
What does Aptus Micromix Drip do?
Micromix Drip helps establish and maintain beneficial microlife around the root zone. This supports rooting and growth while creating a healthier biological environment within the substrate.
How much Aptus Micromix Drip should I use?
Mix 1g of Micromix Drip per litre of water. Stir thoroughly until the powder is completely dissolved before applying the solution to the growing medium.
How much Micromix Drip do I need for 10 litres of water?
Use 10g of Micromix Drip for 10 litres of water.
How much Micromix Drip do I need for 50 litres?
Use 50g of Micromix Drip for 50 litres of water.
How much solution does 100g of Aptus Micromix Drip make?
At the standard rate of 1g per litre, a 100g pouch prepares approximately 100 litres of microbial solution.
How often should I use Aptus Micromix Drip?
Aptus recommends applying Micromix Drip at the start of treatment and repeating approximately every 30 days where continued microbial inoculation is required.
Can Aptus Micromix Drip be used through irrigation?
Yes. Micromix Drip is specifically designed to be mixed with water and delivered to the substrate through irrigation or normal watering.
Does Aptus Micromix Drip need to dissolve before use?
Yes. Add 1g per litre of water and stir thoroughly until the Micromix Drip powder is completely dissolved before applying the solution.
Is Aptus Micromix Drip a fertiliser?
Micromix Drip is better described as a microbial inoculant rather than a conventional base fertiliser. Its main purpose is to establish and stimulate beneficial microlife in the root zone.
Is Aptus Micromix Drip organic?
Yes. Aptus describes Micromix as 100% organic.
Does Aptus Micromix Drip help with nutrient salt build-up?
Yes. Aptus states that enzymes produced by beneficial bacteria help decompose accumulated nutrient salts within the growing medium.
What is the difference between Aptus Micromix Soil and Micromix Drip?
Micromix Soil is mixed directly through the growing medium or placed in the planting hole, making it ideal when preparing substrate or transplanting. Micromix Drip is dissolved in water and applied through irrigation or watering, making it better suited to treating established plants and maintaining beneficial microlife later.
Can Micromix Drip be used after Micromix Soil?
Yes. Micromix Drip is designed to complement the substrate-applied Micromix Soil treatment. Once plants are established, Micromix Drip provides a straightforward way to introduce further beneficial microorganisms through watering without disturbing the root zone.
What is the difference between Aptus Micromix Drip and Mycor Mix?
Micromix Drip introduces a mixture of beneficial microorganisms and stimulants through irrigation water. Mycor Mix is a different product based on beneficial mycorrhizal fungi and is applied directly around the roots at planting. They perform different but complementary biological roles within the root zone.
Aptus Enzym+ Enzyme Root & Growing Medium Cleaner – 250ml
500
£5.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Aptus Enzym+ Enzyme Root & Growing Medium Cleaner – 250ml
500
£5.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A highly concentrated enzyme treatment that helps keep roots and growing media clean, breaks down dead organic matter and reduces the build-up of nutrient salts.
Aptus Enzym+ is a powerful blend of enzymes developed to maintain a cleaner, more efficient root environment. Rather than adding more conventional plant nutrition, it works on organic residues and accumulated nutrient salts within the root zone, helping plants make better use of the nutrition already available.
The formula combines cellulase and beta-glucanase enzyme complexes with polysaccharides and manganese. Cellulase helps break down cellulose and dead plant material that can accumulate around roots, while beta-glucanase helps transform precipitated nutrient salts into forms that are available to the plant.
Keeping this material under control helps maintain cleaner root surfaces and supports efficient nutrient absorption. Aptus also uses Enzym+ to help stabilise EC within the growing medium and reduce the nutrient salt accumulation that can contribute to nutrient lockout.
Enzym+ is suitable for routine use throughout the crop cycle and is particularly valuable for growers looking to maintain their growing media over longer periods or reuse suitable media across multiple crop cycles.
Why choose Aptus Enzym+?
- Keeps root surfaces cleaner – cellulase enzymes help break down cellulose and dead plant material that can accumulate around the roots.
- Helps remove organic residues – supports a cleaner growing environment by breaking down dead organic matter and root remains.
- Helps manage nutrient salt build-up – beta-glucanase helps transform precipitated nutrient salts into plant-available nutrients.
- Supports nutrient absorption – cleaner root surfaces allow the plant to access available nutrition more effectively.
- Helps stabilise EC in the growing medium – useful where accumulated nutrient salts can otherwise affect root-zone conditions.
- Helps reduce nutrient lockout – prevents excessive nutrient salt accumulation within the substrate.
- Supports beneficial microlife – the formulation contains polysaccharides and manganese that support biological activity in the growing medium.
- Supports growing-medium reuse – Aptus recommends Enzym+ when cleaning suitable growing media between crop cycles.
- Flexible dosing – use a lower concentration at every watering or a higher concentration for a once-weekly enzyme treatment.
- Highly concentrated – just 2.5ml treats 10L of water when used at every watering.
What is Aptus Enzym+ suitable for?
Enzym+ is designed for maintaining a clean and efficient root environment throughout plant development. It is particularly useful in intensive feeding programmes where nutrient salts and organic residues can gradually accumulate within the growing medium.
As roots naturally develop and age, dead root material and other organic matter can remain within the substrate. The cellulase component of Enzym+ helps break down this plant material, keeping the area around active roots cleaner and supporting efficient nutrient absorption.
It is also useful where nutrient salts have accumulated or precipitated in the growing medium. Beta-glucanase helps transform these deposits into plant-available nutrients, while the overall formulation helps stabilise EC within the substrate.
Growers who reuse suitable growing media can incorporate Enzym+ into their management programme. Aptus recommends flushing the medium between crop cycles to remove dead plant material and nutrient salts, with Enzym+ helping the clean-up process.
How to use Aptus Enzym+
Aptus provides two application methods depending on how frequently Enzym+ is being used.
At every watering: use 2.5ml per 10L of water. This is equivalent to 0.25ml per litre or a dilution of approximately 1:4000.
Once per week: use 5ml per 10L of water. This is equivalent to 0.5ml per litre or a dilution of approximately 1:2000.
When using the every-watering rate, use 12.5ml for 50L, 25ml for 100L, 125ml for 500L or 250ml for 1,000L.
When using Enzym+ once weekly, use 25ml for 50L, 50ml for 100L, 250ml for 500L or 500ml for 1,000L.
Shake Enzym+ thoroughly before use. Prepare the nutrient solution first, then add Enzym+ last, preferably immediately before watering.
Do not leave a prepared reservoir containing nutrients and Enzym+ standing for more than two days. The enzymes act rapidly in solution and extended reservoir storage can affect nutrient availability.
Aptus Enzym+ 250ml product details
| Product | Aptus Enzym+ |
|---|---|
| Product size | 250ml |
| Product format | Concentrated liquid enzyme treatment |
| Enzyme complexes | Cellulase & beta-glucanase |
| Other components | Polysaccharide sugar complexes & manganese (Mn) |
| Every-watering rate | 2.5ml per 10L water (0.25ml/L) |
| Weekly rate | 5ml per 10L water (0.5ml/L) |
| Every-watering dilution | 1:4000 |
| Weekly dilution | 1:2000 |
| Coverage at 2.5ml per 10L | Approximately 1,000L from 250ml |
| Coverage at 5ml per 10L | Approximately 500L from 250ml |
| Mixing order | Add last to the prepared nutrient solution, preferably immediately before watering |
| Reservoir guidance | Do not leave mixed with nutrients for more than 2 days |
| Before use | Shake well |
| Primary functions | Root cleaning, organic residue breakdown, nutrient salt management & EC stabilisation in the growing medium |
Aptus Enzym+ FAQs
What is Aptus Enzym+?
Aptus Enzym+ is a concentrated enzyme treatment for maintaining cleaner roots and growing media. It helps break down dead organic material and accumulated nutrient salts while supporting nutrient availability and stable root-zone conditions.
What enzymes are in Aptus Enzym+?
Enzym+ contains cellulase and beta-glucanase enzyme complexes. It also contains polysaccharide sugar complexes and manganese.
What does cellulase do in Aptus Enzym+?
Cellulase breaks down cellulose from plant material that can accumulate around roots. This helps keep root surfaces cleaner and supports efficient nutrient absorption.
What does beta-glucanase do in Aptus Enzym+?
Aptus states that beta-glucanase helps transform precipitated nutrient salts into plant-available nutrients, helping manage salt accumulation within the growing medium.
How much Aptus Enzym+ should I use?
Use 2.5ml per 10 litres of water when applying Enzym+ at every watering. If using it once per week instead, use 5ml per 10 litres.
How much Aptus Enzym+ do I need for 100 litres?
Use 25ml per 100 litres at the every-watering rate, or 50ml per 100 litres when applying Enzym+ once weekly.
How much water does 250ml of Aptus Enzym+ treat?
A 250ml bottle treats approximately 1,000 litres at the 2.5ml-per-10L every-watering rate, or approximately 500 litres at the 5ml-per-10L weekly rate.
When should I add Aptus Enzym+ to my nutrient solution?
Add Enzym+ last, after preparing the rest of the nutrient solution. Aptus recommends adding it preferably just before watering.
Can I leave Aptus Enzym+ in a nutrient reservoir?
Avoid leaving Enzym+ mixed with nutrients for more than two days. The enzymes work rapidly in solution, and prolonged storage can cause nutrient degradation and affect nutrient availability.
Does Aptus Enzym+ help with nutrient salt build-up?
Yes. Enzym+ helps transform accumulated or precipitated nutrient salts into plant-available forms and helps prevent excessive salt accumulation within the growing medium.
Does Aptus Enzym+ stabilise EC?
Yes. Aptus specifically identifies stabilising EC within the growing medium as one of the functions of Enzym+.
Can Aptus Enzym+ help prevent nutrient lockout?
Enzym+ helps reduce the accumulation of excess nutrient salts within the growing medium, which can contribute to nutrient lockout. Keeping roots and the substrate cleaner also supports more efficient nutrient absorption.
Can I reuse growing media with Aptus Enzym+?
Aptus recommends Enzym+ as part of a growing-medium reuse programme where the medium has remained healthy and suitable for reuse. Between crop cycles, the medium should be flushed and cleaned of old root material and accumulated nutrient salts.
Does Aptus Enzym+ contain beneficial bacteria?
Enzym+ is an enzyme treatment rather than a microbial inoculant. Its formulation contains enzyme complexes, polysaccharides and manganese, with the latter components also helping support existing beneficial microlife in the growing medium.
Should Aptus Enzym+ be shaken before use?
Yes. Shake Enzym+ well before measuring and adding it to the nutrient solution.
Aptus Enzym+ Enzyme Root & Growing Medium Cleaner – 1L
2345
£23.45
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Aptus Enzym+ Enzyme Root & Growing Medium Cleaner – 1L
2345
£23.45
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A highly concentrated enzyme treatment that helps keep roots and growing media clean, breaks down dead organic matter and reduces the build-up of nutrient salts.
Aptus Enzym+ is a concentrated enzyme treatment developed to maintain a cleaner, more efficient root environment throughout the crop cycle. It works on dead organic material and accumulated nutrient salts within the growing medium, helping plants make better use of the nutrition already available around their roots.
The formula combines cellulase and beta-glucanase enzyme complexes with polysaccharides and manganese. Cellulase helps break down cellulose and dead plant material around the root zone, while beta-glucanase helps transform precipitated nutrient salts into forms that are available to the plant.
This enzymatic action helps keep root surfaces cleaner and supports efficient nutrient absorption. Aptus also recommends Enzym+ for helping stabilise EC within the growing medium and reducing the accumulation of nutrient salts that can contribute to nutrient lockout.
The 1L bottle is particularly practical for larger reservoirs and regular-use feeding programmes. At the standard every-watering rate of 2.5ml per 10L, one litre of Enzym+ is enough to prepare approximately 4,000 litres of solution.
Why choose Aptus Enzym+?
- Keeps root surfaces cleaner – cellulase enzymes help break down cellulose and dead plant material around the root zone.
- Breaks down organic residues – helps process dead plant matter that can otherwise accumulate within the growing medium.
- Helps manage nutrient salt build-up – beta-glucanase helps transform precipitated nutrient salts into plant-available forms.
- Supports nutrient absorption – cleaner root surfaces and improved nutrient availability help roots work more efficiently.
- Helps stabilise substrate EC – useful in intensive feeding programmes where salts can gradually accumulate.
- Helps reduce nutrient lockout – supports better root-zone conditions by preventing excessive nutrient salt accumulation.
- Supports beneficial microlife – polysaccharides and manganese within the formulation help support biological activity in the growing medium.
- Useful for growing-medium reuse – can form part of the cleaning process when preparing suitable growing media for another crop cycle.
- Two dosing options – use at a lower concentration with every watering or at a higher concentration once per week.
- Excellent coverage – the 1L bottle treats approximately 4,000L at the standard every-watering rate.
What is Aptus Enzym+ suitable for?
Enzym+ is designed for maintaining a cleaner and more efficient root environment throughout plant development. It is particularly useful in intensive nutrition programmes where dead organic matter and nutrient salts can gradually accumulate within the growing medium.
As roots naturally develop and age, dead root material remains within the substrate. The cellulase component of Enzym+ helps break down this cellulose-rich plant material, helping keep the area surrounding active roots cleaner.
Enzym+ also targets precipitated nutrient salts. Its beta-glucanase enzyme complex helps transform these deposits into plant-available nutrients, while the overall treatment helps stabilise EC within the growing medium.
The 1L format is well suited to larger gardens, grow rooms and commercial horticultural applications where enzyme treatments are used routinely. It provides considerably more reservoir coverage than smaller bottles while retaining the same concentrated dosing rate.
Enzym+ can also be incorporated into growing-medium management between crop cycles. Where a substrate remains healthy and suitable for reuse, Aptus recommends cleaning out old plant material and accumulated nutrient salts before replanting.
How to use Aptus Enzym+
Aptus provides two application rates depending on how frequently Enzym+ is being used.
At every watering: use 2.5ml per 10L of water. This is equivalent to 0.25ml per litre or a dilution of approximately 1:4000.
Once per week: use 5ml per 10L of water. This is equivalent to 0.5ml per litre or a dilution of approximately 1:2000.
At the every-watering rate, use 12.5ml for 50L, 25ml for 100L, 125ml for 500L or 250ml for 1,000L.
At the once-weekly rate, use 25ml for 50L, 50ml for 100L, 250ml for 500L or 500ml for 1,000L.
Shake the bottle thoroughly before measuring. Prepare the nutrient solution first and add Enzym+ last, preferably immediately before watering.
Do not leave a prepared nutrient solution containing Enzym+ standing for more than two days. For best results, prepare only the volume required for the immediate irrigation period.
Aptus Enzym+ 1L product details
| Product | Aptus Enzym+ |
|---|---|
| Product size | 1L |
| Product format | Concentrated liquid enzyme treatment |
| Enzyme complexes | Cellulase & beta-glucanase |
| Other components | Polysaccharide sugar complexes & manganese (Mn) |
| Every-watering rate | 2.5ml per 10L water (0.25ml/L) |
| Weekly rate | 5ml per 10L water (0.5ml/L) |
| Every-watering dilution | 1:4000 |
| Weekly dilution | 1:2000 |
| Coverage at 2.5ml per 10L | Approximately 4,000L from 1L |
| Coverage at 5ml per 10L | Approximately 2,000L from 1L |
| Mixing order | Add last to the prepared nutrient solution, preferably immediately before watering |
| Reservoir guidance | Do not leave mixed with nutrients for more than 2 days |
| Before use | Shake well |
| Primary functions | Root cleaning, organic residue breakdown, nutrient salt management & EC stabilisation in the growing medium |
Aptus Enzym+ FAQs
What is Aptus Enzym+?
Aptus Enzym+ is a concentrated enzyme treatment designed to keep roots and growing media cleaner. It helps break down dead plant material and accumulated nutrient salts while supporting nutrient availability and stable root-zone conditions.
What enzymes are in Aptus Enzym+?
Enzym+ contains cellulase and beta-glucanase enzyme complexes. The formulation also contains polysaccharide sugar complexes and manganese.
What does cellulase do in Aptus Enzym+?
Cellulase helps break down cellulose from dead plant and root material. This helps keep the area around active roots cleaner and supports efficient nutrient absorption.
What does beta-glucanase do in Aptus Enzym+?
Aptus uses beta-glucanase to help transform precipitated nutrient salts into forms that are available to plants, helping manage salt accumulation within the growing medium.
How much Aptus Enzym+ should I use?
Use 2.5ml per 10 litres of water when applying Enzym+ at every watering. If using it once per week instead, increase the rate to 5ml per 10 litres.
How much Aptus Enzym+ do I need for 100 litres?
Use 25ml per 100 litres at the every-watering rate, or 50ml per 100 litres for a once-weekly application.
How much Aptus Enzym+ do I need for a 1,000 litre reservoir?
Use 250ml for a 1,000 litre reservoir at the every-watering rate. For a once-weekly treatment, use 500ml per 1,000 litres.
How much water will 1L of Aptus Enzym+ treat?
A 1L bottle treats approximately 4,000 litres at the standard 2.5ml-per-10L every-watering rate. At the higher 5ml-per-10L weekly rate, it treats approximately 2,000 litres.
When should Aptus Enzym+ be added to the nutrient solution?
Prepare the nutrient solution first and add Enzym+ last. Aptus recommends adding it preferably just before watering.
Can Aptus Enzym+ be left in a nutrient reservoir?
Do not leave Enzym+ mixed with nutrients for more than two days. The enzymes act rapidly once added to the solution, so freshly prepared solution is preferable.
Does Aptus Enzym+ help with nutrient salt build-up?
Yes. Enzym+ helps transform accumulated or precipitated nutrient salts into plant-available forms and helps prevent excessive salt accumulation within the growing medium.
Does Aptus Enzym+ help stabilise EC?
Yes. Aptus identifies stabilising EC within the growing medium as one of the functions of Enzym+.
Can Aptus Enzym+ help with nutrient lockout?
Enzym+ helps manage the accumulation of nutrient salts that can contribute to nutrient lockout. Its enzyme action also helps keep root surfaces cleaner, supporting efficient nutrient absorption.
Can Aptus Enzym+ be used throughout the crop cycle?
Yes. Enzym+ is suitable for routine root-zone maintenance throughout plant development. Choose either the every-watering or once-weekly application method rather than combining both rates.
Can Aptus Enzym+ be used when reusing growing media?
Yes. Enzym+ can form part of the cleaning process for suitable growing media between crop cycles by helping break down old organic material and accumulated nutrient salts before replanting.
Should Aptus Enzym+ be shaken before use?
Yes. Shake the bottle well before measuring Enzym+ and adding it to the prepared nutrient solution.
Aptus Breakout Powder PK Bloom Enhancer 0-35-23 – 100g
100
£1.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Aptus Breakout Powder PK Bloom Enhancer 0-35-23 – 100g
100
£1.00
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A highly concentrated 0-35-23 PK bloom enhancer designed to supply additional phosphorus and potassium during the demanding late stages of flowering.
Aptus Breakout Powder is a concentrated mineral flowering supplement developed for crops with a high demand for phosphorus and potassium as flowering progresses towards maturation. Its 0-35-23 analysis delivers a substantial PK input alongside magnesium, sulphur and additional calcium.
Phosphorus plays an important role in flower development, photosynthesis and the production of sugars and oils. Potassium supports the movement of sugars and nutrients through plant tissues and activates enzymes involved in flower development, while magnesium and calcium support processes including chlorophyll production, phosphorus transport and strong plant structure.
Breakout Powder is fully water-soluble, including in cold water, making it straightforward to incorporate into nutrient solutions. Aptus recommends it for hydroponic systems, while the product can also be used across different growing media as part of an appropriate flowering nutrition programme.
This is a concentrated late-flowering supplement rather than a base nutrient. It is designed to provide the extra PK required as established flowers move through their final development and maturation stages.
Why choose Aptus Breakout Powder?
- Powerful PK bloom enhancer – concentrated phosphorus and potassium support demanding flowering and maturation stages.
- 0-35-23 NPK analysis – provides a substantial phosphorus and potassium input without adding nitrogen.
- Supports flower development – formulated for the later stages of flowering when developing flowers place greater demands on available nutrition.
- Supports crop quality – Aptus developed Breakout Powder to improve both yield and the quality of the finished crop.
- Contains magnesium and sulphur – complements the high PK analysis with additional secondary nutrients.
- Additional calcium – supports strong plant structure and works alongside magnesium in key plant processes.
- 100% water-soluble – dissolves readily in nutrient solution, even when mixed with cold water.
- Highly concentrated – only a small amount of powder is required for substantial reservoir volumes.
- Suitable for hydroponics – Aptus specifically recommends Breakout Powder for hydroponic growing systems.
- Mineral formulation – provides a clean, concentrated source of essential flowering nutrients.
What is Aptus Breakout Powder suitable for?
Breakout Powder is intended for established flowering crops approaching their final stages of flower development and maturation. It provides concentrated phosphorus and potassium when demand for these elements is high, rather than being used throughout the entire crop cycle.
It is particularly useful for growers who want a concentrated mineral PK supplement that dissolves cleanly into the nutrient solution. Aptus describes the product as compatible with different cultivation systems and specifically highlights its suitability for hydroponics.
Breakout Powder can be used alongside an appropriate base nutrient. Aptus uses All-in-One Liquid as the base feed in its own Breakout Powder programme, establishing the base nutrient solution before adding the PK supplement.
Because Breakout Powder already delivers a strong concentration of flowering nutrients, Aptus advises against combining it with additional bloom stimulators. This helps avoid unnecessarily stacking several concentrated flowering products within the same nutrient programme.
How to use Aptus Breakout Powder
Breakout Powder is intended for the late flowering and maturation stages, rather than vegetative growth or the entire flowering period.
At the beginning of the late-flowering treatment period, use 100g per 100L of water. This is equivalent to 1g per litre.
As the crop moves through the subsequent late-flowering and maturation stage, Aptus increases the rate to 200g per 100L, equivalent to 2g per litre.
When following the Aptus programme, first prepare the base nutrient solution to approximately EC 1.2, then add Breakout Powder.
Mix thoroughly until the powder has completely dissolved. Breakout Powder is highly water-soluble and can dissolve even in cold water.
At the initial 1g/L rate, a 100g pouch treats 100L of nutrient solution. At the higher 2g/L late-flowering rate, a 100g pouch treats 50L.
Do not combine Breakout Powder with additional bloom stimulators. Monitor the crop and nutrient solution carefully when introducing a concentrated PK supplement, particularly where the existing base nutrition already contributes a significant EC.
Aptus Breakout Powder 100g product details
| Product | Aptus Breakout Powder |
|---|---|
| Product size | 100g |
| Product format | Concentrated water-soluble mineral powder |
| NPK | 0-35-23 |
| Magnesium (Mg) | 2% |
| Sulphur (S) | 3% |
| Also contains | Calcium |
| Primary function | PK bloom enhancement during late flowering & maturation |
| Initial late-flowering rate | 100g per 100L (1g/L) |
| Subsequent late-flowering rate | 200g per 100L (2g/L) |
| Coverage at 1g/L | Approximately 100L from 100g |
| Coverage at 2g/L | Approximately 50L from 100g |
| Aptus base EC guidance | Approximately EC 1.2 before adding Breakout Powder |
| Solubility | 100% water-soluble, including in cold water |
| Suitable stage | Late flowering & maturation |
Aptus Breakout Powder FAQs
What is Aptus Breakout Powder?
Aptus Breakout Powder is a highly concentrated mineral PK bloom enhancer. It supplies phosphorus and potassium alongside magnesium, sulphur and additional calcium for use during late flowering and maturation.
What is the NPK of Aptus Breakout Powder?
Aptus Breakout Powder has an NPK analysis of 0-35-23. It also contains 2% magnesium and 3% sulphur, with additional calcium included in the formulation.
When should I use Aptus Breakout Powder?
Breakout Powder is designed for late flowering and maturation. It is not intended as an all-cycle nutrient or vegetative growth supplement.
How much Aptus Breakout Powder should I use?
Aptus Holland recommends beginning the late-flowering treatment at 100g per 100 litres of water, equivalent to 1g/L. The rate then increases to 200g per 100 litres, or 2g/L, as the crop progresses through the subsequent late-flowering and maturation stage.
How much water does 100g of Aptus Breakout Powder treat?
At 1g/L, a 100g pouch treats approximately 100 litres of nutrient solution. At the higher 2g/L rate, the same pouch treats approximately 50 litres.
Is Aptus Breakout Powder a PK booster?
Yes. Breakout Powder is a concentrated phosphorus and potassium bloom enhancer with an NPK analysis of 0-35-23.
Does Aptus Breakout Powder contain calcium and magnesium?
Yes. Aptus states that Breakout Powder includes additional calcium and magnesium alongside its concentrated phosphorus and potassium content.
Does Aptus Breakout Powder contain sulphur?
Yes. The current Aptus Holland analysis lists sulphur at 3%, alongside 2% magnesium.
Does Aptus Breakout Powder dissolve in cold water?
Yes. Aptus describes Breakout Powder as 100% water-soluble and specifically states that it dissolves even in cold water.
Can Aptus Breakout Powder be used in hydroponics?
Yes. Aptus specifically identifies Breakout Powder as suitable for hydroponic systems, and its fully water-soluble mineral formulation makes it straightforward to incorporate into nutrient solutions.
Is Aptus Breakout Powder a base nutrient?
No. Breakout Powder is a concentrated PK bloom supplement rather than a complete base nutrient. It is intended to supplement an appropriate flowering nutrition programme during the later stages of bloom.
Can I use other bloom boosters with Aptus Breakout Powder?
Aptus advises against adding additional bloom stimulators while using Breakout Powder. The product already provides a highly concentrated flowering nutrient input.
Why does Aptus Breakout Powder contain phosphorus?
Phosphorus is involved in photosynthesis and energy transfer and plays an important role in flower development and the production of sugars and oils.
Why does Aptus Breakout Powder contain potassium?
Potassium supports the transport of sugars and nutrients through plant tissues and activates enzymes involved in flower development. It also plays an important role in carbohydrate and sugar production.
Should I check EC when using Aptus Breakout Powder?
Yes. Breakout Powder is highly concentrated. Aptus Holland bases its programme on a base nutrient solution of approximately EC 1.2 before the powder is added, so EC should be monitored when preparing the final nutrient solution.
Atami B’cuzz Silic Boost 5L - Concentrated Silicon Plant Strength Additive
35712
£357.12
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami B’cuzz Silic Boost 5L - Concentrated Silicon Plant Strength Additive
35712
£357.12
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A highly concentrated silicon additive providing silicon in a stable, plant-available form to support stronger stems and leaves, efficient nutrient uptake and improved resilience to environmental stress.
Atami B'cuzz Silic Boost is a concentrated silicon plant additive designed to supplement a regular crop nutrition programme. Although silicon is naturally abundant in soils, much of it is present in forms that plants cannot readily absorb. Silic Boost provides silicon in a stable and plant-available form, allowing it to be incorporated easily into a controlled feeding programme.
Silicon helps reinforce plant structures by becoming incorporated into plant tissues and cell walls. Atami highlights its role in strengthening the outer layers of leaves and stems, helping to produce stronger and thicker stems while supporting plants through demanding growing conditions.
Atami also identifies improved nutrient uptake as an important benefit of Silic Boost. By supporting nutrient absorption and distribution, silicon can help plants make more effective use of the nutrition supplied through the normal feeding programme.
Silic Boost is extremely concentrated, with a recommended application rate of only 0.1ml per litre. At this rate, the 5L container provides enough concentrate to prepare approximately 50,000 litres of working solution, making it particularly suitable for larger reservoirs and professional growing environments.
Why choose Atami B'cuzz Silic Boost?
- Stable, plant-available silicon – supplies silicon in a form designed to be accessible to the crop.
- Stronger plant structure – silicon reinforces plant tissues and supports stronger leaves, stems and branches.
- Thicker stems – Atami specifically highlights stronger and thicker stem development as a benefit of Silic Boost.
- Supports nutrient uptake – silicon can support the absorption and distribution of plant nutrition.
- Improved stress resilience – helps support plants exposed to abiotic environmental stresses including heat and drought.
- Supports water management – silicon accumulation can strengthen the plant cuticle and help reduce water loss.
- Highly concentrated – the standard application rate is only 0.1ml/L.
- Suitable for regular use – designed for application from active growth through to the beginning of ripening.
- Root or foliar application – can be incorporated into the root-feeding programme or applied as a foliar treatment.
- Suitable for a wide range of crops – including fruit, vegetable, herb and ornamental cultivation.
When should Atami Silic Boost be used?
Atami recommends using Silic Boost from the growth stage onwards until the beginning of the ripening stage. Application should follow the actual development of the crop rather than relying unnecessarily on fixed calendar weeks.
Introducing plant-available silicon during active vegetative development supports the formation of stronger plant structures as new leaves, stems and branches are produced. Continued application as the crop develops maintains the supply of silicon during periods of rapid growth and increasing structural demand.
Silic Boost can be particularly useful for crops exposed to demanding environmental conditions. Atami identifies silicon's role in helping plants cope with abiotic stresses such as heat and drought, while reinforcement of plant tissues can also help reduce excessive water loss.
It can be incorporated into controlled nutrient programmes for a wide variety of crops. Atami gives examples including cucumbers, tomatoes, strawberries, sunflower sprouts and basil.
How to use Atami B'cuzz Silic Boost
Add 0.1ml of Silic Boost per litre of water or nutrient solution. Atami recommends regular application from the growth stage onwards until the beginning of the ripening stage.
For 10L of solution, use 1ml. For 50L, use 5ml. For 100L, use 10ml. For a 500L reservoir, use 50ml. For a 1,000L reservoir, use 100ml.
At the recommended 0.1ml/L application rate, a full 5L container can prepare approximately 50,000 litres of working solution.
Silic Boost can be incorporated into the normal root-feeding programme. Atami also identifies Silic Boost as suitable for foliar application at 0.1ml/L.
Because Silic Boost is extremely concentrated, accurate measurement is important. A suitable clean measuring syringe, pipette or dosing system is particularly useful when preparing smaller quantities of solution.
Why use silicon for plants?
Silicon is one of the most abundant elements found naturally in soil, but much of the silicon present is not readily available for plant uptake. Silic Boost addresses this by supplying silicon in a stable form that plants can access through a managed feeding programme.
Once absorbed, silicon can accumulate within plant tissues and reinforce cell walls. This contributes to stronger leaves and stems and can help plants maintain their structure as they develop.
Atami also explains that silicon can reinforce the plant cuticle, helping to reduce water loss through evaporation. This can be particularly valuable where plants experience environmental stresses such as high temperatures or periods of reduced water availability.
Silicon should therefore be viewed as a supplement to a complete crop nutrition programme rather than a replacement for the essential macro and micronutrients required for normal plant growth.
Atami B'cuzz Silic Boost 5L product details
| Product | Atami B'cuzz Silic Boost |
|---|---|
| Product type | Concentrated silicon plant additive |
| Product size | 5L |
| Format | Liquid concentrate |
| Key element | Silicon (Si) in a stable, plant-available form |
| Application rate | 0.1ml/L |
| Application stage | From active growth until the beginning of ripening |
| Application frequency | Regular application throughout the recommended crop stages |
| Root application | Suitable |
| Foliar application | Suitable at 0.1ml/L |
| 10L solution | 1ml |
| 50L solution | 5ml |
| 100L solution | 10ml |
| 500L solution | 50ml |
| 1,000L solution | 100ml |
| Approximate solution from 5L | 50,000L at 0.1ml/L |
| Key benefits | Stronger plant structure, improved nutrient uptake & increased resilience to abiotic stress |
| Example crops | Cucumbers, tomatoes, strawberries, sunflower sprouts, basil & other fruit, vegetable and herb crops |
| Available Atami sizes | 50ml, 100ml, 250ml, 500ml, 1L & 5L |
Atami B'cuzz Silic Boost 5L FAQs
What is Atami B'cuzz Silic Boost?
Atami B'cuzz Silic Boost is a highly concentrated silicon additive that provides silicon in a stable, plant-available form. It is designed to supplement a normal nutrient programme and support plant strength, nutrient uptake and resilience to environmental stress.
What does Silic Boost do for plants?
Silic Boost supplies plant-available silicon that can reinforce plant tissues. Atami highlights stronger leaves and stems, improved nutrient uptake and increased resilience to abiotic stress among its principal benefits.
Does silicon make plant stems stronger?
Yes. Silicon can accumulate within plant tissues and reinforce cell walls. Atami specifically highlights stronger and thicker stems as one of the benefits associated with Silic Boost.
Can Atami Silic Boost improve nutrient uptake?
Yes. Atami identifies improved nutrient absorption and distribution as an important benefit of Silic Boost, helping plants make effective use of the nutrition supplied through the normal feeding programme.
Can Silic Boost help plants cope with heat and drought?
Silicon can support plant resilience to abiotic environmental stresses such as heat and drought. It can also reinforce plant tissues and the cuticle, helping plants manage water loss under demanding growing conditions.
How much Atami Silic Boost should I use per litre?
Atami recommends using Silic Boost at 0.1ml per litre of water or nutrient solution. Because the product is highly concentrated, accurate measurement is important.
When should I use Atami Silic Boost?
Atami recommends using Silic Boost from the active growth stage onwards until the crop reaches the beginning of ripening. Application should follow crop development rather than relying on the same fixed calendar schedule for every plant.
Can Atami Silic Boost be used as a foliar spray?
Yes. Atami identifies B'cuzz Silic Boost as suitable for foliar application at a dilution rate of 0.1ml per litre of water.
Can Atami Silic Boost be used with normal plant nutrients?
Yes. Silic Boost is designed as a supplementary silicon additive and can be incorporated into a wider crop nutrition programme. It does not replace the base fertiliser required to supply the crop's essential nutrients.
Is Atami Silic Boost a fertiliser?
Silic Boost is best regarded as a specialist silicon supplement rather than a complete base fertiliser. It supplies plant-available silicon and should be used alongside an appropriate crop nutrition programme.
Why use a silicon additive if silicon occurs naturally in soil?
Silicon is naturally abundant, but much of the silicon found in soils is present in forms that plants cannot readily absorb. Silic Boost provides silicon in a stable form designed to be available for plant uptake.
What crops can Atami Silic Boost be used on?
Silic Boost can be used across a wide range of crops. Atami gives examples including cucumbers, tomatoes, strawberries, sunflower sprouts and basil, making it relevant to fruit, vegetable and herb production.
Can Silic Boost be used throughout the entire crop cycle?
Atami recommends application from the growth stage until the beginning of ripening. Once the crop moves beyond the recommended application stage, Silic Boost does not need to be continued simply to maintain an all-cycle schedule.
Why is Atami Silic Boost so concentrated?
The standard application rate is only 0.1ml/L. This means relatively small quantities are required even for large reservoirs, making accurate dosing important and the 5L format particularly practical for high-volume cultivation.
Atami Rootbastic 500ml - Concentrated Root Stimulator & Root Booster
3150
£31.50
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami Rootbastic 500ml - Concentrated Root Stimulator & Root Booster
3150
£31.50
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A highly concentrated 4-14-4 root stimulator combining mineral nutrition, biostimulants and bio-minerals to support rapid root development, stronger early growth and increased plant resilience.
Atami Rootbastic is a premium concentrated root stimulator developed specifically for the crucial early stages of crop development. Its unusually high concentration of phosphorus, combined with additional mineral nutrition, trace elements and biostimulant components, provides targeted support while plants establish their root systems.
Rootbastic stands apart from many conventional rooting additives because it has a substantial NPK analysis of 4-14-4 W/W. Atami highlights phosphorus as particularly important within the formula because of its role in energy transport and storage and its contribution to essential cellular structures during active plant development.
Alongside its mineral nutrition, Rootbastic contains a concentrated combination of biostimulants and bio-minerals. Atami identifies improved root development, greater resistance to root disease and increased resilience to environmental stress among the principal benefits of the product.
Rootbastic is designed for a short, intensive programme during early crop development. Application begins at only 0.1ml/L and gradually increases to 0.3ml/L, making the 500ml bottle extremely concentrated and economical in use.
Why choose Atami Rootbastic?
- Powerful root stimulator – specifically formulated to support vigorous root development during the crucial early stages of plant growth.
- High NPK concentration – provides an NPK analysis of 4-14-4 W/W.
- High phosphorus content – phosphorus plays an important role in cellular energy transfer and storage during active development.
- Biostimulants & bio-minerals – combines mineral nutrition with additional components designed to support plant development.
- Trace mineral support – provides trace elements important during early root formation.
- Supports healthier root systems – developed to promote strong root establishment before later crop development.
- Supports resistance to root disease – Atami identifies increased resistance to root diseases as one of Rootbastic's key benefits.
- Environmental stress support – designed to help plants withstand challenging environmental conditions.
- Extremely concentrated – used at only 0.1–0.3ml per litre.
- Suitable for soil, coco & hydro – suitable across the principal professional growing methods.
When should Atami Rootbastic be used?
Rootbastic is intended for the early rooting and growth stages when the plant is actively establishing its root system. Atami describes the product as being highly effective during the first three weeks of the growth cycle.
Rather than viewing Rootbastic as an all-cycle additive, it is best treated as a concentrated early-stage treatment. The application rate increases progressively as the root system develops, beginning at 0.1ml/L before increasing to 0.2ml/L and finally 0.3ml/L.
This progressive approach provides increasing levels of Rootbastic as the young plant becomes established without immediately introducing the maximum concentration.
Rootbastic is suitable for cultivation in soil, coco coir and hydroponic systems. It can be incorporated into a wider crop nutrition programme during the period when strong root establishment is the priority.
How to use Atami Rootbastic
Shake well before use. Add Rootbastic to the normal nutrient solution during the early rooting and growth phase.
Begin at 0.1ml/L during the first stage of the programme. Increase to 0.2ml/L during the second stage and then to 0.3ml/L during the third stage as root development progresses.
At the initial 0.1ml/L rate, use 1ml for 10L, 5ml for 50L, 10ml for 100L, 50ml for 500L and 100ml for a 1,000L reservoir.
At 0.2ml/L, use 2ml for 10L, 10ml for 50L, 20ml for 100L, 100ml for 500L and 200ml for a 1,000L reservoir.
At the maximum 0.3ml/L rate, use 3ml for 10L, 15ml for 50L, 30ml for 100L, 150ml for 500L and 300ml for a 1,000L reservoir.
Rootbastic increases the EC of the base nutrient solution. EC should therefore be monitored after Rootbastic has been incorporated and the overall nutrient strength adjusted according to the crop, growing medium and stage of development.
Why is phosphorus important during root development?
Rootbastic contains considerably more phosphorus than many conventional root stimulators. Atami highlights phosphorus because it plays a fundamental role in the transport and storage of energy within plants.
Energy captured through photosynthesis is stored and transferred through compounds such as ATP, allowing energy to be moved to areas of active development. Phosphorus is also an important component of cellular structures and DNA.
Rootbastic combines this phosphorus-rich mineral nutrition with trace elements, biostimulants and bio-minerals to create a concentrated formula aimed specifically at the establishment of a healthy root system.
Establishing an extensive root system early in the crop cycle gives the plant a larger foundation through which water and mineral nutrition can subsequently be absorbed as above-ground growth increases.
Atami Rootbastic 500ml product details
| Product | Atami Rootbastic |
|---|---|
| Product type | Highly concentrated root stimulator & root booster |
| Product size | 500ml |
| Format | Liquid concentrate |
| NPK | 4-14-4 W/W |
| Formula | Mineral nutrition, biostimulants & bio-minerals |
| Application stage | Early rooting & growth phase |
| Initial application rate | 0.1ml/L |
| Intermediate application rate | 0.2ml/L |
| Maximum application rate | 0.3ml/L |
| Standard programme | 0.1ml/L → 0.2ml/L → 0.3ml/L during the first three stages of early growth |
| 10L solution | 1–3ml depending on development stage |
| 50L solution | 5–15ml depending on development stage |
| 100L solution | 10–30ml depending on development stage |
| 500L solution | 50–150ml depending on development stage |
| 1,000L solution | 100–300ml depending on development stage |
| Approximate solution from 500ml | 5,000L at 0.1ml/L, 2,500L at 0.2ml/L or approximately 1,667L at 0.3ml/L |
| Effect on EC | Increases the EC of the base nutrient solution |
| Soil | Suitable |
| Coco coir | Suitable |
| Hydroponics | Suitable |
| Available Atami sizes | 50ml, 100ml, 250ml, 500ml & 1250ml |
| Outer case quantity | 12 x 500ml bottles |
Atami Rootbastic 500ml FAQs
What is Atami Rootbastic?
Atami Rootbastic is a highly concentrated liquid root stimulator formulated to support rapid root development during the early stages of crop growth. It combines mineral nutrition with biostimulants and bio-minerals.
What does Atami Rootbastic do?
Rootbastic is designed to stimulate strong early root development and support plant establishment. Atami also identifies increased resistance to root disease and improved resilience to environmental stress among its benefits.
What is the NPK of Atami Rootbastic?
Atami Rootbastic has an NPK analysis of 4-14-4 W/W, giving it a particularly high phosphorus concentration for a root stimulator.
Why does Rootbastic contain so much phosphorus?
Phosphorus plays an important role in plant energy transfer and storage and is also involved in essential cellular structures. Rootbastic uses a phosphorus-rich formula to provide targeted nutritional support during intensive early root development.
When should I use Atami Rootbastic?
Rootbastic is designed for the early rooting and growth phase while the plant is establishing its root system. It is an intensive early-stage product rather than an additive intended for continuous use throughout the entire crop cycle.
How much Atami Rootbastic should I use per litre?
Start at 0.1ml/L during the first stage of the programme, increase to 0.2ml/L during the second stage and then use 0.3ml/L during the third stage of early growth.
Can Atami Rootbastic be used throughout the whole crop cycle?
Rootbastic is primarily designed for early root establishment. Once the intensive rooting programme is complete, crop nutrition should progress according to the plant's next stage of development rather than continuing Rootbastic unnecessarily throughout the entire cycle.
Can Atami Rootbastic be used in coco?
Yes. Rootbastic is suitable for coco coir cultivation and can be incorporated into an appropriate coco nutrient programme during early crop development.
Can Atami Rootbastic be used in hydroponics?
Yes. Rootbastic is suitable for hydroponic cultivation as well as coco and soil-based growing programmes.
Can Atami Rootbastic be used in soil?
Yes. Rootbastic can be used with soil-grown plants during early establishment when additional support for root development is required.
Does Rootbastic increase EC?
Yes. Atami specifically states that Rootbastic increases the EC of the base nutrient solution. Overall EC should therefore be checked after Rootbastic has been added rather than treating it as an EC-neutral additive.
Can I use Rootbastic alongside my base nutrients?
Yes. Rootbastic is a concentrated early-stage supplement rather than a complete standalone crop nutrition programme. Its NPK contribution and effect on EC should be taken into account when combining it with the base nutrient.
Do I need to shake Atami Rootbastic before use?
Yes. Atami instructs growers to shake Rootbastic well before use to ensure the concentrated liquid is properly mixed before measuring.
Can Rootbastic help support root health?
Yes. In addition to stimulating root development, Atami identifies increased resistance to root diseases and environmental stresses among the benefits associated with Rootbastic.
How many 500ml bottles are in a full case of Atami Rootbastic?
A full outer case contains 12 x 500ml bottles. Individual 500ml bottles can still be ordered separately.
Atami Rootbastic 250ml - Concentrated Root Stimulator & Root Booster
2856
£28.56
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami Rootbastic 250ml - Concentrated Root Stimulator & Root Booster
2856
£28.56
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A highly concentrated 4-14-4 root stimulator combining mineral nutrition, biostimulants and bio-minerals to support rapid root development, stronger early growth and increased plant resilience.
Atami Rootbastic is a premium concentrated root stimulator developed specifically for the crucial early stages of crop development. Its unusually high concentration of phosphorus, combined with additional mineral nutrition, trace elements and biostimulant components, provides targeted support while plants establish their root systems.
Rootbastic stands apart from many conventional rooting additives because it has a substantial NPK analysis of 4-14-4 W/W. Atami highlights phosphorus as particularly important within the formula because of its role in energy transport and storage and its contribution to essential cellular structures during active plant development.
Alongside its mineral nutrition, Rootbastic contains a concentrated combination of biostimulants and bio-minerals. Atami identifies improved root development, greater resistance to root disease and increased resilience to environmental stress among the principal benefits of the product.
Rootbastic is designed for a short, intensive programme during early crop development. Application begins at only 0.1ml/L and gradually increases to 0.3ml/L, making the 250ml bottle extremely concentrated and economical in use.
Why choose Atami Rootbastic?
- Powerful root stimulator – specifically formulated to support vigorous root development during the crucial early stages of plant growth.
- High NPK concentration – provides an NPK analysis of 4-14-4 W/W.
- High phosphorus content – phosphorus plays an important role in cellular energy transfer and storage during active development.
- Biostimulants & bio-minerals – combines mineral nutrition with additional components designed to support plant development.
- Trace mineral support – provides trace elements important during early root formation.
- Supports healthier root systems – developed to promote strong root establishment before later crop development.
- Supports resistance to root disease – Atami identifies increased resistance to root diseases as one of Rootbastic's key benefits.
- Environmental stress support – designed to help plants withstand challenging environmental conditions.
- Extremely concentrated – used at only 0.1–0.3ml per litre.
- Suitable for soil, coco & hydro – suitable across the principal professional growing methods.
When should Atami Rootbastic be used?
Rootbastic is intended for the early rooting and growth stages when the plant is actively establishing its root system. Atami describes the product as being particularly effective during the first three weeks of the growth cycle.
Rather than viewing Rootbastic as an all-cycle additive, it is best treated as a concentrated early-stage treatment. The application rate increases progressively as the root system develops, beginning at 0.1ml/L before increasing to 0.2ml/L and finally 0.3ml/L.
This progressive approach provides increasing levels of Rootbastic as the young plant becomes established without immediately introducing the maximum concentration.
Rootbastic is suitable for cultivation in soil, coco coir and hydroponic systems. It can be incorporated into a wider crop nutrition programme during the period when strong root establishment is the priority.
How to use Atami Rootbastic
Shake well before use. Add Rootbastic to the normal nutrient solution during the early rooting and growth phase.
Begin at 0.1ml/L during the first stage of the programme. Increase to 0.2ml/L during the second stage and then to 0.3ml/L during the third stage as root development progresses.
At the initial 0.1ml/L rate, use 1ml for 10L, 5ml for 50L, 10ml for 100L, 50ml for 500L and 100ml for a 1,000L reservoir.
At 0.2ml/L, use 2ml for 10L, 10ml for 50L, 20ml for 100L, 100ml for 500L and 200ml for a 1,000L reservoir.
At the maximum 0.3ml/L rate, use 3ml for 10L, 15ml for 50L, 30ml for 100L, 150ml for 500L and 300ml for a 1,000L reservoir.
Rootbastic increases the EC of the base nutrient solution. EC should therefore be monitored after Rootbastic has been incorporated and the overall nutrient strength adjusted according to the crop, growing medium and stage of development.
Why is phosphorus important during root development?
Rootbastic contains considerably more phosphorus than many conventional root stimulators. Atami highlights phosphorus because it plays a fundamental role in the transport and storage of energy within plants.
Energy captured through photosynthesis is stored and transferred through compounds such as ATP, allowing energy to be moved to areas of active development. Phosphorus is also an important component of cellular structures and DNA.
Rootbastic combines this phosphorus-rich mineral nutrition with trace elements, biostimulants and bio-minerals to create a concentrated formula aimed specifically at the establishment of a healthy root system.
Establishing an extensive root system early in the crop cycle gives the plant a larger foundation through which water and mineral nutrition can subsequently be absorbed as above-ground growth increases.
Atami Rootbastic 250ml product details
| Product | Atami Rootbastic |
|---|---|
| Product type | Highly concentrated root stimulator & root booster |
| Product size | 250ml |
| Format | Liquid concentrate |
| NPK | 4-14-4 W/W |
| Formula | Mineral nutrition, biostimulants & bio-minerals |
| Application stage | Early rooting & growth phase |
| Initial application rate | 0.1ml/L |
| Intermediate application rate | 0.2ml/L |
| Maximum application rate | 0.3ml/L |
| Standard programme | 0.1ml/L → 0.2ml/L → 0.3ml/L during the first three stages of early growth |
| 10L solution | 1–3ml depending on development stage |
| 50L solution | 5–15ml depending on development stage |
| 100L solution | 10–30ml depending on development stage |
| 500L solution | 50–150ml depending on development stage |
| 1,000L solution | 100–300ml depending on development stage |
| Approximate solution from 250ml | 2,500L at 0.1ml/L, 1,250L at 0.2ml/L or approximately 833L at 0.3ml/L |
| Effect on EC | Increases the EC of the base nutrient solution |
| Soil | Suitable |
| Coco coir | Suitable |
| Hydroponics | Suitable |
| Available Atami sizes | 50ml, 100ml, 250ml, 500ml & 1250ml |
| Outer case quantity | 12 x 250ml bottles |
Atami Rootbastic 250ml FAQs
What is Atami Rootbastic?
Atami Rootbastic is a highly concentrated liquid root stimulator formulated to support rapid root development during the early stages of crop growth. It combines mineral nutrition with biostimulants and bio-minerals.
What does Atami Rootbastic do?
Rootbastic is designed to stimulate strong early root development and support plant establishment. Atami also identifies increased resistance to root disease and improved resilience to environmental stress among its benefits.
What is the NPK of Atami Rootbastic?
Atami Rootbastic has an NPK analysis of 4-14-4 W/W, giving it a particularly high phosphorus concentration for a root stimulator.
Why does Rootbastic contain so much phosphorus?
Phosphorus plays an important role in plant energy transfer and storage and is involved in essential cellular structures. Rootbastic uses a phosphorus-rich formula to provide targeted nutritional support during intensive early root development.
When should I use Atami Rootbastic?
Rootbastic is designed for the early rooting and growth phase while the plant is establishing its root system. It is an intensive early-stage product rather than an additive intended for continuous use throughout the entire crop cycle.
How much Atami Rootbastic should I use per litre?
Start at 0.1ml/L during the first stage of the programme, increase to 0.2ml/L during the second stage and then use 0.3ml/L during the third stage of early growth.
Can Atami Rootbastic be used throughout the whole crop cycle?
Rootbastic is primarily designed for early root establishment. Once the intensive rooting programme is complete, crop nutrition should progress according to the plant's next stage of development rather than continuing Rootbastic unnecessarily throughout the entire cycle.
Can Atami Rootbastic be used in coco?
Yes. Rootbastic is suitable for coco coir cultivation and can be incorporated into an appropriate coco nutrient programme during early crop development.
Can Atami Rootbastic be used in hydroponics?
Yes. Rootbastic is suitable for hydroponic cultivation as well as coco and soil-based growing programmes.
Can Atami Rootbastic be used in soil?
Yes. Rootbastic can be used with soil-grown plants during early establishment when additional support for root development is required.
Does Rootbastic increase EC?
Yes. Atami specifically states that Rootbastic increases the EC of the base nutrient solution. Overall EC should therefore be checked after Rootbastic has been added rather than treating it as an EC-neutral additive.
Can I use Rootbastic alongside my base nutrients?
Yes. Rootbastic is a concentrated early-stage supplement rather than a complete standalone crop nutrition programme. Its NPK contribution and effect on EC should be taken into account when combining it with the base nutrient.
Do I need to shake Atami Rootbastic before use?
Yes. Atami instructs growers to shake Rootbastic well before use to ensure the concentrated liquid is properly mixed before measuring.
Can Rootbastic help support root health?
Yes. In addition to stimulating root development, Atami identifies increased resistance to root diseases and environmental stresses among the benefits associated with Rootbastic.
How many 250ml bottles are in a full case of Atami Rootbastic?
A full outer case contains 12 x 250ml bottles. Individual 250ml bottles can still be ordered separately.
Atami Rootbastic 1.25L (1250ml) - Concentrated Root Stimulator & Root Booster
9980
£99.80
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
Atami Rootbastic 1.25L (1250ml) - Concentrated Root Stimulator & Root Booster
9980
£99.80
Unit price per
Please sign in to see pricing
A highly concentrated 4-14-4 root stimulator combining mineral nutrition, biostimulants and bio-minerals to support rapid root development, stronger early growth and increased plant resilience.
Atami Rootbastic is a premium concentrated root stimulator developed specifically for the crucial early stages of crop development. Its unusually high concentration of phosphorus, combined with additional mineral nutrition, trace elements and biostimulant components, provides targeted support while plants establish their root systems.
Rootbastic stands apart from many conventional rooting additives because it has a substantial NPK analysis of 4-14-4 W/W. Atami highlights phosphorus as particularly important within the formula because of its role in energy transport and storage and its contribution to essential cellular structures during active plant development.
Alongside its mineral nutrition, Rootbastic contains a concentrated combination of biostimulants and bio-minerals. Atami identifies improved root development, greater resistance to root disease and increased resilience to environmental stress among the principal benefits of the product.
Rootbastic is designed for a short, intensive programme during early crop development. Application begins at only 0.1ml/L and gradually increases to 0.3ml/L. The larger 1.25L format provides a substantial amount of concentrate for growers running larger reservoirs or treating greater crop areas.
Why choose Atami Rootbastic?
- Powerful root stimulator – specifically formulated to support vigorous root development during the crucial early stages of plant growth.
- High NPK concentration – provides an NPK analysis of 4-14-4 W/W.
- High phosphorus content – phosphorus plays an important role in cellular energy transfer and storage during active development.
- Biostimulants & bio-minerals – combines mineral nutrition with additional components designed to support plant development.
- Trace mineral support – provides trace elements important during early root formation.
- Supports healthier root systems – developed to promote strong root establishment before later crop development.
- Supports resistance to root disease – Atami identifies increased resistance to root diseases as one of Rootbastic's key benefits.
- Environmental stress support – designed to help plants withstand challenging environmental conditions.
- Extremely concentrated – used at only 0.1–0.3ml per litre.
- Suitable for soil, coco & hydro – suitable across the principal professional growing methods.
When should Atami Rootbastic be used?
Rootbastic is intended for the early rooting and growth stages when the plant is actively establishing its root system. Atami describes the product as being particularly effective during the first three weeks of the growth cycle.
Rather than viewing Rootbastic as an all-cycle additive, it is best treated as a concentrated early-stage treatment. The application rate increases progressively as the root system develops, beginning at 0.1ml/L before increasing to 0.2ml/L and finally 0.3ml/L.
This progressive approach provides increasing levels of Rootbastic as the young plant becomes established without immediately introducing the maximum concentration.
Rootbastic is suitable for cultivation in soil, coco coir and hydroponic systems. It can be incorporated into a wider crop nutrition programme during the period when strong root establishment is the priority.
How to use Atami Rootbastic
Shake well before use. Add Rootbastic to the normal nutrient solution during the early rooting and growth phase.
Begin at 0.1ml/L during the first stage of the programme. Increase to 0.2ml/L during the second stage and then to 0.3ml/L during the third stage as root development progresses.
At the initial 0.1ml/L rate, use 1ml for 10L, 5ml for 50L, 10ml for 100L, 50ml for 500L and 100ml for a 1,000L reservoir.
At 0.2ml/L, use 2ml for 10L, 10ml for 50L, 20ml for 100L, 100ml for 500L and 200ml for a 1,000L reservoir.
At the maximum 0.3ml/L rate, use 3ml for 10L, 15ml for 50L, 30ml for 100L, 150ml for 500L and 300ml for a 1,000L reservoir.
Rootbastic increases the EC of the base nutrient solution. EC should therefore be monitored after Rootbastic has been incorporated and the overall nutrient strength adjusted according to the crop, growing medium and stage of development.
Why is phosphorus important during root development?
Rootbastic contains considerably more phosphorus than many conventional root stimulators. Atami highlights phosphorus because it plays a fundamental role in the transport and storage of energy within plants.
Energy captured through photosynthesis is stored and transferred through compounds such as ATP, allowing energy to be moved to areas of active development. Phosphorus is also an important component of cellular structures and DNA.
Rootbastic combines this phosphorus-rich mineral nutrition with trace elements, biostimulants and bio-minerals to create a concentrated formula aimed specifically at the establishment of a healthy root system.
Establishing an extensive root system early in the crop cycle gives the plant a larger foundation through which water and mineral nutrition can subsequently be absorbed as above-ground growth increases.
Atami Rootbastic 1.25L product details
| Product | Atami Rootbastic |
|---|---|
| Product type | Highly concentrated root stimulator & root booster |
| Product size | 1.25L |
| Format | Liquid concentrate |
| NPK | 4-14-4 W/W |
| Formula | Mineral nutrition, biostimulants & bio-minerals |
| Application stage | Early rooting & growth phase |
| Initial application rate | 0.1ml/L |
| Intermediate application rate | 0.2ml/L |
| Maximum application rate | 0.3ml/L |
| Standard programme | 0.1ml/L → 0.2ml/L → 0.3ml/L during the first three stages of early growth |
| 10L solution | 1–3ml depending on development stage |
| 50L solution | 5–15ml depending on development stage |
| 100L solution | 10–30ml depending on development stage |
| 500L solution | 50–150ml depending on development stage |
| 1,000L solution | 100–300ml depending on development stage |
| Approximate solution from 1.25L | 12,500L at 0.1ml/L, 6,250L at 0.2ml/L or approximately 4,167L at 0.3ml/L |
| Effect on EC | Increases the EC of the base nutrient solution |
| Soil | Suitable |
| Coco coir | Suitable |
| Hydroponics | Suitable |
| Available Atami sizes | 50ml, 100ml, 250ml, 500ml & 1.25L |
| Outer case quantity | 12 x 1.25L bottles |
Atami Rootbastic 1.25L FAQs
What is Atami Rootbastic?
Atami Rootbastic is a highly concentrated liquid root stimulator formulated to support rapid root development during the early stages of crop growth. It combines mineral nutrition with biostimulants and bio-minerals.
What does Atami Rootbastic do?
Rootbastic is designed to stimulate strong early root development and support plant establishment. Atami also identifies increased resistance to root disease and improved resilience to environmental stress among its benefits.
What is the NPK of Atami Rootbastic?
Atami Rootbastic has an NPK analysis of 4-14-4 W/W, giving it a particularly high phosphorus concentration for a root stimulator.
Why does Rootbastic contain so much phosphorus?
Phosphorus plays an important role in plant energy transfer and storage and is involved in essential cellular structures. Rootbastic uses a phosphorus-rich formula to provide targeted nutritional support during intensive early root development.
When should I use Atami Rootbastic?
Rootbastic is designed for the early rooting and growth phase while the plant is establishing its root system. It is an intensive early-stage product rather than an additive intended for continuous use throughout the entire crop cycle.
How much Atami Rootbastic should I use per litre?
Start at 0.1ml/L during the first stage of the programme, increase to 0.2ml/L during the second stage and then use 0.3ml/L during the third stage of early growth.
Can Atami Rootbastic be used throughout the whole crop cycle?
Rootbastic is primarily designed for early root establishment. Once the intensive rooting programme is complete, crop nutrition should progress according to the plant's next stage of development rather than continuing Rootbastic unnecessarily throughout the entire cycle.
Can Atami Rootbastic be used in coco?
Yes. Rootbastic is suitable for coco coir cultivation and can be incorporated into an appropriate coco nutrient programme during early crop development.
Can Atami Rootbastic be used in hydroponics?
Yes. Rootbastic is suitable for hydroponic cultivation as well as coco and soil-based growing programmes.
Can Atami Rootbastic be used in soil?
Yes. Rootbastic can be used with soil-grown plants during early establishment when additional support for root development is required.
Does Rootbastic increase EC?
Yes. Atami specifically states that Rootbastic increases the EC of the base nutrient solution. Overall EC should therefore be checked after Rootbastic has been added rather than treating it as an EC-neutral additive.
Can I use Rootbastic alongside my base nutrients?
Yes. Rootbastic is a concentrated early-stage supplement rather than a complete standalone crop nutrition programme. Its NPK contribution and effect on EC should be taken into account when combining it with the base nutrient.
Do I need to shake Atami Rootbastic before use?
Yes. Atami instructs growers to shake Rootbastic well before use to ensure the concentrated liquid is properly mixed before measuring.
Is the 1.25L Rootbastic suitable for larger growing systems?
Yes. The formulation and application rates are the same as the smaller Rootbastic sizes, but the 1.25L bottle is particularly convenient for larger reservoirs, higher plant numbers and growers using the product regularly across multiple crops.
How many 1.25L bottles are in a full case of Atami Rootbastic?
A full outer case contains 12 x 1.25L bottles. Individual 1.25L bottles can still be ordered separately.